10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.   20549

FORM 10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to

Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 30, 2005 Commission File Number 1-12054

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

720 PARK BOULEVARD, BOISE, IDAHO 83712

208 / 386-5000

A Delaware Corporation

IRS Employer Identification No. 33-0565601

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) and
SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:  None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:       

Title of class

Common Stock, $.01 par value per share

COMPLIANCE WITH REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

ý    Yes  o     No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

o    Yes  ý     No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “Accelerated filer and large accelerated filer,” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act of 1934.

ý   Large accelerated filer                  o Accelerated Filer                       o Non-accelerated filer

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

o    Yes           ý    No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.      ý    Yes  o     No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.  ý    Yes     o   No

DISCLOSURE PURSUANT TO ITEM 405 OF REGULATION S-K

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ý

AGGREGATE MARKET VALUE OF COMMON STOCK HELD BY NON-AFFILIATES

At February 27, 2006, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price on February 27, 2006, as reported on the NASDAQ National Market®, was approximately $1,686,887,710. At July 1, 2005 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price on July 1, 2005, as reported by the NASDAQ National Market®, was approximately $1,343,211,806.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 27, 2006 was 28,989,647.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 19, 2006, which is expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than April 14, 2006, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report on Form 10-K. In the event such proxy statement is not filed by April 14, 2006, the required information will be filed as an amendment to this report on Form 10-K no later than that date.

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Form 10-K

Annual Report

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 30, 2005

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information		I-1
	PART I
Item 1.	Business	I-2
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	I-14
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	I-23
Item 2.	Properties	I-24
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	I-25
Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	I-26
	PART II
Item 5.	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	II-1
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	II-3
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	II-4
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk	II-32
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	II-33
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	II-75
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	II-75
Item 9B.	Other Information	II-80
	PART III
Item 10.	Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant	III-1
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	III-1
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	III-1
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	III-1
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	III-1
	PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule	IV-1
	SIGNATURES

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This report contains forward-looking statements. You can identify forward-looking statements by the use of terminology such as “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “plan,” “could,” “should,” “potential” or “continue,” or the negative or other variations thereof, as well as other statements regarding matters that are not historical fact. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements concerning:

•Our business strategy and competitive advantages;

•Our expectations as to potential revenue from designated markets or customers;

•Our expectations as to operating results, cash flows, return on invested capital and net income;

•Our expectations as to new work and backlog;

•The markets for our services and products; and

•Our anticipated contractual obligations, capital expenditures and funding requirements.

Forward-looking statements are only predictions. The forward-looking statements in this report are subject to risks and uncertainties, including, among others, the risks and uncertainties identified in this report and other operational, business, industry, market, legal and regulatory developments, which could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

Important factors that could prevent us from achieving the expectations expressed include, but are not limited to, our failure to:

•Manage and avoid delays or cost overruns on existing and future contracts;

•Maintain relationships with key customers, partners and suppliers;

•Successfully bid for, and enter into, new contracts on satisfactory terms;

•Successfully manage and negotiate change orders and claims with respect to existing and future contracts;

•Manage and maintain our operations and financial performance and the operations and financial performance of our current and future operating subsidiaries and joint ventures;

•Respond effectively to regulatory, legislative and judicial developments, including any legal or regulatory proceedings, affecting our existing contracts, including contracts concerning environmental remediation and restoration;

•Obtain and maintain any required governmental authorizations, franchises and permits, all in a timely manner, at reasonable costs and on satisfactory terms and conditions;

•Satisfy the restrictive covenants imposed by our revolving credit facility and surety arrangements;

•Maintain access to sufficient working capital through our existing revolving credit facility or otherwise; and

•Maintain access to sufficient bonding capacity.

I-1

Some other factors that may affect our businesses, financial position or results of operations include:

•Accidents and conditions, including industrial accidents, labor disputes, geological conditions, environmental hazards, weather and other natural phenomena;

•Special risks of international operations, including uncertain political and economic environments, acts of terrorism or war, potential incompatibilities with foreign joint venture partners, foreign currency fluctuations and controls, civil disturbances and labor issues;

•Special risks of contracts with the government, including the failure of applicable governing authorities to take necessary actions to secure or maintain funding for particular projects with us, the unilateral termination of contracts by the government and reimbursement obligations to the government for funds previously received;

•The outcome of legal proceedings;

•Maintenance of government-compliant cost systems; and

•The economic well-being of our private and public customer base and its ability and intentions to invest capital in engineering and construction activities.

In addition to the factors mentioned above, see “Risk Factors” under Item 1A for a description of other factors affecting forward-looking statements.

PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Washington Group International, Inc. (“Washington Group International”) and its consolidated subsidiaries; references to 2005 are references to our fiscal year ended December 30, 2005; references to 2004 are references to our fiscal year ended December 31, 2004; and references to 2003 are references to our fiscal year ended January 2, 2004.

Our common stock currently trades on the NASDAQ National Market® under the ticker symbol “WGII.” As of December 30, 2005, we also had outstanding three tranches of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock which traded in the over-the-counter market on the OTC Bulletin Board®. All of the warrants were either purchased by the company, exercised or expired on or before January 25, 2006. The Tranche A warrants, which had an exercise price of $28.50 per share, traded under the ticker symbol WGIIW.OB; the Tranche B warrants, which had an exercise price of $31.74, traded under the ticker symbol WGIIZ.OB; and the Tranche C warrants, which had an exercise price of $33.51 per share, traded under the ticker symbol WGIIL.OB. See additional information on our warrants in the “Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” table in Item 5 of this report and Note 14, “Capital Stock, Stock Purchase Warrants and Stock Compensation Plans,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The public can obtain copies of these materials by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington DC 20549, or by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330, or by accessing the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are filed with or furnished to the SEC, we make copies available to the public free of charge on or through our website at http://www.wgint.com. The information on our website is not incorporated into, and is not part of, this report.

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) which requires all employees, officers and directors of Washington Group International to act, at all times and places, as law-abiding, responsible and responsive citizens. The Code is published on our website at http://www.wgint.com under Corporate Information:

I-2

Investor Relations, Company Overview, Corporate Governance. A copy of the Code is available by contacting us through our website under Investor Relations, or by writing to the Investor Relations Department at the corporate headquarters.

Our principal executive offices are located at 720 Park Boulevard, Boise, Idaho 83712. Our telephone number is (208) 386-5000.

GENERAL

We are an international provider of a broad range of design, engineering, construction, construction management, facilities and operations management, environmental remediation and mining services. We offer our various services separately or as part of an integrated package throughout the life cycle of a customer’s project.

•In providing engineering and design services, we participate in the conceptualization and planning stages of projects that are part of our customers’ overall capital programs. We develop the physical designs and determine the technical specifications. We also devise project configurations to maximize both construction and operating efficiency.

•As a contractor, we are responsible for the construction and completion of each contract in accordance with its specifications and contracting terms (primarily schedule and total cost). In this capacity, we often manage the procurement of materials, subcontractors and craft labor. Depending on the project, we may function as the primary contractor or as a subcontractor to another firm.

•On some projects, we function as a construction manager, engaged by the customer to oversee other contractors’ compliance with design specifications and contracting terms.

•Under operations and maintenance contracts, we provide staffing, technical support, repair, renovation, predictive and preventive services to customer facilities globally. We also offer other facility services, such as general building maintenance and asset management. In addition, we provide inventory and product logistics for manufacturing plants, information technology support, equipment servicing and tooling changeover.

On some projects, particularly those of significant size and requiring specialized technology, we partner with other firms, both to increase our opportunity to win the contract and to manage development and execution risk. Partners may include, among others, specialized process engineering firms, engineers, constructors, operations contractors or equipment manufacturers. These partnerships may be structured as joint ventures or consortia, with each participating firm having an economic interest relative to the scope of its work.

We enter into four basic types of contracts with our customers:

•Under a “fixed-price” contract, we provide the customer a total project for an agreed-upon price, subject to project circumstances and changes in scope. We commonly refer to fixed-price contracts under which the total project cost is determined up front as “lump-sum” contracts. Large design-build infrastructure projects are typically awarded on a lump-sum basis.

•Under a “fixed-unit-price” contract, the customer pays us for materials, labor, overhead, equipment rentals or other costs at fixed rates as each unit of work is performed. Mining projects are typically awarded on a fixed-unit-price basis.

•Under a “target-price” contract, we provide the customer with a total project at a target price agreed upon by the customer, subject to project circumstances and changes in scope. Should costs exceed the target within the agreed-upon scope, we will generally absorb a portion of those costs to the extent of our

I-3

expected fee or profit; however, the customer reimburses us for the costs that we incur if costs continue to escalate beyond our expected fee. An additional fee may be earned if costs are below the target.

•Under a “cost-type” contract, a customer reimburses us for the costs that we incur (primarily materials, labor, overhead and subcontractor services), plus a fee. The fee portion of the contract may be a percentage of the costs incurred and/or may be based on the achievement of specific performance incentives or milestones. The fee portion may also be subject to a maximum. Engineering, construction management and environmental and hazardous substance remediation contracts, including most of our work for U.S. government customers, are typically awarded pursuant to a cost-type contract.

Some fixed-price contracts require the contractor to provide a surety bond to its customer or a letter of credit. This general industry practice provides indemnification to the customer if the contractor fails to perform its obligations. Surety companies consider factors such as capitalization, available working capital, past performance and management expertise to determine the amount of bonds they are willing to issue on behalf of a particular engineering and construction company.

We participate in construction joint ventures, often as sponsor and manager of projects, which are formed for the sole purpose of bidding, negotiating and completing specific projects. We participate in two incorporated mining ventures: MIBRAG mbH (“MIBRAG”), a company that operates lignite coal mines and power plants in Germany, and Westmoreland Resources, Inc. (“Westmoreland Resources”), a coal mining company in Montana.

BACKGROUND

We were originally incorporated in Delaware on April 28, 1993 under the name Kasler Holding Company. In April 1996, we changed our name to Washington Construction Group, Inc. On September 11, 1996, we purchased Morrison Knudsen Corporation and changed our name to Morrison Knudsen Corporation. The purchase was structured as a merger and was an integral part of a bankruptcy plan of reorganization. We have no remaining obligations under that plan of reorganization.

On March 22, 1999, we and BNFL Nuclear Services, Inc. (“BNFL”) acquired the government and environmental services businesses of CBS Corporation (now Viacom, Inc.). We refer to these businesses, together with other government services operations, as the “Government Services Business.” The Government Services Business currently makes up our Energy & Environment and Defense business units. See Note 15, “Acquisition of BNFL’s Interest in Government Services Business,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report for a discussion regarding our agreements to acquire BNFL’s 40 percent interest in a portion of the Government Services Business. BNFL no longer has any interest in our Government Services Business.

On July 7, 2000, we purchased from Raytheon Company and Raytheon Engineers & Constructors International, Inc. (“RECI”), the capital stock of the subsidiaries of RECI and specified other assets of RECI and assumed specified liabilities of RECI. The businesses that we purchased, that we refer to as “RE&C”, provide engineering, design, procurement, construction, operation, maintenance, and other services on a global basis. Following the RE&C acquisition, we changed our name to Washington Group International, Inc.

On May 14, 2001, due to near-term liquidity problems resulting from our acquisition of RE&C, we filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. On December 21, 2001, the bankruptcy court entered an order confirming the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, Inc., et al., as modified (the “Plan of Reorganization”). The Plan of Reorganization became effective and we emerged from bankruptcy protection on January 25, 2002.

The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nevada retains jurisdiction to interpret the Plan of Reorganization and to resolve outstanding claims and third party disputes relating thereto. A reorganization plan committee (the “Plan Committee”) was established by the bankruptcy court to evaluate claims of unsecured creditors, prosecute any disputed unsecured claims, determine each unsecured creditor’s distribution under the Plan of Reorganization and generally monitor implementation of the Plan of Reorganization.

I-4

BUSINESS UNITS

We operate our business through six business units, each of which comprises a separate reportable business segment: Power, Infrastructure, Mining, Industrial/Process, Defense and Energy & Environment.

Power

Our Power business unit specializes in engineering, design, construction, modification and maintenance of power generating facilities and the systems that transmit and distribute electricity. Customers include regulated and deregulated utilities, industrial co-generators, independent power producers, original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and governments. These customers generate power in a wide variety of methods, including coal-, oil- and gas-fired power plants, combustion turbine in both simple cycle and combined cycle configurations, nuclear power, hydroelectric power and waste-to-energy. We provide our services to customers in the United States and around the world on target-price, fixed-price and cost-reimbursable bases, and the work we have pursued recently has reflected an array of commercial arrangements. (See Item 1, “Business – General,” earlier in Part I of this report for a description of types of contracts and corresponding risks).  The Power business unit provides a range of services that includes:

Basic Services

•General planning

•Siting and licensing

•Environmental permitting

•Engineering, procurement and construction, startup

•Expansion, retrofit, and modification

•Operations and maintenance

•Decontamination and decommissioning

Basic Markets

•New generation

•Combustion turbine (natural gas, oil)

•Coal

•Nuclear

•Other: waste-to-energy, biomass

•Modifications and maintenance

•Fossil: clean air retrofits

•Repowering

•Nuclear: major component replacement

•Maintenance: fossil and nuclear

•Engineering services

•Planning studies and ongoing operations for fossil and nuclear

•Transmission, distribution, substations

Over the past year, the climate for power generation development has improved considerably from the downturn suffered in 2002. Nevertheless, in the United States, deregulated and regulated power providers and independent producers are still operating in a market heavily influenced by excess power reserves, extreme prices of oil and natural gas and the security of a fuel supply dependent on unpredictable international politics. The most significant positive impact on the future of the power industry in the U.S. has been the elimination of a long-standing cloud of legislative uncertainty as a result of Congress passing the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (“Energy Policy Act”) and the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) promulgating two clean air regulations, the Clean Air Interstate Rule and the Clean Air Mercury Rule. Among the many provisions and goals of the Energy Policy Act are programs to stimulate more advanced and cleaner forms of power generation, emphasizing coal and nuclear technologies. The EPA rules now have established clear attainment levels and progressive timelines for sulfur oxides (“SO_x”) and nitrous oxides (“NO_x”) emissions in 25 states, plus the District of Columbia, and

I-5

mercury limits nationwide. Owners of power generation facilities now have both government support for investment in new capacity and a definitive environmental direction to pursue.

The international power industry is also emerging from a slow cycle of development. Economic growth demands in Asia, particularly in China, India and Southeast Asia, are spawning new, but highly competitive, programs for capacity additions. Environmental concerns in some regions - China, motivated by public image and a growing internal green movement and Central and Eastern Europe, motivated by standards for admission to the EEU - are stimulating clean air system retrofit projects on older coal-fired plants. In North America, the high price of oil is stimulating the development of vast reserves embedded in Canadian oil sands, which ultimately may give U.S. generators a dependable and stable supply of fuel for existing and future operations.

Recognizing both the uncertainty of power industry dynamics and the potential for significant upside benefits from any of several markets, the Power business unit has pursued a strategy to maintain its presence in all of its established markets while minimizing its exposure to long-term capital risk. In new power generation, we are limiting the opportunities we pursue to those we determine pose an acceptable level of risk, particularly with established customers. This was the case in 2005, when our engineering, procurement and construction (“EPC”) performance on the first unit of a 550-megawatt (MW), combustion turbine, combined cycle power plant in Wisconsin led to an industry award as the best gas-fired project of 2005 and a new contract to design and build an identical unit at the same site. Work continues on the construction of a new coal-fired unit, also in Wisconsin, an EPC contract for two combined cycle units in Puerto Rico, and the conversion of a plutonium reactor to a coal-fired plant in Russia.

Propelled by either the new EPA regulations, previously signed consent decrees, independent state legislation, or proactive owners, a substantial number of large system retrofits to control SO_x and NO_x have been announced or are under consideration. Washington Group International has secured several new awards, including the retrofit of a selective catalytic reduction (“SCR”) system and a limited release for two flue gas desulfurization (“FGD”) systems at the same station in Michigan, EPC of another FGD system at a confidential location in the U.S., and engineering for a large FGD system in the oil sands region of Canada. We are also completing work on an EPC contract for the retrofit of two FGD systems and an SCR system for a coal plant in Wisconsin.

The abundance of power supply in the United States, combined with the manifestation of electricity as a commodity, has forced most power suppliers to compete for the sale of kilowatts and improve the efficiency of existing resources. Many nuclear plant owners are seeking extensions of existing licenses rather than decommissioning units with up to 40 years of service or developing replacement capacity. Among the most common life-extension strategies is the replacement of steam generators and reactor vessel heads. Through a 50 percent owned joint venture with Framatome-ANP, Inc., we specialize in these replacements and have established ourselves as a leading competitor in the United States for this market. Following successful component replacements at nuclear plants in Florida, South Carolina and Minnesota in 2004, we completed three additional component replacements in 2005 at nuclear plants in Florida, Missouri and Arkansas, two of which set world records for short durations, and one received industry recognition as the best nuclear project of 2005. Also in 2005, we were awarded new replacement projects in California, Florida, and New Jersey, plus a consulting assignment in Canada.

The competitive nature of the power generation industry is developing a trend toward stronger ties between customers seeking engineering solutions to improve output and contractors assuming the responsibility of in-house specialists. We are engaged in several alliance-type relationships at various levels of maturity, including a pacesetting program that has established a full services contract for a total generation system that exceeds 11,000 MWs, and outsourcing agreements with two utilities in which we are providing engineering services as needed at a total of more than 90 generating facilities.

The Power business unit, together with the Infrastructure business unit, is also involved in a contract with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the “USACOE”) to provide a variety of design, engineering and construction services to the Transatlantic Programs Center of the USACOE, throughout Central Asia, North Africa and the

I-6

Middle East. The contract is an indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity (“ID/IQ”) contract that does not identify a specific quantity of services, but sets ceilings on the total amount of work that can be awarded to a company during the life of the contract. To date, we have been awarded ID/IQ contracts providing for potential task order awards up to $3.1 billion for the Power and Infrastructure business units, including a $500 million ID/IQ contract for power projects. Under the ID/IQ contracts, we bid for specific assignments to support the USACOE in Iraq and 24 other countries. Under the ID/IQ contracts, to date we have developed or refurbished over 700 MWs of generation capacity, and we are now building or rehabilitating transmission and distribution systems. In 2005 new tasks supporting transmission and distribution needs were authorized. This work is expected to continue into 2007.

Infrastructure

Our Infrastructure business unit provides a full range of infrastructure services to clients globally, including project development, design-build-operate-maintain, consulting, engineering, design, project management, construction management, construction and operations and maintenance. The Infrastructure business unit generally performs as a general contractor or as a joint venture partner with other contractors on domestic and international projects. Typically, consulting, engineering, design, project management, construction management and operations and maintenance type contracts are performed on a cost-type basis, while design-build and construction contracts are performed on a fixed-price basis.

Infrastructure serves both private and public sector customers across three major markets:

•Rail and transit: Design, construction, operation and maintenance of light rail, subways, commuter/inter-city railroads, railroads, freight transport, people movers, bus rapid transit, electrification and multimodal facilities. Our current significant projects in this market include:

•Hudson-Bergen Light Rail Transit System: We are operating under a contract with a value exceeding $860 million to design, build, operate and maintain the Hudson-Bergen Light Rail Transit System in New Jersey. The design-build phase is scheduled to be completed in 2006. The term of our contract to operate and maintain the system extends to 2011, with two five-year extension options.

•Metro Gold Line: A $600 million design/build contract for a six-mile-long extension to the Metro Gold Line light rail system in Los Angeles. The contract was awarded by the Los Angeles Metropolitan Transportation Authority (“MTA”) to a joint venture led by us.

•Highways and bridges: Design and construction of interstates/freeways, arterial highways/streets, interchanges, bridges, tunnels and intelligent transportation systems. The Infrastructure business unit has made the strategic decision to no longer participate in the public agency highway “construction only” market sector. The contract and change order administration practices of the client agencies, together with an increase in the number of smaller local bidders has lowered available margins to unacceptable levels. Our significant projects in this market include:

•SR-125: A joint venture led by us to design and build the 10-mile privately-funded toll road section of the public-private State Route 125 South Expressway project in San Diego, California and a 3.5-mile publicly-funded segment of State Route 125 with a total value of approximately $380 million.

•I-215/I-515 Interchange: A $91 million contract with the Nevada Department of Transportation to construct an interchange and six-lane connector near Las Vegas which was substantially completed during 2005.

•I-215/91/60 Riverside Interchange: A joint venture led by us to perform a design sequence contract  to upgrade and widen a 7.8 mile section of I-215 and connecting highways for the California Department of Transportation in Riverside, California with an approximate value of $220 million.

I-7

We recognized losses on all three of these projects during 2005.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – 2005 Compared to 2004 – Infrastructure,” in item 7 of this report.

•Water resource and hydropower: Design and construction of hydroelectric power, water supply, flood control, locks and dams, irrigation and drainage, hydraulic structures and environmental and safety analysis. A significant project in this market includes:

•Olmsted Dam: A $620 million cost-reimbursable-plus-base-and-award-fee joint venture for the construction of a 2,700-foot concrete dam across the lower Ohio River awarded in January 2004.

The Infrastructure business unit is also jointly involved with the Power business unit in our work for the USACOE providing design, engineering and construction services in the Middle East. Infrastructure participated in the development and refurbishment of 700MWs of generation capacity and building or rehabilitating transmission and distribution systems. Infrastructure has also been awarded water and sewer rehabilitation projects in Iraq and other construction projects in the region.

We anticipate growth in domestic infrastructure markets. Federal highway funding is subject to authorization from the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient, Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (“SAFETEA-LU”) and is expected to provide long-term funding. State tax revenues are anticipated to increase, which will provide for matching funds for capital programs as well. Increased funding for projects will be adversely effected by higher commodity prices in fuel, steel and lumber. Certain markets continue to have viable projects and the design-build method of delivery, with its reliance on private capital and potential opportunities for public-private partnerships, continues to grow in popularity.

Mining

The Mining business unit provides a full range of services, concentrating on contract mining and mines management, design/build and engineering, procurement, and construction or construction management to the precious metals, energy minerals, industrial minerals and metals markets globally. These services include a broad spectrum of tasks from mine planning and feasibility studies through engineering, construction, operations planning and execution, to mine reclamation and closure.

Currently, the Mining business unit is providing services to the phosphate industry in Canada and the United States, coal mines in the United States and Germany, silica and ballast quarry operations in the United States, a silver, zinc and lead mine in Bolivia and gold mines in the United States and Mexico. Mining contracts are typically one to ten years in length that are normally renewed in subsequent bidding cycles throughout the useful life of the mine, which can typically range from 5 to 30 years. Mining contracts are generally fixed-unit price, cost-type, or target price.

In addition to the Mining business unit’s contracted services, we hold ownership interests in two mining ventures:

•MIBRAG (50 percent) is located in Germany and operates two surface lignite coal mines that provide lignite to two utility-owned power generation plants, as well as small commercial plants and three company-owned power plants. Power generated by the company-owned plants is primarily utilized by the mining operations and surplus power is sold at wholesale to the utilities. The mines have lignite reserves and contracts in place for 20 to 40 years of supply. Because of the significance of MIBRAG to our results of operations for the year ended December 30, 2005, the financial statements of MIBRAG have been included in this report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 99.1

I-8

•Westmoreland Resources (20 percent) is a Montana surface coal mine providing sub-bituminous coal to utilities in the upper Midwest.

See Note 4, “Ventures,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

Industrial/Process

Our Industrial/Process business unit is a single-source provider of integrated engineering, construction, operations, maintenance, logistics and program management services. A key component of Industrial/Process’ approach is close alignment with its clients to support their business objectives and develop long-term, value-added partnerships and to balance the markets we serve in order to effectively deal with economic cycles that impact industrial and consumer spending.

Services are provided using a variety of commercial terms, including various forms of cost-type, target price and lump sum contracting. The unit’s continuing goal is to maintain a more evenly balanced commercial mix between cost-type and fixed-priced contracts in order to optimize the risk/reward profile and improve cash flow.

Organized in four divisions, the Industrial/Process business unit is focused on the following strategic areas: Life Sciences, Facility Management, Industrial Services and Oil, Gas and Chemicals.

•Life Sciences. Our Life Sciences division provides design, engineering, construction, validation and maintenance services to the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. An integrated delivery platform is provided in the areas of biologics, chemical synthesis, dosage form and devise manufacturing to create innovative production solutions.

Current Clients include Amgen, Sanofi-Pateur, Pfizer, Schering Plough, Merck, Eli Lilly, Johnson & Johnson, Novartis and Wyeth.

•Facility Management. Our Facility Management division provides life-cycle services allowing our customers to focus on core business activities. As a facility management market leader for industrial customers, we offer management solutions that include operations, production maintenance and facility management across a diverse set of industries to customers seeking to outsource non-core business functions.

Customers include many long-term clients such as Caterpillar, DuPont, IBM, Nissan, Micron and Tektronix.

•Industrial Services. Our Industrial Services division provides life-cycle services, including design, engineering, construction, quality assurance, logistics and quality programs, for the automotive, manufacturing, food, consumer product and the pulp and paper industries.

In the automotive markets, clients include General Motors, Ford, Daimler/Chrysler and Hyundai.

We have long-term alliance partnerships with Anheuser-Busch, Kraft and General Mills/Pillsbury in the foods market. We provide facility and process design solutions for breweries and producers of baked goods, cake mix, cereal, prepared entrees, snack foods, soups and yogurt.

•Oil, Gas & Chemicals. The Oil, Gas & Chemicals division provides services to several markets, including oil production, gas treating, gas monetization, gas storage, refineries and bulk/specialty chemicals producers. Our services span a wide range of offerings including engineering, procurement, construction and operations and maintenance.

I-9

Customers include ExxonMobil, ConocoPhillips, ChevronTexaco, BP, Qatar Petroleum, DuPont, Burlington Resources, El Paso, Dow Corning, PolyOne and ADNOC among others.

Defense

The structure of the Defense business unit is matched to the needs of our major customer, the U.S. government, and, more specifically, the Departments of Defense, State and Homeland Security. Our Defense business unit manages, integrates and delivers life-cycle services for domestic and international programs under three markets: Threat Reduction, Defense Infrastructure Services and Homeland Security.

•Threat Reduction. Threat Reduction focuses on global proliferation prevention and elimination of CBRNE (chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and high explosives) materials and weapon systems.  We are a global leader in the elimination of chemical weapons and agents. We provide demilitarization services to federal clients, including chemical and biological warfare material elimination and nuclear weapons delivery systems disarmament. This market includes support for the Department of Defense in the destruction of the United States chemical weapons stockpile, as the system contractor for three of the U.S. Army’s four incineration-based chemical weapons destruction thermal facilities. Additionally, we purchase equipment for all of the Army’s sites. We are also responsible for the start-up, pilot plant testing, operations and maintenance and closure of two additional neutralization-based plants dealing with intact chemical weapons. All of these facilities are designed to destroy chemical weapons that have been stored for many years in underground bunkers.In 2005, we expanded our chemical weapons demilitarization activities to the destruction of stockpiles in Albania.

We also provide demilitarization services, funded by the U.S. government, to the former Soviet Union, and have been awarded significant participation in the Cooperative Threat Reduction Integrated Contract in that area. This contract is financed by the United States to prevent proliferation of and safely eliminate weapons of mass destruction located in the former Soviet Union. Work performed includes elimination of strategic missiles and related delivery systems and conversion of the Seversk, Russia plutonium production facility into a peacetime electrical power production plant. We also were selected to assist the Azerbaijan and Uzbekistan governments in establishing weapons of mass destruction material detection and interdiction capabilities.

A major objective of Threat Reduction is optimizing the value of existing contracts. Since we have now exhausted major domestic chemical demilitarization opportunities, our business development efforts are focused on evaluating adjacent market opportunities and selecting higher probability market sectors for development and penetration in the U.S. and abroad.

•Defense Infrastructure Services. Defense Infrastructure Services principally addresses Department of Defense needs, offering operation services, management/technical services and EPC services with an objective of reducing their risk in mission execution due to infrastructure vulnerabilities. We support the Department of Defense entities and agencies that operate or maintain major facilities, providing classified and unclassified architectural engineering services and engineering, procurement and construction services. These same services are provided to the Department of State and various intelligence agencies of the U.S. government. In late 2005, our team was one of six teams named to provide a wide range of support services under a $10 billion ID/IQ, rapid response contract to the U.S. Air Force.

•Homeland Security.  Homeland Security provides integrated solutions that reduce vulnerability to terrorist acts or similar hostile acts and that mitigate the consequences of such acts, with emphasis on high-value security systems, force protection and emergency response services. We provide threat analysis and mitigation services to a variety of clients. We support one of the nation’s highest priorities, the security of our nation and the safety of United States citizens abroad. The market and demand for our services are principally derived from federal requirements and include funding estimates for 17 federal agencies (including defense activities). With the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, we devote our

I-10

considerable experience in security research and technologies to compete for resulting business. We are pursuing multiple opportunities for securing transportation systems, including enhanced security at ports of entry and military bases, improved security of offshore transport systems and improved intelligence and data mining for early threat identification. In 2005, Washington Group International became the first company certified by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security to provide anti-terrorism services for cargo-container facilities at ports in the United States.

The Defense business unit applies our comprehensive skills to create cost-effective solutions to operational challenges, drawing resources from all of our business units. Such integration is essential to successfully compete in existing and emerging markets. We perform virtually all Defense work on a cost-plus-fee basis.

Energy & Environment

Our Energy & Environment business unit provides services to the U.S. Department of Energy, which is responsible for maintaining the nation’s nuclear weapons stockpile, performing legacy environmental cleanup and remediation, and leading the development of next generation nuclear power. The services provided include construction, contract management, supply-chain management, quality assurance, waste management, facilities management, decontamination and decommissioning, environmental cleanup and restoration services.  Energy & Environment provides safety management consulting and waste and environmental technology, engineered products, including radioactive waste containers and technical support services.

The Energy & Environment business unit also provides products and services to commercial clients, including the design and manufacture of engineered canisters to ship and store spent nuclear fuel, safety planning, integrated safety management consulting, facility operation, hazardous material management and licensing.

The Energy & Environment business unit primarily services the U.S. Department of Energy in the environmental management market segment, while also serving the National Nuclear Security Agency by managing nuclear operations and the Department of Defense in selected engineering, design, construction, environmental cleanup and remediation projects. There are currently three market units within Energy & Environment: Management Services, Projects and Consulting Services. We are positioning a fourth market unit, International, to provide the services of the existing three market units to international customers, primarily in the United Kingdom.

•Management Services.  The Management Services market unit focuses on Department of Energy site management and support contracts, under which key personnel are supplied to effectively manage existing site operations, infrastructure and human resources. Our current emphasis is managing complex, high-hazard facilities and operations using our experience in technology, commercial nuclear operations, safety and operations in a regulatory environment.

Management Services has long-term management contracts with the Department of Energy. We serve three major programs within the Department of Energy, Environmental Management, Science and the National Nuclear Security Agency. The Environmental Management program consists of the environmental cleanup activities (radioactive and hazardous waste), resulting from the U.S. government’s nuclear weapons program. Our key existing contracts include the Savannah River Site in South Carolina, the West Valley Nuclear Services Site in New York, Idaho Cleanup Project in Idaho, River Corridor Project in Washington and the Waste Isolation Pilot Project in New Mexico. The Science program consists of facility and infrastructure management, such as our contract at the Idaho National Laboratory. The National Nuclear Security Agency consists of the Department of Energy’s defense programs and weapons production activities, such as our contracts at Los Alamos National Laboratory and production facilities at the Savannah River Site. These contracts range in term from five to ten years and may include options to renew for up to five years.

I-11

•Projects. The Projects market unit provides life-cycle services to the Department of Energy and its prime contractors, as well as to other U.S. government agencies. We utilize our skills in environmental remediation, design of complex high-hazard facilities and construction capability to service this market.  The Projects market unit provides nuclear and high-hazard facility engineering, procurement and construction; nuclear and high-hazard facility deactivation, decommissioning, decontamination and dismantlement; and environmental characterization, design and remediation. The Projects market also includes mid-level design, construction and environmental projects for the Department of Defense.

The Projects market unit offers a broad portfolio of services and technologies to the Department of Energy, the Department of Defense and the Environmental Projection Agency, with five distinct clients within the agencies.  In the Department of Energy, we serve Environmental Management and the National Nuclear Security Agency. In the Department of Defense, our customers include the U.S. Air Force Center for Environmental Excellence (“AFCEE”), the USACOE and the U.S. Navy Facilities Engineering Command.  The Defense and Infrastructure business units are executing AFCEE contracts in Iraq.

•Consulting Services.  Consulting Services provides services to most Department of Energy sites. These services are also sold to other governmental agencies or commercial clients. The core products and services include safety analysis, regulatory services, criticality and radiological engineering, safeguards and security management and environmental services. We self-perform for our sites, support other sites and are equipped to provide services throughout the life cycle of a project.

Consulting Services is primarily concentrated in the Washington Safety Management Solutions LLC.  Washington Safety Management Solutions LLC takes the expertise developed through our experience in the Department of Energy Management Services business and develops programs that are utilized at other Department of Energy and governmental sites and with commercial clients. The Department of Energy facilities are our principal customers.

•International.  The International market unit addresses new markets for our core services in the United Kingdom, which is actively seeking such services to address their environmental legacies. We are currently providing cleanup support to several sites in the United Kingdom and are supporting project work with the Atomic Weapons Establishment. We believe we are well-positioned to compete for this work given our experience and the scope of our projects in the hazardous environmental management field in the United States.

For financial information about each of our business units, geographic areas in which we operate, and additional disclosures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Business Unit Results” in Item 7 of this report and Note 11, “Operating Segment, Geographic and Customer Information,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

MATERIAL CUSTOMERS

During 2005, ten percent or more of our total consolidated revenue was derived from contracts and subcontracts performed by the Power, Infrastructure, Industrial/Process, Defense and Energy & Environment business units for the following customers:

	Percent of Consolidated Revenue
Department of Defense	29	%
Department of Energy	19	%

Although we presently have positive relationships with the Department of Defense and the Department of Energy, the loss of these customers, or significant reductions in government funding, could have a material adverse effect primarily on our Defense and Energy & Environment business units as well as on our company as a whole. The percentage of total consolidated revenue derived from the Department of Defense decreased from 37

I-12

percent in 2004 to 29 percent in 2005, primarily due to the reductionof revenue from work in the Middle East. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” later in this report.

GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS AND BACKLOG

Government funded contracts continue to be a significant part of our business.We derived 51 percent of our consolidated operating revenue in 2005 from contracts with the U.S. government, including 12 percent from work performed in Iraq. We also have a number of U.S. government contracts that extend beyond one year and for which government funding has not yet been approved. All U.S. government contracts and some foreign contracts are subject to unilateral termination at the convenience of the customer.

Backlog represents the total value of all awarded contracts that have not been completed and will be recognized as revenue or as equity in income over the life of the project. Backlog includes our proportionate share of construction joint venture contracts and the uncompleted portions of mining contracts and ventures for the next five years. Backlog for government contracts includes only two years’ worth of the portions of such contracts that are currently funded or that we are highly confident will be funded. The reported backlog excludes approximately $2.9 billion of government contracts in progress for work to be performed beyond December 2007 and $0.7 billion for mining contracts beyond five years.

We have ID/IQ contracts that are signed contracts under which we perform work only when the client issues specific task orders. The terms of these contracts include a maximum contract value and a specified time period that may include renewal option periods at the client’s discretion. While we believe that we will continue to receive work over the entire term, because of the uncertainty of the renewals and our dependence on the issuance of individual task orders for new projects, we cannot be assured that we will ultimately realize the maximum contract value for any particular contract. Only those task orders that are signed and funded are included in backlog.

Backlog at December 30, 2005 totaled $4.9 billion compared with backlog of $4.0 billion at December 31, 2004. Approximately $2.0 billion of the backlog at December 30, 2005 was comprised of U.S. government contracts that are subject to termination by the government, $1.4 billion of which had not yet been funded. Historically, we have not experienced significant reductions in funding of U.S. government contracts once they have been awarded. Terminations for the convenience of the government generally provide for recovery of contract costs and related earnings. Approximately $2.4 billion, or 50 percent, of backlog at December 30, 2005 is expected to be recognized as contract revenue or as equity in income in 2006, compared to $2.1 billion, or 53 percent, at December 31, 2004.

Although backlog reflects business that we consider to be firm, cancellations or scope adjustments may occur.

Composition of backlog	Year ended				Year ended
(In millions)	December 30, 2005				December 31, 2004
Cost-type and target-price contracts	$	3,465.8	71	%	$	2,568.1	64	%
Fixed-price and fixed-unit-price contracts	1,414.5		29	%	1,436.0		36	%
Total backlog	$	4,880.3	100	%	$	4,004.1	100	%

For additional information about backlog of our business units, see “Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Business Unit New Work and Backlog” in Item 7 of this report.

COMPETITION

We are engaged in highly competitive businesses in which customer contracts are typically awarded through competitive bidding processes. We compete based primarily on price, reputation and reliability with other general

I-13

and specialty contractors, both foreign and domestic, including large international contractors and small local contractors. Success or failure in our lines of business is, in large measure, based upon the ability to compete successfully for contracts and to provide the engineering, planning, procurement, construction, operations and project management and project financing skills required to complete them in a timely and cost-efficient manner. Some competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do, which, in some instances, could give them a competitive advantage over us.

EMPLOYEES

Our global employment varies widely with the volume, type and scope of operations at any given time. At December 30, 2005, we employed approximately 23,900 employees. Approximately 15 percent of our employees are covered either by one of our regional labor agreements, which expire between June 2006 and June 2007, or by specific project labor agreements, each of which expires upon completion of the relevant project.

RAW MATERIALS

We can purchase most of the raw materials and components necessary to operate our businesses from numerous sources. However, the price and availability of raw materials and components may vary widely from year to year due to customer demand, production capacity, market conditions and material shortages. We do not anticipate any unavailability of raw materials or components that would have a material adverse effect on our businesses in the foreseeable future.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Our environmental and hazardous substance remediation and contract mining services involve risks of liability under federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”). We perform environmental remediation at Superfund sites as a response action contractor for the EPA and, in such capacity, are exempt from liability under any federal law, including CERCLA, unless our conduct is negligent. Moreover, we may be entitled to indemnification from agencies of the U.S. government against liability arising out of the negligent performance of work in such capacity. We do not own any of the CERCLA sites.

We are subject to risks of liability under federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, as well as common law. These laws and regulations and the risk of attendant litigation can cause significant delays to a project and add significantly to its cost. Violations of these laws and regulations could subject us to civil and criminal penalties and other liabilities, including liabilities for property damage, costs of investigation and cleanup of hazardous or toxic substances on property currently or previously owned by us or arising out of our current and past remediation, waste management and contract mining activities.

For additional information regarding environmental matters, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” later in this report.

ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS

We are subject to a number of risks, including those enumerated below. Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and on the market price of our common stock. See also “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information” earlier in Part I of this report.

The documents governing our indebtedness restrict our ability and the ability of some of our subsidiaries to engage in some business transactions.

On October 9, 2003, we obtained a senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”), which provides for up to $350 million of loans and other financial accommodations. On June 14, 2005, we amended the

I-14

Credit Facility to provide for improved pricing and terms. The credit agreement governing the Credit Facility restricts or places certain limits on our ability and the ability of some of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

•      incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

•      declare or pay dividends on, redeem or purchase capital stock;

•make investments;

•incur or permit liens to exist;

•enter into transactions with affiliates;

•make material changes in the nature or conduct of our business;

•merge or consolidate with, or acquire substantially all of the stock or assets of, other companies;

•transfer or sell assets; and

•engage in sale-leaseback transactions.

The Credit Facility contains covenants that are typical for credit facilities of its size, type and tenor, such as requirements that we meet specified financial ratios and financial condition tests. Our ability to borrow under the Credit Facility otherwise depends upon satisfaction of these covenants. Our ability to meet these covenants and requirements may be affected by events beyond our control.

Our failure to comply with obligations under the Credit Facility could result in an event of default under the facility. A default, if not cured or waived, could permit acceleration of any outstanding indebtedness. We cannot be certain that we will be able to remedy any default. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we cannot be certain that we will have funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness or that we will have the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all.

We are engaged in highly competitive businesses and must typically bid against competitors to obtain engineering, construction and service contracts.

We are engaged in highly competitive businesses in which customer contracts are typically awarded through competitive bidding processes. We compete with other general and specialty contractors, both foreign and domestic, including large international contractors and small local contractors. Some competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do, which, in some instances, could give them a competitive advantage over us.

Strikes, work stoppages and other similar events, as well as resulting increases in operating costs, would have a negative impact on our operations and results.

We are party to several regional labor agreements that expire between June 2006 and June 2007, as well as project-specific labor agreements that commit us to use union building trades on certain projects. If the industry were unable to negotiate with any of the unions, it could result in strikes, work stoppages or increased operating costs as a result of higher than anticipated wages or benefits. If the unionized workers engage in a strike or other work stoppage, or other employees become unionized, we could experience a disruption of our operations and higher ongoing labor costs, which could adversely affect portions of our businesses and our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. See Item 1 “Business - Employees” earlier in Part I of this report.

I-15

Our success depends on attracting and retaining qualified personnel in a competitive environment.

We are dependent upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, technical and business development personnel. Competition for key personnel is intense. We cannot be certain that we will retain our key managerial, technical and business development personnel or that we will attract or assimilate key personnel in the future. Failure to retain or attract such personnel could adversely affect our businesses, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Economic downturns and reductions in government funding could have a negative impact on our businesses.

Demand for the services offered by us has been, and is expected to continue to be, subject to significant fluctuations due to a variety of factors beyond our control, including economic conditions. During economic downturns, the ability of both private and governmental entities to make expenditures may decline significantly. We cannot be certain that economic or political conditions will be generally favorable or that there will not be significant fluctuations adversely affecting our industry as a whole or key markets targeted by us. In addition, our operations are, in part, dependent upon government funding. Significant changes in the level of government funding could have an unfavorable impact on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our fixed-price contracts subject us to the risk of increased project costs.

Our fixed-price contracts involve risks relating to our inability to receive additional compensation in the event the costs of performing those contracts prove to be greater than anticipated. Our cost of performing the contracts may be greater than anticipated due to uncertainties inherent in estimating contract completion costs, contract modifications by customers resulting in claims, failure of subcontractors and joint venture partners to perform and other unforeseen events and conditions. At December 30, 2005, approximately 29 percent, or $1.4 billion, of our backlog represented fixed-price and fixed-unit-price contracts. Any one or more of these risks could result in reduced profits or increased losses on a particular contract or contracts.

The U.S. government can audit and disallow claims for compensation under our government contracts and can terminate those contracts without cause.

Government contracts, primarily with the U.S. Departments of Energy and Defense, are, and are expected to continue to be, a significant part of our business. We derived approximately 51 percent of our consolidated revenue in 2005 from contracts funded by the U.S. government. Allowable costs under government contracts are subject to audit by the U.S. government. To the extent that these audits result in determinations that costs claimed as reimbursable are not allowable costs or were not allocated in accordance with federal government regulations, we could be required to reimburse the U.S. government for amounts previously received. In addition, if we were to lose and not replace our revenue generated by one or more of the U.S. government contracts, our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

We have a number of contracts and subcontracts with agencies of the U.S. government, principally for environmental remediation, restoration and operations work, which extend beyond one year and for which government funding has not yet been approved. We cannot be certain that funding will be approved. All contracts with agencies of the U.S. government and some commercial and foreign contracts are subject to unilateral termination at the convenience of the customer. In the event of a termination, we would not receive projected revenue or profits associated with the terminated portion of those contracts.

In addition, government contracts are subject to specific procurement regulations, contract provisions and a variety of other socioeconomic requirements relating to the formation, administration, performance and accounting for these contracts. Many of these contracts include express or implied certifications of compliance with applicable laws and contract provisions. As a result of our government contracting, claims for civil or criminal fraud may be brought by the government for violations of these regulations, requirements or statutes. We may also be subject to qui tam litigation brought by private individuals on behalf of the government under the Federal Civil False Claims Act, which could include claims for up to treble damages. Further, if we fail to comply

I-16

with any of these regulations, requirements or statutes, our existing government contracts could be terminated, we could be suspended from government contracting or subcontracting, including federally funded projects at the state level and our ability to participate in foreign projects funded by the U.S. government could be adversely affected. If one or more of our government contracts are terminated for any reason, or if we are suspended from government work, we could suffer a significant reduction in expected revenue.

Our dependence on one or a few customers could adversely affect us.

One or a few clients have in the past and may in the future contribute a significant portion of our consolidated revenue in any one year or over a period of several consecutive years. In 2005, approximately 29 percent of our revenue was from the U.S. Department of Defense and approximately 19 percent of our revenue was from the U.S. Department of Energy. As our backlog frequently reflects multiple projects for individual clients, one major customer may comprise a significant percentage of our backlog at any point in time. For example, the U.S. Department of Defense, with which we have 72 contracts, represented an aggregate of 25 percent of our backlog at December 30, 2005, and the U.S. Department of Energy, with which we have 127 contracts, represented an aggregate of 21 percent of our backlog at December 30, 2005.

Because these significant customers generally contract with us for specific projects, we may lose these customers from year to year as their projects with us are completed. If we do not replace them with other customers or other projects, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Additionally, we have long-standing relationships with many of our significant customers. Our contracts with these customers, however, are on a project-by-project basis, and the customers may unilaterally reduce or discontinue their purchases at any time. The loss of business from any one of such customers could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

Our backlog is subject to unexpected adjustments and cancellations and is, therefore, an uncertain indicator of our future earnings.

As of December 30, 2005, our backlog was approximately $4.9 billion. We cannot assure that the revenue projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, will result in profits. Projects may remain in our backlog for an extended period of time prior to project execution and, once project execution begins, it may occur unevenly over the current and multiple future periods. Although we have not experienced any significant cancellations, project terminations, suspensions or reductions in scope, these could occur from time to time with respect to contracts reflected in our backlog. Such backlog reductions would adversely affect the revenue and profit we actually receive from contracts reflected in our backlog.

Our businesses involve many project-related and contract-related risks.

Our businesses are subject to a variety of project-related risks, including changes in political and other circumstances, particularly since contracts for major projects are performed over extended periods of time. These risks include the failure of applicable governing authorities to take necessary actions, opposition by third parties to particular projects and the failure by customers to obtain adequate financing for particular projects. Due to these factors, losses on a particular contract or contracts could occur, and we could experience significant changes in operating results on a quarterly or annual basis.

We may also be adversely affected by various risks and hazards, including industrial accidents, labor disputes, geological conditions, environmental hazards, acts of terrorism or war, weather and other natural phenomena such as earthquakes and floods.

Our dependence on subcontractors and equipment manufacturers could adversely affect us.

We rely on third-party subcontractors as well as third-party equipment manufacturers to complete our projects. To the extent that we cannot engage subcontractors or acquire equipment or materials, our ability to

I-17

complete a project in a timely fashion or at a profit may be impaired. If the amount we are required to pay for these goods and services exceeds the amount we have estimated in bidding for fixed-price, fixed-unit-price or target-price contracts, we could experience losses in the performance of these contracts. In addition, if a subcontractor or a manufacturer is unable to deliver its services, equipment or materials according to the negotiated terms for any reason, including the deterioration of its financial condition, we may be required to purchase the services, equipment or materials from another source at a higher price. This may reduce the profit to be realized or result in a loss on a project for which the services, equipment or materials were needed.

If we guarantee to a customer the timely completion or performance standards of a project, we could incur additional costs to meet our guarantee obligations.

In certain instances, including in some of our fixed-price contracts, we guarantee a customer that we will complete a project by a scheduled date. We sometimes also provide that the project, when completed, will achieve certain performance standards. If we subsequently fail to complete the project as scheduled, or if the project subsequently fails to meet the guaranteed performance standards, we may be held responsible for cost impacts to the client resulting from any delay or the costs incurred by the project to achieve the performance standards. In most cases where we fail to meet contract-defined performance standards, we may be subject to agreed-upon liquidated damages. To the extent that these events occur, the total costs for the project would exceed our original estimates and we could experience reduced profits or in some cases a loss for that project.

The success of our joint ventures is dependent on the performance of our joint venture partners of their contractual obligations.

We enter into various joint ventures as part of our engineering and construction business and project specific joint ventures. Success of these joint ventures depends largely on the satisfactory performance by our partners of their contractual obligations. If our joint venture partners fail to perform their contractual obligations as a result of financial or other difficulties, we may be required to make additional investments and provide additional services to ensure the adequate performance and delivery of the contracted services. These additional obligations could result in reduced profits or in losses for us.

Our international operations involve special risks.

We pursue project opportunities internationally through foreign and domestic subsidiaries as well as through agreements with domestic and foreign joint venture partners. Our international operations accounted for approximately 22 percent of our revenue in 2005, including 12 percent from work performed in Iraq. Our foreign operations are subject to special risks, including:

•      unstable political, economic, financial and market conditions;

•      potential incompatibility with foreign joint venture partners;

•      foreign currency controls and fluctuations;

•      trade restrictions and governmental regulations;

•      restrictions on repatriating foreign profits back to the United States;

•      increases in taxes;

•      civil disturbances and acts of terrorism, violence or war in the United States or elsewhere; and

•      changes in labor conditions, labor strikes and difficulties in staffing and managing international operations.

I-18

Events outside of our control may limit or disrupt operations, restrict the movement of funds, result in the deprivation of contract rights, increase foreign taxation or limit repatriation of earnings. In addition, in some cases, applicable law and joint venture or other agreements may provide that each joint venture partner is jointly and severally liable for all liabilities of the venture.

Our international operations may require our employees or subcontractors to travel to high security risk countries, which may result in employee injury, repatriation costs or other unforeseen costs.

As a global provider of engineering, construction and management services, we dispatch employees and subcontractors to various countries around the world. A country may represent a high security risk because of its political, social or economic upheaval such as war, civil unrest or ongoing acts of terrorism. Senior level employees and other key employees and subcontractors have been, and may continue to be, deployed to provide services in high security risk countries. As a result, it is possible that our employees or subcontractors may suffer injury or death, repatriation problems or other unforeseen costs and risks in the course of their international projects, which could negatively impact our operations.

We could be subject to liabilities as a result of our performance.

The nature of our engineering and construction businesses exposes us to potential liability claims and contract disputes that may reduce our profits.

We engage in engineering and construction activities for large industrial facilities where design, construction or systems failures can result in substantial injury or damage to third parties. Any liability in excess of our insurance limits at locations engineered or constructed by us, where our products are installed or where our services are performed could result in significant liability claims against us, which claims may reduce our earnings. In addition, if a customer disputes our performance of project services, the customer may decide to delay or withhold payment to us. If we were ultimately unable to collect on these payments, our profits would be reduced.

We could be subject to liability under environmental laws and regulations.

We are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations governing, among other things, discharges to air and water, the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous or solid waste materials and the remediation of contamination associated with releases of hazardous substances. These laws and regulations and the risk of attendant litigation can cause significant delays to a project and add significantly to its cost. Violations of these environmental, health and safety laws and regulations could subject us and our management to civil and criminal penalties and other liabilities. These laws and regulations may become more stringent, or be more stringently enforced, in the future.

Various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, as well as common law, may impose liability for property damage and costs of investigation and cleanup of hazardous or toxic substances on property currently or previously owned by us or arising out of our waste management or environmental remediation activities. These laws may impose responsibility and liability without regard to knowledge of or causation of the presence of contaminants. The liability under these laws is joint and several. We have potential liabilities associated with our past waste management and contract mining activities and with our current and prior ownership of various properties.

Changes in environmental laws, regulations and programs, could reduce demand for our environmental services, which could negatively impact our revenue.

Our environmental business is driven by federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and programs related to pollution and environmental protection. Accordingly, a relaxation or repeal of these laws and regulations, or changes in governmental policies regarding the funding, implementation or enforcement of these

I-19

programs, could result in a decline in demand for environmental services that could negatively impact our revenue.

Expiration of the Price-Anderson Act’s indemnification authority could have adverse consequences on our Power and Energy & Environment business units.

Our Power and Energy & Environment business units provide engineering, construction and operations and maintenance services in the nuclear power market, and approximately 20 percent of our backlog is derived from nuclear services. The Price-Anderson Act promotes and regulates the nuclear power industry in the United States. It comprehensively regulates the manufacture, use and storage of radioactive materials and promotes the nuclear power industry by offering broad indemnification to nuclear power plant operators and certain Department of Energy contractors like us. While the Price-Anderson Act’s indemnification provisions are broad, it has not been determined whether they apply to all liabilities that might be incurred by a radioactive materials cleanup contractor. The Price-Anderson Act’s provisions with respect to indemnification of Department of Energy contractors under newly signed contracts extend through December 31, 2006. Congress has extended the expiration date of the Act in the past, and it is expected that it will extend the expiration date beyond December 31, 2006. Our business units could be adversely affected if the Price-Anderson Act is not extended beyond December 31, 2006 due to either the unwillingness of plant operators to retain us or our inability to obtain adequate indemnification and insurance because of the unavailability of the protections of the Price-Anderson Act.

Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used to prepare our financial statements.

In order to prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, our management is required to make estimates and assumptions as of the date of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported values of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Areas requiring significant estimates by our management include:

•determination of new work awards and backlog;

•recognition of contract revenue, costs, profit or losses in applying the principles of percentage-of-completion accounting;

•recognition of recoveries under contract change orders or claims;

•collectibility of billed and unbilled accounts receivable and the need and amount of any allowance for doubtful accounts;

•the amount of reserves necessary for self-insured risks;

•the determination of liabilities under pension and other post-retirement benefit programs;

•estimated amounts for expected project losses, reclamation costs, warranty costs or other contract closing costs;

•recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets;

•provisions for income taxes and any related valuation allowances; and

•accruals for other estimated liabilities, including litigation reserves.

I-20

Our use of percentage-of-completion accounting could result in a reduction or elimination of previously reported profits.

As more fully discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Overview” in Item 7 of this report and in Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report, a substantial portion of our revenue is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Generally, the percentage-of-completion accounting practices we utilize result in our recognizing contract revenues and earnings ratably, based on the proportion of costs incurred to total estimated contract costs or on the proportion of labor hours or labor costs incurred to total estimated labor hours or labor costs. For certain long-term contracts, completion is measured on estimated physical completion or units of production.

The cumulative effect of revisions to contract revenue and estimated completion costs, including incentive awards, penalties, change orders, claims and anticipated losses, is recorded in the accounting period in which the amounts are known and can be reasonably estimated. Such revisions could occur at any time and the effects could be material. A change order is included in total estimated contract revenue when it is probable that the change order will result in a bona fide addition to contract value and can be reliably estimated. Claims are included in total estimated contract revenue, only to the extent that contract costs related to the claim have been incurred, when it is probable that the claim will result in a bona fide addition to contract value and can be reliably estimated. No profit is recognized on claims until final settlement occurs.

Although we have a history of making reasonably dependable estimates of the extent of progress towards completion of contract revenue and of contract completion costs on our long-term engineering and construction contracts, due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that actual completion costs may vary from estimates, and it is possible that such variances could be material to our operating results.

If we have to write off a significant amount of intangible assets, our earnings will be negatively impacted.

Goodwill and other intangible assets totaling $199.7 million are included in our balance sheet at December 30, 2005. We must evaluate our goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment at least annually. If our goodwill and other intangible assets were to become impaired, we would be required to write-off the impaired amount. The write-off would negatively impact our earnings; however, it would not impact our cash flows. As of December 30, 2005, $149.3 million of goodwill and other intangible assets relate to our Defense and Energy & Environment business units, which are almost entirely dependent on continued spending by the U.S. government. See Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

Our organizational documents, some of our agreements and provisions of Delaware law could inhibit a change in control.

We are subject to various restrictions and other requirements that may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us, such as:

•      provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

•some of our agreements, including the disbursing agreement that we entered into in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy; and

•      Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

I-21

A number of provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may make a change in control more difficult, including, among others, removal of directors only for cause, the elimination of our stockholders’ ability to fill vacancies on the board of directors and to call special meetings and supermajority stockholder amendments. In addition, our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 100 million shares of our common stock and 10 million shares of our preferred stock. Our board of directors has the power to determine the price and terms under which additional capital stock may be issued and to fix the terms of preferred stock. Existing stockholders will not have preemptive rights with respect to any of those shares.

On January 25, 2002, the date on which we emerged from bankruptcy protection pursuant to our Plan of Reorganization, we issued 5,000,000 shares of our common stock and warrants to acquire an additional 8,520,424 shares of our common stock, to a disbursing agent for the benefit of unsecured creditors in our bankruptcy. As of February 27, 2006, 1,026,822 shares of our common stock and no warrants were held by the disbursing agent pending future distribution to unsecured creditors pursuant to our Plan of Reorganization. Pending the distribution of the remaining shares to the unsecured creditors, the disbursing agreement requires the disbursing agent to vote the shares held by the disbursing agent as recommended by our board of directors, unless the Plan Committee established in connection with our bankruptcy directs it to vote the shares in proportion to the votes cast and abstentions claimed by all other stockholders eligible to vote on the particular matter.

Since March 6, 2003, our common stock has been quoted on the NASDAQ National Market®. As a result, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law is applicable to us and generally limits the ability of major stockholders to engage in specified transactions with us that may be intended to effect a change in control.

Exercise of our outstanding stock options may dilute the ownership interests of our existing stockholders and could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We have issued stock options to our chairman and key employees under our long-term incentive program. As of December 30, 2005, we had 5,489,749 outstanding options to purchase common shares at a weighted-average exercise price of $29.00 per share. The exercise of these options may dilute the ownership interests of our existing stockholders. Furthermore, any sales in the public market of the common stock issuable upon exercise of the options could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock.

See additional information on our outstanding stock options in Note 14, “Capital Stock, Stock Purchase Warrants and Stock Compensation Plans,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement in Item 8 of this report.

The significant demands on our cash resources could affect our ability to achieve our business plan.

We have substantial demands on our cash resources in addition to operating and interest expenses, principally capital expenditures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Financial Condition and Liquidity” in Item 7 of this report.

Our ability to fund working capital requirements will depend upon our future operating performance, which, in turn, will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If we are unable to fund our businesses, we will be forced to adopt an alternative strategy that may include:

•      reducing or delaying capital expenditures;

•      limiting our growth;

•      seeking additional debt financing or equity capital; or

•      selling assets.

I-22

We cannot provide assurance that any of these strategies could be affected on favorable terms or at all.

Adequate bonding is necessary for us to successfully win new work awards on some types of contracts.

In line with industry practice, we are often required, primarily in our Infrastructure business unit, to provide performance and surety bonds to customers under fixed-price contracts. These bonds indemnify the customer should we fail to perform our obligations under the contract. If a bond is required for a particular project and we are unable to obtain an appropriate bond, we cannot pursue that project. We have bonding capacity but, as is typically the case, the issuance of a bond is at the surety’s sole discretion. Moreover, due to events that affect the insurance and bonding markets generally, bonding may be more difficult to obtain in the future or may only be available at significant additional cost. There can be no assurance that bonds will continue to be available to us on reasonable terms. Our inability to obtain adequate bonding and, as a result, to bid on new work could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Of $4.2 billion of new work awarded during 2005, four percent required bonding.

Unavailability of insurance coverage could have a negative impact on our operations and results.

We maintain insurance coverage as part of our overall risk management strategy and due to requirements to maintain specific coverage in our financing agreements and in most of our construction contracts. Although we have been able to obtain insurance coverage to meet our requirements in the past, there is no assurance that such insurance coverage will be available in the future.

We have seen an increase in our claims against project owners for payment and our failure to recover adequately on these and future claims could have a material effect on us.

We have over the past few years seen an increase in the volume and the amount of claims brought by us against project owners for additional costs exceeding the contract price or for amounts not included in the original contract price. These types of claims occur due to matters such as owner-caused delays or changes from the initial project scope, both of which may result in additional costs, both direct and indirect. Often, these claims can be the subject of lengthy arbitration or litigation proceedings, and it is difficult to accurately predict when these claims will be fully resolved. When these types of events occur and unresolved claims are pending, we have used significant working capital in projects to cover cost overruns pending the resolution of the relevant claims. A failure to promptly recover on these types of claims could have a negative impact on our liquidity and financial condition.

If we experience delays and/or defaults in customer payments, we could suffer liquidity problems or we could be unable to recover all expenditures.

Because of the nature of our contracts, at times we commit resources to projects prior to receiving payments from the customer in amounts sufficient to cover expenditures on client projects as they are incurred. Delays in customer payments may require us to make a working capital investment. If a customer defaults in making its payments on a project in which we have devoted significant resources, it could have a negative effect on our results of operations.

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

We do not have any unresolved written comments from the staff of the SEC regarding our periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act.

I-23

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

We do not own significant real property for operations. Our principal office facilities located in Boise, Idaho; Aiken, South Carolina; Denver, Colorado; Princeton, New Jersey; Cleveland, Ohio; Birmingham, Alabama; and Arlington, Virginia are leased under long-term, noncancelable leases expiring at various dates through 2015. As of December 30, 2005, we owned more than 2,550 units of heavy and light mobile construction, environmental remediation and contract mining equipment. We consider our construction, environmental remediation and mining equipment and leased administrative and engineering facilities to be well maintained and suitable for our current operations.

As of December 30, 2005, our principal facilities were as follows:

			Segment/
Property location	Facility Sq. Ft.	Owned/Leased	Business Unit*	Usage
Aiken, SC	96,250	Leased	5,6	Business unit headquarters/engineering
Arlington, VA	25,009	Leased	2,5,6,7	Business unit headquarters/regional office
Bellevue, WA	20,991	Leased	2,4,8	Area office
Birmingham, AL	140,635	Leased	4,8	Business unit headquarters/regional office
Boise, ID	50,511	Leased	7	Records/retention center
Boise, ID	193,461	Leased	1,2,4,6,7,8	Corporate/business unit headquarters
Bucharest, Romania	48,438	Leased	1,2,4,5,8	Engineering
Carlsbad, NM	191,300	Leased	6	Office/warehouse/container fabrication
Cleveland, OH	88,775	Leased	4,5,8	Engineering
Denver, CO	259,379	Leased	1,2,3,4,5,	Business unit headquarters/regional office
			6,7,8
Las Vegas, NV	236,996	Leased	2	Storage yards
New York, NY	35,015	Leased	1,2,8	Area office
Perris, CA	413,820	Leased	2	Office/precast concrete fabrication
Petaluma, CA	43,800	Owned	2	Office/precast concrete fabrication
Princeton, NJ	368,245	Leased	1,2,4,5,8	Business unit headquarters/regional offices/engineering
Warrington, England	51,836	Leased	4,6	Office
Whitehall, AR	129,640	Leased	5	Warehouse

* Segment/business unit:

1 - Power

2 - Infrastructure

3 - Mining

4 - Industrial/Process

5 - Defense

6 - Energy & Environment

7 – Corporate

8 – Operations centers used by all business units

I-24

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are a defendant in various lawsuits resulting from allegations that third parties sustained injuries and damage from the inhalation of asbestos fibers contained in materials used in construction projects. We never were a manufacturer of asbestos or products which contain asbestos. Asbestos-related lawsuits against us result from allegations that third parties sustained injuries and damage from the inhalation of asbestos fibers contained in materials used in construction projects and that we allegedly were negligent, the typical negligence claim being that we had a duty but failed to warn the plaintiff or claimant of, or failed to protect the plaintiff or claimant from, the dangers of asbestos. We expect that additional asbestos claims will be filed against us in the future.

We believe that all of our asbestos claims are fully insured except for asbestos claims relating to a subsidiary acquired in 1986. Based on the 1986 stock purchase agreement and the insurance policies obtained by the prior owners of the subsidiary, we believe we are entitled to the benefit of the insurance coverage obtained by the prior owners. We have tendered the claims related to the acquired company to such insurance carriers, and to date one carrier has agreed to pay at least a portion of the claims relating to the subsidiary.

The outcome of these claims, including the adequacy of insurance coverage, cannot be predicted with certainty. However, we believe that any possible additional loss, including related legal costs, will not be material.

As previously reported, we were sued in the Supreme Court of New York, County of Kings in connection with construction management and inspection services performed by Washington Infrastructure, Inc. for a new school facility for the School Construction Authority of the City of New York by the prime contractor. This suit, Trataros Construction, Inc. et al. v. The New York City School Construction Authority et al., Index No. 20213/01, has been in the discovery stage for years and there have been no material developments in the proceedings in some time. To the extent there are additional material developments in this suit, we will discuss them in future reports under the Exchange Act.

We also incorporate by reference the information regarding legal proceedings set forth under the caption “Legal Matters” in Note 12, “Contingencies and Commitments,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

Our reorganization case is In re Washington Group International, Inc. and Related Cases, Docket No. BK-N 01-31627-GWZ, in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nevada.

The lawsuit relating to our USAID-financed projects in Egypt discussed under the caption “Legal Matters” and referred to as “Litigation and Investigation related to USAID Egyptian Projects” in Note 12, “Contingencies and Commitments,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report refers to United States of American v. Washington Group International, Inc., et al., Case No.  CIV-04545S-EJL in the U.S. District Court for the District of Idaho.

The qui tam lawsuit discussed under the caption “Legal Matters” and referred to as “Tar Creek Litigation” in Note 12, “Contingencies and Commitments,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report refers to United States ex. rel. Lovelace  et. al. v. Washington Group International, Inc., Case No. 00-CV-61 EA(M) in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Oklahoma.

The personal injury and property damage lawsuits discussed under the caption “Legal Matters” and referred to as “New Orleans Levee Failure Class Action Litigation” in Note 12, “Contingencies and Commitments,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report refers to Berthelot et. al. v. Boh Bros. Construction Co., LLC, et. al., Case No. 05-4182, Vodanovich et. al. v. Boh Bros. Construction Co., LLC, et. al., Case No. 05-5237, Kirsch et. al. v. Boh Bros. Construction Co., LLC, et. al., Case No. 05-6073, Ezell v. Boh Bros. Construction Co., LLC, et. al., Case No. 05-6314, Brown et. al. v. Boh Bros. Construction Co., LLC, et. al., Case No. 05-6324, LeBlanc et.al. v. Boh Bros. Construction Co., LLC, et. al., Case No. 05-6327, and Tauzin v. The Board of Commissioners for the Orleans Parish Levee District et. al., Case No. 06-0020 all currently pending in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana.

I-25

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

We submitted no matters to a vote of our stockholders during the fourth quarter of 2005.

I-26

PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market information

On January 25, 2002, the date we emerged from bankruptcy protection pursuant to our Plan of Reorganization, all of our then-existing equity securities, including our common stock, were canceled and extinguished, and 25,000,000 shares of newly issued common stock were issued, including 5,000,000 shares allocated to the unsecured creditor pool.

From its issuance on January 25, 2002 until March 6, 2003, our common stock traded in the over-the-counter market. The price of our common stock was quoted by the Pink Sheets® quotation service under the ticker symbol “WNGXQ” until July 30, 2002 when the OTC Bulletin Board® began quotation of our common stock under the ticker symbol “WGII.” Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ National Market® under the ticker symbol “WGII” on March 6, 2003.

At the close of business on February 27, 2006, we had 28,989,647 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Of the 5,000,000 shares allocated to the unsecured creditor pool, 3,973,178 shares have been distributed to various unsecured creditors and the remaining 1,026,822 shares will be distributed as the claim pool is resolved.

The following tables set forth the high and low prices per share of our common stock for each quarterly period in 2005 and 2004.

Common stock market prices

	April 1,		July 1,		September 30,		December 30,
2005 quarters ended (1)	2005		2005		2005		2005
High	$	47.31	$	52.79	$	54.60	$	54.35
Low	38.00		40.78		48.72		47.47

	April 2,		July 2,		October 1,		December 31,
2004 quarters ended (1)	2004		2004		2004		2004
High	$	40.20	$	38.40	$	36.50	$	41.34
Low	32.57		31.47		30.75		31.40

(1)The high and low prices are the high and low bid prices per share of our common stock, as reported by the NASDAQ National Market®.

Holders

The number of holders of our voting common stock at February 27, 2006 was approximately 12,012. This number does not include all beneficial owners of our common stock held in the name of a nominee.

Dividends

We have not paid a cash dividend since the first quarter of fiscal 1994 and do not intend to pay cash dividends in the near term. Our credit facility has specified restrictions on dividend payments. For a more detailed discussion, see Note 7, “Credit Facility,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

II-1

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

As part of the Plan of Reorganization, 8,520,424 stock purchase warrants were issued and awarded to the unsecured creditor pool. On August 3, 2005, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized management to purchase, from time to time, up to $50,000,000 of outstanding warrants and shares of common stock in open market or negotiated transactions. In the fourth quarter of 2005, our Board of Directors authorized two increases in the amount of common stock and warrants that may be purchased under the program to a total of $125,000,000 as of December 30, 2005. On March 1, 2006 our Board of Directors authorized an additional $25,000,000 increase.

At the close of business on January 25, 2006, the date the warrants were to expire, 6,767,505 warrants had been distributed to various unsecured creditors. Of these warrants, 2,781,852 were exercised, 3,739,723 were purchased by us, 192,057 expired and 53,873 were returned to us in connection with a legal settlement with unsecured creditors and subsequently canceled. The remaining 1,752,919 of undistributed warrants were purchased by us from the disbursing agent for the benefit of unsecured creditors. As part of the legal settlement with unsecured creditors, 31,615 shares of our common stock have been returned to us and are being treated as treasury stock.

The following table sets forth the warrants purchased during the fourth quarter of 2005 and the remaining amounts authorized for warrant and share purchases as of December 30, 2005.

				(c) Total Number of
				Shares or Warrants	(d) Approximate Dollar
	(a) Total Number	(b) Average		Purchased as Part	Value of Shares or
	of Shares or	Price Paid		of Publicly	Warrants that May Yet
	Warrants	per Share		Announced Plans	be Purchased Under the
Period	Purchased	or Warrant		or Programs	Plans or Programs
Tranche A Warrants
October 1, 2005 - October 28, 2005	—	—		—	$	78,250,374
October 29, 2005 -November 25, 2005	388,148	$	21.89	388,148	64,895,338
November 26, 2005 - December 30, 2005	493,450	24.51		493,450	51,271,061
Tranche B Warrants
October 1, 2005 - October 28, 2005	—	—		—	78,250,374
October 29, 2005 -November 25, 2005	136,290	18.82		136,290	64,895,338
November 26, 2005 - December 30, 2005	972,265	21.50		972,265	51,271,061
Tranche C Warrants
October 1, 2005 - October 28, 2005	—	—		—	78,250,374
October 29, 2005 -November 25, 2005	138,759	16.81		138,759	64,895,338
November 26, 2005 - December 30, 2005	249,823	19.62		249,823	51,271,061
Total Warrants
October 1, 2005 - October 28, 2005	—	—		—	78,250,374
October 29, 2005 -November 25, 2005	663,197	20.20		663,197	64,895,338
November 26, 2005 - December 30, 2005	1,715,538	22.10		1,715,538	51,271,061
Common Stock
October 1, 2005 - October 28, 2005	—	—		—	78,250,374
October 29, 2005 -November 25, 2005	—	—		—	64,895,338
November 26, 2005 - December 30, 2005	—	—		—	51,271,061

Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities

We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during 2005.

II-2

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(In millions, except per share data)

As of February 1, 2002, in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy protection, we adopted fresh-start reporting pursuant to the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (“SOP”) 90-7, Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code. In connection with the adoption of fresh-start reporting, we created a new entity for financial reporting purposes. The effective date of our emergence from bankruptcy is considered to be the close of business on February 1, 2002 for financial reporting purposes. In the tables below, the periods presented through February 1, 2002 have been designated “Predecessor Company.”

Effective December 29, 2001, we changed our fiscal year to the 52/53 weeks ending on the Friday closest to December 31 from the 52/53 weeks ending on the Friday closest to November 30.

									Predecessor Company
							Eleven		One			One
							Months		Month			Month
	Year Ended		Year Ended		Year Ended		Ended		Ended			Ended			Year Ended
	December 30,		December 31,		January 2,		January 3,		February 1,			December 28,			November 30,
	2005		2004		2004		2003		2002			2001			2001
OPERATIONS SUMMARY
Revenue	$	3,188.5	$	2,915.4	$	2,501.2	$	3,311.6	$	349.9		$	308.3		$	4,041.6
Gross profit	130.4		150.0		176.3		149.0		11.1			.2			97.7
Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates	29.6		26.9		25.5		27.4		3.1			1.3			17.9
Operating income (loss)	99.5		118.0		150.5		131.7		9.4			(31.8		)	18.3
Extraordinary item – gain on debt discharge	—		—		—		—		567.2		(a)	—			—
Net income (loss)	58.4		51.1		42.1		37.7		522.2			(26.0		)	(85.0		)
Income per share:
Basic	2.24		2.02		1.68		1.51		—		(b)	—		(b)	—		(b)
Diluted	1.93		1.86		1.66		1.51		—		(b)	—		(b)	—		(b)
Shares used to compute income per share:
Basic	26.0		25.3		25.0		25.0		—		(b)	—		(b)	—		(b)
Diluted	30.3		27.4		25.3		25.0		—		(b)	—		(b)	—		(b)
FINANCIAL POSITION SUMMARY AT END OF PERIOD
Cash and cash equivalents	$	237.7	$	224.5	$	118.2	$	80.4	$	40.7		$	50.7		$	70.6
Current assets	1,027.6		949.3		789.0		731.1		1,072.4			1,191.8			1,203.0
Total assets	1,649.1		1,588.2		1,410.5		1,415.4		1,783.4			2,133.9			2,140.4
Current liabilities	697.3		621.9		532.5		585.7		962.3			596.1			625.9
Liabilities subject to compromise	—		—		—		—		—			1,950.3			1,928.2
Long-term debt	—		—		—		—		40.0			—			—
Minority interests	5.6		47.9		48.5		56.1		78.0			75.8			76.5
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)	741.2		732.9		660.9		596.8		550.0			(576.9		)	(551.5		)

(a)Extraordinary item consists of the gain on debt discharge of $1,460.7, less the value of common stock and warrants issued of $550.0, net of income tax of $343.5, upon emergence from bankruptcy.

(b)Income per share is not presented for these periods as it is not meaningful because of the revised capital structure of the Successor Company.

II-3

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 of this report. The following analysis contains forward-looking statements about our expectations related to future potential revenue and operating results. See “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties affecting these statements and “Risk Factors” in Item 1A  of this report.

References in our management’s discussion and analysis to 2005 are for our fiscal year ended December 30, 2005. References to 2004 are for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2004. References to 2003 are for our fiscal year ended January 2, 2004.

OVERVIEW

We are an international provider of a broad range of design, engineering, construction, construction management, facilities and operations management, environmental remediation and mining services. We offer our various services separately or as part of an integrated package throughout the life cycle of a customer’s project. We serve our clients through six business units: Power, Infrastructure, Mining, Industrial/Process, Defense, and Energy & Environment.

We are subject to numerous factors that have an impact on our ability to obtain new work. The Power business unit is dependent on the domestic demand for new power generating facilities and the modification of existing power facilities. Infrastructure is affected by the availability of public sector funding for transportation projects and the availability of bonding. Mining is affected by demand for coal, precious metals and other extractive resources. The Industrial/Process business unit is affected in general by the growth prospects in the U.S. economy and more directly by the capital spending plans of its large customer base. Industrial/Process also provides services to the natural gas processing industry. With the increase in the price of oil and natural gas, the business unit is actively pursuing opportunities in this market. Finally, the Defense and Energy & Environment business units are almost entirely dependent on the spending levels of the U.S. government, in particular, the Departments of Energy and Defense.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND RELATED CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

Our accounting and financial reporting policies are in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Although our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report, the following discussion is intended to describe those accounting policies most critical to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. The development and selection of the critical accounting policies, related critical accounting estimates and the disclosure below have been reviewed with the audit review committee of our board of directors. There were no changes in our critical accounting policies during 2005.

Revenue recognition. We follow the provisions of SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts. We recognize revenue on certain engineering and construction-type contracts using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting whereby revenue is recognized as performance under the contract progresses. For most of our fixed-price and target-price contracts, we use a cost-to-cost approach to measure progress towards completion. Under the cost-to-cost method, we make periodic estimates of our progress towards completion by comparing costs incurred to date with total estimated contract costs. Revenue is then calculated on a cumulative basis (project-to-date) as the total contract value multiplied by the current percentage complete. Revenue for a reporting period is calculated as the cumulative project-to-date revenue less project revenue recognized in prior periods. However, we defer profit recognition on fixed-price and

II-4

certain target-priced contracts until progress is sufficient to estimate the probable outcome, which generally does not occur until the project is at least 20 percent complete. Fixed-price contracts accounted for 23 percent of our total revenue during 2005.

For contracts that include significant materials or equipment costs, we use an efforts expended method to measure progress towards completion based on labor hours, labor dollars or some other measurement of physical completion. For certain long-term contracts involving mining and environmental and hazardous substance remediation, progress towards completion is measured using the units of production method. Revenue from reimbursable or cost-plus contracts is recognized on the basis of costs incurred during the period plus the fee earned. Service-related contracts, including operations and maintenance contracts, are accounted for over the period of performance, in proportion to the costs of performance, evenly over the period or over units of production. Award fees associated with U.S. government contracts are initially estimated and recognized based on historical performance until the client has confirmed the final award fee. Performance-based incentive fees are included in contract value when a basis exists for the reasonable prediction of performance in relation to established targets. When a basis for reasonable prediction does not exist, performance-based incentive fees are recognized when actually awarded by the client.

The amount of revenue recognized depends on whether the contract or project is determined to be an “at-risk” or an “agency” relationship between the client and us. Determination of the relationship is based on characteristics of the contract or the relationship with the client. For at-risk relationships, the gross revenue and the costs of materials, services, payroll, benefits, non-income tax and other costs are recognized in our statement of income. For agency relationships, where we act as an agent for our client, only fee revenue is recognized, meaning that direct project costs and the related reimbursement from the client are netted. At December 30, 2005, agency relationships comprised approximately five percent of our total backlog.

The use of the percentage-of-completion method for revenue recognition requires the use of various estimates, including among others, the extent of progress towards completion, contract completion costs and contract revenue. Profit to be recognized is dependent upon the accuracy of estimated engineering progress, materials quantities, achievement of milestones and other incentives, penalty provisions, labor productivity and other cost estimates. Such estimates are dependent upon various judgments we make with respect to those factors, and some are difficult to accurately determine until the project is significantly underway. Progress is evaluated each reporting period. We recognize adjustments to profitability on contracts utilizing the percentage-of-completion method on a cumulative basis, when such adjustments are identified. We have a history of making reasonably dependable estimates of the extent of progress towards completion, contract revenue and contract completion costs on our long-term engineering and construction-type contracts. However, due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that actual completion costs may vary from estimates. In limited circumstances, we may use the completed-contract method for specific contracts for which reasonably dependable estimates cannot be made or for which inherent hazards make the estimates doubtful. The completed contract method was not utilized during any of the periods presented.

Change orders and claims. Once contract performance is underway, we often experience changes in conditions, client requirements, specifications, designs, materials and work schedule. Generally, a “change order” will be negotiated with our customer to modify the original contract to approve both the scope and price of the change. Occasionally, however, disagreements arise regarding changes, their nature, measurement, timing and other characteristics that impact costs and revenue under the contract. When a change becomes a point of dispute between our customer and us, we then consider it as a claim.

Costs related to change orders and claims are recognized when they are incurred. Change orders are included in total estimated contract revenue when it is probable that the change order will result in a bona fide addition to contract value and can be reliably estimated. Estimated contract revenue associated with change orders may include amounts in excess of incurred costs (profit) when appropriate. Claims are included in total estimated contract revenue, only to the extent that contract costs related to the claim have been incurred, when it is probable that the claim will result in a bona fide addition to contract value and can be reliably estimated which generally occurs when amounts have been received or awarded. This can lead to a situation where costs are recognized in

II-5

one period and revenue is recognized when customer agreement is obtained or claim resolution occurs, which can be in subsequent periods. Historical claim recoveries should not be considered indicative of future claim recoveries. We recognized revenue and related additional contract costs from claims in the following amounts for the periods presented:

	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Revenue from claims	$	22,899		$	30,439		$	35,199
Less additional contract related costs and subcontractors’ share of claim settlements	(1,697		)	(1,901		)	(8,998		)
Net impact on gross profit from claims	$	21,202		$	28,538		$	26,201

Substantially all claims were settled and collected during each respective period for which claim revenue was recognized.

Estimated losses on uncompleted contracts and changes in contract estimates. We record provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts in the period in which such losses are identified. The cumulative effect of revisions to contract revenue and estimated completion costs are recorded in the accounting period in which the amounts become evident and can be reasonably estimated. These revisions include such items as the effects of change orders and claims, warranty claims, liquidated damages or other contractual penalties, adjustments for audit findings on U.S. government contracts and contract closeout settlements. It is possible that there will be future and currently unknown significant adjustments to our estimated contract revenue, costs and gross margins for contracts currently in process, particularly in the later stages of the contracts. These adjustments are common in the construction industry and inherent in the nature of our contracts. These adjustments could, depending on the magnitude of the adjustments and/or the number of contracts being completed, materially, positively or negatively, affect our operating results in an annual or quarterly reporting period.

Goodwill. Effective February 1, 2002, in conjunction with fresh-start reporting, we used the purchase method of accounting to allocate our reorganization value of $550 million to our net assets, based on estimates of fair value, with the excess being recorded as goodwill. As of December 30, 2005, we have $162.3 million of goodwill. Pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill is no longer amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually. We regularly evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred which may indicate a possible impairment of goodwill and perform the annual impairment test for all of our reporting units each October. In conducting the impairment test, we apply various techniques to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. These techniques are inherently subjective, and the resulting values are not necessarily representative of the values we might obtain in a sale of our reporting units to a willing third party. Based on our annual review of the recoverability of goodwill as of October 31, 2005, we determined that our goodwill is not impaired. However, our businesses are cyclical and subject to competitive pressures. Additionally, $111.9 million of our goodwill as of December 30, 2005, relates to our Defense and Energy & Environment business units, which are almost entirely dependent on continued spending by the U.S. government. Therefore it is possible that the goodwill values of our business units could be adversely impacted in the future by these or other factors and that a significant impairment adjustment, which would reduce earnings and potentially affect debt covenants, could be required in such circumstances.

Litigation claims and contingencies. In the normal course of business, we are subject to a variety of contractual guarantees and litigation. In general, guarantees can relate to project scheduling, project completion, plant performance or meeting required standards of workmanship. Most of our litigation involves us as a defendant in workers’ compensation, personal injury, contract, environmental, environmental exposure, professional liability and other similar lawsuits. We maintain insurance coverage for some aspects of our business and operations. In addition, we have elected to retain a portion of insured losses that may occur through the use of various deductibles, limits and retentions under our insurance programs. This situation may subject us to some future liability for which we are only partially insured, or completely uninsured. Self-insurance reserves are established and maintained for uninsured business risks.

II-6

Government contracts are, and are expected to continue to be, a significant part of our business. We derived 51 percent of our consolidated operating revenue in 2005 from contracts with the U.S. government. Allowable costs under U.S. government contracts are subject to audit by the government. To the extent that these audits result in determinations that costs claimed as reimbursable are not allowable costs or were not allocated in accordance with federal regulations, we could be required to reimburse the government for amounts previously received. We also have a number of U.S. government contracts which extend beyond one year and for which government funding has not yet been approved. All U.S. government contracts and some foreign contracts are subject to unilateral termination at the convenience of the customer. However, we have not experienced any unilateral termination of U.S. government contracts within the recent past.

Estimating liabilities and costs associated with such claims, guarantees, litigation and audits and investigations requires judgment and assessment based on professional knowledge and experience of our management and legal counsel. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies, amounts are recorded as charges to earnings when we determine that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The ultimate resolution of any such exposure may vary from earlier estimates as further facts and circumstances become known. We maintain reserves for both self-insured claims that are known as well as for self-insured claims that are believed to have been incurred based on actuarial analysis, but have not yet been reported to our claims administrators. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our consolidated results of operations.

OTHER SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND TERMS

The following summary of significant accounting policies and terms is presented to provide a better understanding of our industry, our consolidated financial statements and discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial position and liquidity.

New work represents the monetary value of a contract entered into with a client that is binding on both parties and reflects the revenue, or equity in income, expected to be recognized from that contract.

Backlog represents the total accumulation of new work awarded less the amount of revenue, or equity in income, recognized to date on contracts at a specific point in time. We believe backlog is an indicator of future earnings potential. Although backlog reflects business that we consider to be firm, cancellations or reductions may occur and may reduce backlog and future revenue. We have a significant number of clients that consistently extend or add to the scope of existing contracts. We do not include any estimate of this ongoing work in backlog until awarded.

There are three unique aspects of our approach to recording new work and backlog:

•Government contracts - Most of our government contracts cover several years. However, funding for the contracts is subject to annual appropriations by Congress. To account for the risk that future amounts may not be appropriated, we only include the next two years of forecast revenue in our backlog. Therefore, as time passes and appropriations occur, additional new work is recorded on existing government contracts. At December 30, 2005, U.S. government funded contracts comprised approximately 46 percent of our total backlog.

•Mining contracts - Mining contracts span varying periods of time up to the life of the resource. For new work and backlog purposes, we limit the amount recorded to five years. Similar to our practices with government contracts, as time passes, we recognize additional new work as commitments for that future work are firmed up. At December 30, 2005, mining contracts comprised approximately 12 percent of our total backlog.

II-7

•At-risk and agency contracts - The amount of new work and related backlog recognized depends on whether the contract or project is determined to be an “at-risk” or “agency” relationship between the client and us. For at-risk relationships, the expected gross revenue is included in new work and backlog. For relationships where we act as an agent for our client, only the expected net fee revenue is included in new work and backlog. At December 30, 2005, expected net fee revenue for agency relationships comprised approximately five percent of our total backlog.

Joint ventures and equity investments are utilized when contracts are executed jointly through partnerships and joint ventures with unrelated third parties.

•Joint ventures. A significant part of our work on large construction and engineering projects is performed through unincorporated joint ventures with one or more partners. For those in which we control the joint venture by contract terms or other means, the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the joint venture are fully consolidated in our financial statements, and the minority interests of third parties are separately deducted in our financial statements. For those construction joint ventures in which we do not control the joint venture, we report our pro rata portion of revenue and costs, but the balance sheet reflects only our net investment in the project. Joint ventures not involving construction or engineering activities, and which we do not control, are reported using the equity method of accounting in which we record our portion of the joint venture’s net income or loss as equity in income or loss of unconsolidated affiliates and our investment on the balance sheet reflects our original investment, at cost, as adjusted for our equity in the income or loss of the joint venture.

•Partially owned subsidiary companies. For incorporated ventures in which we have a controlling interest, the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the subsidiary company are fully consolidated in our financial statements, and the minority interests of third parties are separately deducted in our financial statements. However, for those in which we do not have a controlling interest but do have significant influence, we use the equity method of accounting in which we record our portion of the subsidiary company’s net income or loss as equity in income or loss of unconsolidated affiliates and our investment on the balance sheet reflects our original investment, at cost, as adjusted for our equity in the income or loss of the subsidiary company.

Restricted cash consists primarily of cash collateralizing a letter of credit and trust agreement associated with our self-insurance program, cash restricted for use in the operations of our consolidated joint ventures and projects having contractual cash restrictions.

Accounts receivable represent amounts billed to clients that have not been paid. On large fixed-price construction contracts, contract provisions may allow the client to withhold from 5 percent to 10 percent of invoices until the project is completed, which may be several months or years. These amounts withheld, referred to as retentions, are recorded as receivables and are separately disclosed in the financial statements.

Unbilled receivables include costs incurred on projects, together with any profit recognized on projects using the percentage-of-completion method, and represents work performed but not yet billed pursuant to contract terms or billed after the accounting period cut-off occurred.

Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts represent amounts actually billed to clients, and perhaps collected, in excess of costs incurred and profit recognized on a project. Also, we occasionally negotiate advance payments as a contract condition. These advance payments are reflected in billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts. Provisions for losses on contracts, reclamation reserves on mining contracts and reserves for punch-list costs, demobilization and warranty costs on contracts that have achieved substantial completion and reserves for audit and contract closing adjustments on U.S. government contracts are also included in billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts.

II-8

Estimate at completion is a financial forecast of a project that indicates the best current estimate of total revenue and profit or loss at the point in time when the project will be completed. If a project estimate at completion indicates that a project will incur a loss, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recognized currently.

General and administrative expenses include executive and corporate functions, such as legal, human resources and finance and accounting.

Self-insurance reserves are maintained for uninsured business risks. We carry substantial premium-paid, traditional insurance for our various business risks; however, we do self-insure the lower level deductibles for workers’ compensation and general, automobile and professional liability. As such, we carry self-insurance reserves on our balance sheet. The current portion of the self-insurance reserves is included in other accrued liabilities.

Minority interest reflects the equity investment by third parties in certain subsidiary companies and joint ventures that we have consolidated in our financial statements.

Government contract costs are incurred under some of our contracts, primarily in our Defense, Energy & Environment, Power and Infrastructure business units. We have contracts with the U.S. government that contain provisions requiring compliance with the U.S. Federal Acquisition Regulations and the U.S. Cost Accounting Standards. The allowable costs we charge to those contracts are subject to adjustment upon audit by various agencies of the U.S. government. Audits of indirect costs are complete through 2002. Audits of 2003 and 2004 indirect costs are in process. We have prepared and submitted cost impact statements for 1989 through 1998 that have been audited by the U.S. government. We are currently negotiating the resolution of certain proposed audit adjustments to the cost impact statements. We are also in the process of preparing cost impact statements for 1999 through 2005. While we have recorded reserves for amounts we believe may be owed to the U.S. government under cost reimbursable contracts, actual results may differ from our estimates.  We believe that the results of indirect cost audits and cost impact assessments will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Pension and post-retirement benefit obligations include defined benefit pension plans that primarily cover certain groups of current and former employees of our Government Services Business. We utilize actuarial estimates of the pension obligation for financial reporting purposes and make contributions as necessary to meet the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) funding requirements for these plans. We also provide benefits under company-sponsored retiree health care and life insurance plans for certain groups of employees. The retiree health care plans require retiree contributions and contain other cost-sharing features. The retiree life insurance plans provide basic coverage on a noncontributory basis. As of December 31, 2005, all benefits provided under the pension and post-retirement health care plans have been frozen.

II-9

BUSINESS UNIT NEW WORK AND BACKLOG

New work for each business unit, which represents additions to backlog for the period, is presented below:

	Three months ended					Year ended
NEW WORK	December 30,		December 31,			December 30,		December 31,
(In millions)	2005		2004			2005		2004
Power	$	273.1	$	266.1		$	1,003.8	$	854.0
Infrastructure	74.5		136.1			593.6		959.8
Mining	21.5		(50.0		)	311.7		216.3
Industrial/Process	313.3		87.7			619.5		434.5
Defense	251.1		291.1			676.5		723.4
Energy & Environment	122.7		114.7			987.8		442.1
Other	0.8		(1.9		)	2.8		(6.1		)
Total new work	$	1,057.0	$	843.8		$	4,195.7	$	3,624.0

The following table summarizes our changes in backlog for each of the periods presented:

	Three months ended						Year ended
CHANGES IN BACKLOG	December 30,			December 31,			December 30,			December 31,
(In millions)	2005			2004			2005			2004
Beginning backlog	$	4,733.0		$	3,928.2		$	4,004.1		$	3,322.5
New work	1,057.0			843.8			4,195.7			3,624.0
Adjustments to backlog	—			—			(101.4		)	—
Revenue and equity income recognized	(909.7		)	(767.9		)	(3,218.1		)	(2,942.4		)
Ending backlog	$	4,880.3		$	4,004.1		$	4,880.3		$	4,004.1

Backlog at December 30, 2005, September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 consisted of:

BACKLOG	December 30,		September 30,		December 31,
(In millions)	2005		2005		2004
Power	$	924.9	$	896.8	$	716.4
Infrastructure	1,046.1		1,122.6		1,121.3
Mining	565.4		594.3		516.1
Industrial/Process	487.7		299.4		293.5
Defense	990.4		880.6		869.7
Energy & Environment	865.8		939.3		487.1
Total backlog	$	4,880.3	$	4,733.0	$	4,004.1

New work and backlog

At December 30, 2005, our backlog was $4,880.3 million, an increase of $147.3 million and $876.2 million from the third quarter and the beginning of 2005, respectively. Backlog on government contracts includes only two years’ worth of the portions of such contracts that are currently funded or which management is highly confident will be funded and backlog on mining contracts includes only the next five years. In this regard, the reported backlog at December 30, 2005 excludes $2.9 billion of government contracts in progress for work to be performed beyond December 2007 and excludes $0.7 billion for mining contracts beyond five years. Approximately $2.4 billion, or 50 percent, of backlog at December 30, 2005 is expected to be recognized as contract revenue or as equity in income in 2006. Our backlog at the end of 2005 consisted of approximately 71 percent cost-type and 29 percent fixed-price contracts compared with 64 percent cost-type and 36 percent fixed-price contracts at the end of 2004.

II-10

                New work for the three months and year ended December 30, 2005 includes the following significant contracts:

	Three months ended		Year ended
(In millions)	December 30, 2005		December 30, 2005
Power
Plant modification contracts	$	21.1	$	202.7
Middle East task orders	—		213.3
New generation contract in Wisconsin	101.3		101.3
Infrastructure
Construction of dam located in Illinois	12.6		215.5
Middle East task orders	8.7		111.9
Engineering, operations and maintenance contract in Texas	—		55.2
Mining
Silver and zinc mining contract in Bolivia	8.9		179.8
Phosphate mine in Idaho	—		56.4
Industrial/Process
Sulfur handling facility in Qatar	210.7		215.4
Facilities operation and management contract	16.0		61.0
Defense
Chemical demilitarization contract continuations	197.0		450.6
Threat reduction project in the former Soviet Union	25.1		94.8
Energy & Environment
Department of Energy site operations, maintenance and management services contract in Idaho	63.5		620.6
Department of Energy operations, maintenance and management services contract continuations	29.9		106.3

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                The following table summarizes our results of operations and is included to facilitate the following analysis and discussion:

	Three months ended						Year ended
	December 30,			December 31,			December 30,			December 31,			January 2,
(In millions)	2005			2004			2005			2004			2004
Revenue	$	899.4		$	761.4		$	3,188.5		$	2,915.4		$	2,501.2
Gross profit	37.1			35.9			130.4			150.0			176.3
Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates	10.3			6.5			29.6			26.9			25.5
General and administrative expenses	(18.1		)	(18.0		)	(60.5		)	(60.4		)	(57.5		)
Other operating income, net	—			1.5			—			1.5			6.2
Operating income	29.3			25.9			99.5			118.0			150.5
Interest income	2.3			1.0			8.3			2.7			1.8
Interest expense	(1.7		)	(3.1		)	(9.9		)	(14.6		)	(24.6		)
Write-off of deferred financing fees	—			—			(3.6		)	—			(9.8		)
Other expense, net	(0.1		)	(1.9		)	(0.6		)	(1.5		)	(2.1		)
Income before reorganization items, income taxes and minority interests	29.8			21.9			93.7			104.6			115.8
Reorganization items	—			—			—			1.2			(4.9		)
Income tax expense	(7.6		)	(5.5		)	(29.9		)	(39.5		)	(46.9		)
Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries	(0.7		)	(3.9		)	(5.4		)	(15.2		)	(21.9		)
Net income	$	21.5		$	12.5		$	58.4		$	51.1		$	42.1

II-11

THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 30, 2005 COMPARED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

Revenue and operating income

                Revenue for the three months ended December 30, 2005 increased $138.0 million, or 18 percent, from the comparable period of 2004. The increase in revenue is principally from new projects and increased volume of work on certain continuing projects. New projects include an environmental cleanup project in Idaho, a power modification services contract in Wisconsin and an international sulfur handling facility contract in Qatar. Revenue from task orders in the Middle East declined to $101.6 million for the three months ended December 30, 2005, from $111.2 million for the comparable period of 2004.

                Operating income for the three months ended December 30, 2005 increased $3.4 million from the three months ended December 31, 2004. Significant contributors to the higher earnings include an increase in earnings on a Department of Energy management services contract primarily related to the achievement of specific milestones, a pension and post-retirement benefits curtailment gain, a reduction in our self-insurance reserves based on favorable claims experience and initial profit recognition on a new light rail Infrastructure project.  Also contributing to this increase, we recorded a charge related to a legal matter on completed U.S. government funded international projects during the fourth quarter of 2004.  The increases in earnings, however, were offset by additional losses on two fixed-price highway projects. Operating income between the quarters was also impacted by the change in recording BNFL’s share of earnings in our Government Services Business from minority interest in 2004, to cost of revenue in 2005.

                A summary of the significant changes in operating income during the three months ended December 30, 2005 as compared to the three months ended December 31, 2004 is included in the following table (in millions):

Operating income for the three months ended December 31, 2004	$	25.9
Increases (decreases) in operating income:
Increase in earnings on Department of Energy management services contract	22.5
Pension and post-retirement benefits curtailment gain	9.3
Reduction of self-insurance reserves	6.5
Initial profit recognition on light rail project	5.1
Decrease in earnings from completion of contracts	(6.7		)
Significant highway project losses in 2005	(36.5		)
Significant highway project loss in 2004	10.7
BNFL’s share of earnings reported as cost of revenue in 2005	(19.6		)
Legal charge in 2004 related to U.S. government funded international projects	8.2
Other	3.9
Net increase	3.4
Operating income for the three months ended December 30, 2005	$	29.3

The diversification of our business may cause margins to vary between periods due to the inherent risks and rewards on fixed-price contracts causing unplanned gains and losses on contracts. Margins may also vary between periods due to changes in mix and timing of contracts executed by us, which contain various risk and profit profiles and are subject to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process. As discussed in our summary of critical accounting policies, we provide for estimated losses on contracts when such losses are identified and can be reasonably estimated. However, we do not recognize revenue for change orders or claims until it is probable that they will result in additions to the contract value.  In many cases revenue is not recognized until an actual settlement is reached. The combination of these accounting policies can result in volatility in operating income with a charge recognized in one period and change order or claim revenue recognized in a subsequent period.

For a more detailed discussion of our revenue and operating income, see “Business Unit Results,” later in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

II-12

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates for the three months ended December 30, 2005 increased $3.8 million from the comparable period of 2004. The most significant component of this increase was a $3.6 million increase in earnings from our share of the MIBRAG mining venture in Germany. The majority of this increase is due to an adjustment to the estimated cost associated with the demolition of an old manufacturing facility.

Other operating income, net

Other operating income, net, of $1.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2004 primarily consisted of a recovery related to a legal settlement. No similar transactions occurred in the three months ended December 30, 2005.

Interest income

Interest income for the three months ended December 30, 2005 increased $1.3 million from the comparable period of 2004 due to higher average cash balances available for investment and an increase in short-term interest rates.

Interest expense

Interest expense for the three months ended December 30, 2005 declined $1.4 million from the comparable period of 2004 due to improved terms from amendments to our credit facility and a reduction in the amount of letters of credit outstanding under the facility.

Income tax expense

The effective income tax rate for the three months ended December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 was 25.6 percent and 25.2 percent, respectively.  The effective rates are substantially lower than the statutory rates due to the following factors. In the fourth quarter of 2005, we implemented a domestic reinvestment plan for dividends received from our interest in MIBRAG. The plan allows us to take advantage of a temporary dividend deduction and generated a $3.8 million tax benefit. Income from work performed in the Middle East is generally not subject to state income tax. As a result of earnings from work in the Middle East, the state tax effective rate is lower than in previous periods.  Income tax expense was reduced by $3.6 million during the three months ended December 31, 2004 due to the reversal of accrued Dutch withholding taxes following the ratification of the 2004 Protocol to U.S.-Netherlands Income Tax Treaty.

Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries

Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries for the three months ended December 30, 2005 decreased $3.2 million from the comparable period of 2004. On April 7, 2005, we consummated the acquisition of BNFL’s interest in the Government Services Business. See Note 15, “Acquisition of BNFL’s Interest in Government Services Business,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report. During 2005, BNFL’s share of the earnings on certain contracts was classified as cost of revenue rather than minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries as had been the case prior to the acquisition. During the three months ended December 30, 2005, BNFL’s share of earnings reported as cost of revenue totaled $19.6 million, including $2.9 million related to a pension and post-retirement benefits curtailment gain.

II-13

2005 COMPARED TO 2004

Revenue and operating income

Revenue for 2005 increased $273.1 million, or nine percent, compared to 2004. Revenue increased from a new environmental cleanup project in Idaho; work performed on a domestic infrastructure dam project; a power modification services contract in Wisconsin; increased activity and scope on projects in the former Soviet Union; and revenue from contract mining projects. The winding down and completion of a new generation power project and lower revenue from Middle East task orders reduced revenue as compared to 2004. Revenue from task orders in the Middle East declined $175.2 million to $381.1 million for 2005 as compared to 2004 revenue of $556.3 million. This decline was due to the completion of several large infrastructure and power task orders with the USACOE.

Operating income for 2005 declined $18.5 million from 2004. The most significant impacts on operating income were contract losses on three highway projects totaling $99.6 million in 2005, compared to $44.3 million of contract losses in 2004. Earnings for 2005 were also impacted by the winding down and completion of certain major projects in the Power and Infrastructure business units, lower claim recoveries and the impact of recording BNFL’s share of earnings in our Government Services Business as cost of revenue rather than minority interest. The decline in operating income was partially offset by higher earnings on a large Department of Energy management services contract primarily related to achievement of specific milestones, increased award and incentive fees on our chemical demilitarization projects, increased earnings on projects in the former Soviet Union, a pension and post-retirement benefits curtailment gain and an increase in earnings from task order work in the Middle East.

A summary of the significant changes in operating income during 2005 as compared to 2004 is included in the following table (in millions):

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2004	$	118.0
Increases (decreases) in operating income:
Increase in earnings on Department of Energy management services contract	19.6
Increased award and incentive fees on chemical demilitarization projects	13.3
Increased earnings on projects in the former Soviet Union	9.4
Pension and post-retirement benefits curtailment gain	9.3
Increase in earnings from task order work in the Middle East	5.1
Increase in earnings from other continuing projects	52.5
Increase in earnings from new projects	15.8
Decrease in earnings from completion of contracts	(33.6		)
Significant highway project losses in 2005	(99.6		)
Significant highway project losses in 2004	44.3
Decrease in claim settlements	(7.3		)
BNFL’s share of earnings reported as cost of revenue	(29.8		)
Legal charge in 2004 related to U.S. government funded international projects	8.2
Increase in business development, personnel development and other overhead costs	(19.3		)
Other	(6.4		)
Net decrease	(18.5		)
Operating income for the year ended December 30, 2005	$	99.5

For a more detailed discussion of our revenue and operating income, see “Business Unit Results” later in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

II-14

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates for 2005 increased by $2.7 million from 2004. Equity earnings in 2005 from the MIBRAG mining venture in Germany, which accounts for a significant portion of our unconsolidated affiliates, were up $1.8 million from 2004.

Other operating income, net

Other operating income, net, of $1.5 million in 2004 primarily consisted of a recovery related to a legal settlement. No similar transactions occurred in 2005.

Interest income

Interest income for 2005 increased $5.6 million from the comparable period of 2004 due to higher average cash balances available for investment and an increase in short-term interest rates.

Interest expense

Interest expense for 2005 decreased $4.7 million from 2004 due to improved terms from amendments to our credit facility and a reduction in the amount of letters of credit outstanding under the facility.

Write-off of deferred financing fees

On June 14, 2005, we amended our credit facility to include more favorable provisions and to extend the term to June 2010. The amendment of the credit facility required a $3.6 million write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees.

Income tax expense

The components of the effective tax rate for 2005 and 2004 are shown in the table below:

	Year ended		Year ended
	December 30, 2005		December 31, 2004
Federal tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%
State tax	(2.5	)	3.1
Nondeductible items	2.5		2.1
Domestic reinvestment plan	(4.0	)	—
Foreign tax	0.9		(2.9	)
Effective tax rate	31.9	%	37.3	%

In the fourth quarter of 2005, we implemented a domestic reinvestment plan for dividends received from our interest in MIBRAG. The plan allows us to take advantage of a temporary dividend received deduction and generated a $3.8 million tax benefit.

Income from work performed in the Middle East is generally not subject to state income tax. As a result of an increase in earnings from work in the Middle East during 2005, the state tax effective rate is substantially lower than in previous periods. Also, in preparing the state income tax returns for 2004, we revised our estimate of the impact of foreign earnings not subject to state income taxes. The result of this change in estimate was a $2.0 million tax benefit recorded in the second quarter of 2005.

The foreign tax benefit for 2004 relates to a $3.6 million benefit derived from the reversal of accrued Dutch withholding taxes following the ratification of the 2004 Protocol to U.S.-Netherlands Income Tax Treaty.

II-15

Minority interests

Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries for 2005 declined by $9.8 million from 2004. On April 7, 2005, we consummated the acquisition of BNFL’s interest in our Government Services Business. See Note 15, “Acquisition of BNFL’s Interest in Government Services Business,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report. BNFL’s share of the earnings on certain contracts has been classified as cost of revenue rather than minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries as was the case prior to the acquisition. During 2005, BNFL’s share of earnings reported as cost of revenue totaled $29.8 million, including $2.9 million related to a pension and post-retirement benefits curtailment gain.

2004 COMPARED TO 2003

Revenue and operating income

Revenue for 2004 increased $414.2 million, or 17 percent, compared to 2003. The increase was principally due to substantial infrastructure and power work performed under task orders with the USACOE in the Middle East totaling $556.3 million, an increase of $497.1 million from 2003, and revenue from new large highway projects, new domestic power contracts and new threat reduction contracts, primarily in the former Soviet Union. The increase in revenue was partially offset by a decline in revenue due to the completion of certain major contracts in the Power, Infrastructure, Defense and Energy & Environment business units.

Operating income for 2004 declined $32.5 million from 2003. Operating income was impacted by several items including contract losses on three highway projects totaling $44.3 million, the winding down or completion of certain major projects in the Power, Infrastructure and Energy & Environment business units and a fourth quarter charge of $8.2 million related to a legal matter on completed U.S. government funded international contracts. In addition, operating income in 2003 included the recognition of contract incentives, claim settlements and contract renegotiations. The decline in operating income was partially offset by an increase in earnings from task order work in the Middle East, earnings from new power and threat reduction contracts and the favorable renegotiation and improved performance on several Energy & Environment contracts. A summary of the significant changes in operating income is included in the following table:

Operating income for the year ended January 2, 2004	$	150.5
Increases (decreases) in operating income:
Increase in earnings from Middle East task orders	41.7
Increase in earnings from other new contracts	19.1
Increase in earnings from continuing projects	13.1
Decrease in earnings from completion of contracts	(44.3		)
Significant highway project losses	(44.3		)
Increase in business unit business development overhead and general and administrative expenses	(10.2		)
Other, including charges for legal issues	(7.6		)
Net decrease	(32.5		)
Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2004	$	118.0

Revenue and operating income from the Middle East task orders successively declined during the second and third quarters of 2004 as compared to the first quarter of 2004 principally due to the substantial completion of a large task order in the first quarter. During the fourth quarter of 2004, revenue remained essentially unchanged from the second and third quarters; however, earnings increased significantly due to the resolution of funding and other related contingencies. In addition, the pace of awards of new task orders by the USACOE and other U.S. agencies slowed in the first and second quarters of 2004 as funding for task orders was diverted from reconstruction to security efforts in the Middle East. During the third and fourth quarters of 2004, awards of new task orders increased.

II-16

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates for 2004 increased by $1.4 million from 2003 generally due to improved performance. Equity earnings in 2004 from the MIBRAG mining venture in Germany, which accounts for a significant portion of our unconsolidated affiliates, were comparable to 2003. The quantity of coal shipments by MIBRAG in 2004 declined by 9 percent compared to 2003 resulting from planned maintenance outages by MIBRAG’s power plant customers that were of longer duration than those experienced in 2003. An increase in the average sales price per ton offset, in part, the decline in coal shipments. However, operating expenses, some related to lower volume, also offset the impact of lower shipments. A strengthening of the euro of approximately 10 percent, as compared to the U.S. dollar, offset an increase in MIBRAG’s municipal tax liability.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses for 2004 increased $2.9 million from 2003. The increase was principally due to costs associated with complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and higher international business development costs. The increase was partially offset by a reduction in expense of $5.4 million as compared to 2003 related to the extension of the term of previously granted options of our chairman, Dennis R. Washington.

Other operating income, net

Other operating income, net, of $1.5 million in 2004, primarily consisted of a recovery related to a legal settlement. Other operating income, net of $6.2 million in 2003 included a gain of $4.9 million from the April 2003 sale of the Technology Center, a gain of $3.2 million from the sale of coal leases, a gain of $1.5 million from the resolution of certain contingent issues related to the October 2002 sale of EMD offset by a charge of $3.4 million related to a legal settlement.

Interest expense

Interest expense for 2004 declined $10.0 million from 2003 due to improved terms under a new credit facility entered into in October 2003, as compared to the prior credit facility. On March 19, 2004 and again on August 5, 2004, we successfully amended the credit facility to include more favorable terms and reduce interest expense over the remaining term of the agreement.

Write-off of deferred financing fees

On October 9, 2003, we entered into an agreement replacing our prior senior secured revolving credit facility with a new credit facility. In connection with the termination of the senior secured revolving credit facility, we wrote off the remaining unamortized balance of the related deferred financing fees totaling $9.8 million.  No such write-off occurred in 2004.

Reorganization items

Reorganization items of $1.2 million for 2004 consisted of a reduction in estimated professional expenses to settle outstanding claims from our bankruptcy. During 2003, we recognized a charge of $4.9 million as a result of estimated additional professional fees and expenses to be incurred primarily by the unsecured creditors’ committee to settle outstanding claims in connection with our reorganization.

II-17

Income tax expense

                The components of the effective tax rate for 2004 and 2003 are shown in the table below:

	Year ended		Year ended
	December 31, 2004		January 2, 2004
Federal tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%
State tax	3.1		3.2
Nondeductible items	2.1		2.8
Foreign tax	(2.9	)	1.3
Effective tax rate	37.3	%	42.3	%

The effective tax rate for 2004 decreased from 2003, primarily due to the impact of lower foreign taxes.  Foreign taxes for 2004 decreased substantially from 2003 due to a $3.6 million impact from the ratification of the 2004 Protocol to U.S.-Netherlands Income Tax Treaty.

Minority interests

                Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries for 2004 declined by $6.7 million from 2003. The majority of our minority interests related to BNFL’s 40 percent interest in our Government Services Business. Increases or decreases in income of our majority-owned subsidiaries result in a corresponding increase or decrease in the minority interest share of income from those operations. During 2004, a consolidated joint venture recorded a $10.7 million contract loss of which $3.7 million related to the minority interest.

BUSINESS UNIT RESULTS

(In millions)

	Three months ended						Year ended
	December 30,			December 31,			December 30,			December 31,			January 2,
Revenue	2005			2004			2005			2004			2004
Power	$	244.9		$	190.7		$	766.1		$	634.0		$	511.8
Infrastructure	150.6			196.6			665.2			891.1			585.9
Mining	40.7			29.3			171.1			109.8			84.2
Industrial/Process	124.9			100.0			424.6			394.7			430.3
Defense	141.3			135.2			555.8			495.3			506.1
Energy & Environment	196.2			111.5			602.8			396.6			385.5
Intersegment, eliminations and other	0.8			(1.9		)	2.9			(6.1		)	(2.6		)
Total revenue	$	899.4		$	761.4		$	3,188.5		$	2,915.4		$	2,501.2
Operating income (loss)
Power	$	21.0		$	14.6		$	78.9		$	34.8		$	39.0
Infrastructure	(29.6		)	(15.8		)	(79.1		)	(16.2		)	32.3
Mining	7.4			6.7			28.6			33.4			33.5
Industrial/Process	0.5			1.6			3.6			17.8			2.5
Defense	17.4			12.6			60.3			40.1			49.8
Energy & Environment	28.5			23.0			67.5			73.1			69.9
Intersegment and other unallocated
operating costs	2.2			1.2			0.2			(4.6		)	(19.0		)
General and administrative expenses	(18.1		)	(18.0		)	(60.5		)	(60.4		)	(57.5		)
Total operating income	$	29.3		$	25.9		$	99.5		$	118.0		$	150.5

II-18

2005 COMPARED TO 2004

Power

Revenue for 2005 increased $132.1 million, or 21 percent, from 2004. The increase was due primarily to $93.8 million higher revenue from work in the Middle East. A new plant modification project in Wisconsin, a new generation project in Puerto Rico and modification projects in Michigan combined to also generate increased revenue. Offsetting these increases was a decrease in revenue from a Wisconsin new generation plant project as the project achieved substantial completion in the third quarter of 2005 and a combined revenue decrease in nuclear power plant modification projects and an annually funded project in Tennessee.

Operating income for 2005 increased $44.1 million from 2004. Earnings from work in the Middle East increased $23.1 million from $7.0 million to $30.1 million. A portion of this increase was due to favorable performance ratings resulting in performance-based award fees associated with work performed during 2004. Based on the actual awards and consistent with our policy, we are accruing performance-based awards for the ongoing work in the Middle East. Work on the Wisconsin plant modification project provided an increase of $6.6 million and a new generation project in Puerto Rico generated increased income of $4.9 million. In addition, a claim settlement on an international project provided another $18.0 million of income. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in earnings of $10.6 million from completion of a new generation power project.

Infrastructure

Revenue for 2005 declined $225.9 million, or 25 percent, from 2004 due to the substantial completion of several large task orders in the Middle East. Revenue from the Middle East decreased $290.9 million to $110.7 million in 2005 as compared to $401.6 million in 2004. In addition, revenue declined from the winding down of a light rail project in New Jersey and a highway construction project in Nevada. Partially offsetting this decline were projects that moved from the start-up phase in 2004 to full operation in 2005 including a dam construction project in Illinois, a light rail design/build project in California and an airport runway construction project in California.

The operating loss increased $62.9 million to $(79.1) million in 2005 compared to $(16.2) million in 2004. Three highway construction contracts located in California and Nevada that recognized $44.3 million of losses in 2004 continued to experience cost increases resulting in a loss of $99.6 million in 2005. To date, we have only been able to negotiate acceptable change orders with the clients involved for a small portion of the cost increases. We believe there will be significant recoveries once the claim process is completed. Because we have not been able to reach agreement on the change orders and claims, recoveries will be recognized only when it is probable they will result in additional revenue and the amount can be reliably estimated. While the entire amount of the current estimated losses have been recognized, actual results may differ from our estimates.

Partially offsetting these losses was good performance in completion of a runway replacement project in California, continuing work on a dam project located in Illinois and a light rail project in California, increasing our earnings $19.3 million over 2004. Our Infrastructure related work in the Middle East may be winding down. Earnings from work in the Middle East were $18.9 million and $38.9 million during 2005 and 2004, respectively. Claim settlements in 2005 totaled $3.2 million compared to $14.2 million in 2004.

Mining

Revenue for 2005 increased $61.3 million, or 56 percent, from 2004 as a result of work at a new domestic gold mine project in Nevada, a phosphate mine in Idaho, a new international silver mining project and higher production at a copper mine in Nevada. The operating contract for the copper mine in Nevada ended in the fourth quarter of 2005 due to the owners decision to self-perform the contract. As a result, our contract was terminated and $59.1 million was removed from backlog.

II-19

Operating income for 2005 decreased $4.8 million from 2004 primarily as a result of lower earnings on contract mining projects due to higher equipment maintenance, project startup and contract renegotiation costs. Earnings from our share of the MIBRAG mining venture in Germany increased $1.8 million in 2005.

Industrial/Process

Revenue for 2005 increased $29.9 million, or eight percent, from 2004. The increase was driven by continued growth on a major international facility management project, a major life sciences project in Puerto Rico and from the start up of an international sulfur handling facility contract. The increase in revenue was partially offset by a reduction in revenue from the completion of several facilities management contracts in 2005. Industrial/Process continues to see improvement in all of its growth markets including Oil, Gas & Chemicals, Life Sciences and Facility Management outsourcing opportunities.

Operating income for 2005 declined $14.2 million from 2004 primarily due to claim settlements and the expiration of the warranty period on a major process contract, totaling $15.6 million, all recognized in 2004.

Defense

Revenue for 2005 increased $60.5 million, or 12 percent, from 2004. The increase was primarily due to higher procurement and construction activities on a plutonium reactor conversion project and increased activity on four other threat reduction projects in the former Soviet Union. In addition, revenue for 2005 also increased from 2004 from a higher volume of operations and maintenance activities on chemical demilitarization projects. The increase in revenue for 2005 was partially offset by reduced task order activities on a program in the former Soviet Union.

Operating income for 2005 increased $20.2 million, or 50 percent, compared to 2004 primarily due to a $9.4 million increase in earnings on projects in the former Soviet Union and $13.3 million in higher fees and incentives earned on chemical demilitarization projects. Operating income for 2005 was reduced by $4.4 million as a result of a change in recording BNFL’s share of certain earnings.  See additional discussion below under Energy and Environment.

Energy & Environment

Revenue for 2005 increased $206.2 million, or 52 percent, from 2004. The increase in revenue was primarily associated with a new environmental cleanup project in Idaho, an increase in revenue from new contracts in the Middle East totaling $21.9 million and an increase from the achievement of specific milestones on a large Department of Energy management services contract. The increase in revenue for 2005 was partially offset by a decline related to a large environmental construction project and the completion of a decontamination and demolition contract.

Operating income for 2005 declined $5.6 million from 2004; however, operating income before BNFL’s share of earnings increased $19.8 million in 2005 as compared to 2004. Beginning in the second quarter of 2005, payments to BNFL totaling $25.4 million were charged to operating income rather than being reflected as minority interest. See Note 15, “Acquisition of BNFL’s Interest in Government Services Business,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report. Operating income in 2005 was also impacted by $15.9 million lower earnings on a large environmental construction project and losses recognized relating to a reduction in work performed in the United Kingdom. Other factors contributing to the higher earnings before BNFL’s share included a $19.6 million increase primarily related to the achievement of specific milestones on a large Department of Energy management services contract, $6.9 million related to a post-retirement benefits curtailment gain, $4.9 million from a new environmental cleanup project and a $2.0 million increase in earnings from work in the Middle East to $2.3 million in 2005 as compared to $0.3 million in 2004.

II-20

2004 COMPARED TO 2003

Power

Revenue for 2004 increased $122.2 million, or 24 percent, from 2003. The increase in revenue was primarily due to work in the Middle East totaling $152.0 million and new major domestic fossil and nuclear power projects including the construction of new generation power plants in Wisconsin and Puerto Rico, reactor containment vessel head and steam generator replacement projects in South Carolina, Minnesota and Florida and a plant modification and maintenance project in Wisconsin. The increase in revenue for 2004 was partially offset by a decline in revenue from the winding down and completion of two new generation power projects in Massachusetts in 2003 totaling $112.1 million, and the completion of several other projects including a plant modification project in Michigan and a steam generator replacement project in Maryland.

Operating income for 2004 declined $4.2 million from 2003 due to the completion of several projects including the favorable performance on a steam generator replacement project and a plant modification project in 2003 that together totaled $24.4 million. The decline in operating income was partially offset by earnings on a new generation power project of $7.6 million, favorable performance from a steam generator replacement project of $6.9 million and earnings from power projects performed in the Middle East of $7.0 million.

Infrastructure

Revenue for 2004 increased $305.2 million, or 52 percent, from 2003. The increase was due to revenue from task order contracts in the Middle East with the USACOE and other U.S. agencies totaling $401.5 million, revenue from three new highway projects in California and Nevada and a new light rail project in California. The increase in revenue was partially offset by a decline of $138.3 million from the substantial completion of several large projects.

The Infrastructure business unit incurred an operating loss of $16.2 million for 2004 compared to operating income of $32.3 million in 2003, a decline in earnings of $48.5 million. During the year, Infrastructure performed $401.5 million in work in the Middle East which generated earnings of $38.9 million. However, during the year, three fixed price highway projects with a total value of approximately $450 million experienced significant cost growth resulting from design changes, cost escalation and quantity growth and project delays which resulted in higher than estimated costs. Infrastructure recognized losses on these projects of $44.3 million. In addition, the earnings for Infrastructure’s engineering services division were down by approximately $15 million as a result of fewer engineering hours resulting in unabsorbed fixed costs, costs associated with right sizing the operation and the inability to negotiate change orders with certain clients prior to year-end. Lastly, an $8.2 million charge was taken related to a potential settlement associated with legal issues surrounding completed U.S. government funded international contracts. Operating income for 2004 included claim settlements of $14.2 million compared with $12.1 million in 2003.

Mining

Revenue for 2004 increased $25.6 million, or 30 percent, from 2003 as a result of revenue provided from new mining contracts, including a copper mine in Nevada and a phosphate mine in Canada. The increase in revenue was partially offset by a decline of $5.5 million from the completion of two mining contracts in Wyoming and Nevada.

Operating income for 2004 was essentially unchanged from 2003. Operating income for 2004 benefited from earnings on new contracts, improved performance and higher production on existing contracts. Operating income for 2003 included a $3.2 million gain from the sale of coal leases in the fourth quarter of 2003. Equity earnings in 2004 from the MIBRAG mining venture in Germany, which accounts for a significant portion of operating income, were comparable to 2003. The quantity of coal shipments by MIBRAG in 2004 declined by nine percent compared to 2003 resulting from planned maintenance outages by MIBRAG’s power plant customers that were of longer duration than those experienced in 2003. An increase in the average sales price per ton offset, in part, the

II-21

decline in coal shipments. In addition, lower operating expenses, primarily related to lower volume, also offset the impact of lower shipments. A strengthening of the euro as compared to the U.S. dollar, of about ten percent, offset an increase in MIBRAG’s municipal tax liability.

Industrial/Process

Revenue for 2004 declined $35.6 million, or eight percent, from 2003. The decline was due to the winding down or completion of several automotive contracts, the completion of a refinery shutdown project and several other contracts. The decline was partially offset by an increase in revenue from a food processing facility construction contract, a new major facilities management contract and the recognition of a $10.0 million claim settlement.

Operating income for 2004 increased by $15.3 million from 2003 primarily due to a $9.8 million net claim settlement and $3.9 million from the expiration of the warranty period on a major process contract. Operating income for 2004 includes $13.2 million of claim settlements as compared to no claim settlements recognized in 2003.

Defense

Revenue for 2004 declined $10.8 million, or two percent, from 2003 primarily from closure activities on a chemical demilitarization contract in 2003 that resulted in a decrease in revenue of $66.1 million and the completion of construction activities and slower start-up requirements at another chemical demilitarization contract. The decline in revenue was partially offset by an increase in revenue attributable to an increase in scope of work on threat reduction contracts in the former Soviet Union and revenue from a new power enhancement contract.

Operating income for 2004 declined by $9.7 million from 2003. The decline in operating income was primarily the result of certain events occurring in 2003 including favorable claim settlements on construction projects totaling $13.6 million (as compared to zero in 2004), which was partially offset by a charge in the fourth quarter associated with unbilled indirect costs related to a completed chemical demilitarization project of $5.4 million. Earnings in 2004 from chemical demilitarization projects and threat reduction projects in the former Soviet Union have improved marginally.

Energy & Environment

Revenue for 2004 increased $11.1 million, or three percent, from 2003. The increase in revenue was primarily due to improved performance at two large DoE management service contracts and at a design-build project, and revenue from a new decontamination and demolition contract. The increase in revenue was partially offset by a decline in revenue from the winding down of a large design-build contract and a reduction in volume at an engineered-products business.

Operating income for 2004 increased $3.2 million from 2003. Operating income in 2004 increased $23.0 million from the favorable renegotiation of one contract and improved performance at two other DoE management services contracts. The increase in 2004 operating income was partially offset by a $5.2 million decline in earnings from the winding down of a large design-build contract, an $8.8 million impact from a reduction in volume at an engineered-products business and increased business development costs associated with pursuit of new DoE procurements.

Intersegment and other

Intersegment operating loss of ($4.6) million in 2004 primarily consisted of residual costs from our non-union subsidiary of $4.1 million.

II-22

Intersegment operating loss of ($19.0) million in 2003 included residual costs from our non-union subsidiary of $8.4 million and bonding fees of $5.3 million, a $5.4 million charge resulting from an underaccrual of employee benefits related to periods prior to our emergence from bankruptcy protection, a charge of $3.4 million related to a legal settlement, all partially offset by a gain of $4.9 million from the sale of the Technology Center.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY

We have three principal sources of liquidity: (i) cash generated by operations; (ii) existing cash and cash equivalents; and (iii) available capacity under our Credit Facility. We had cash and cash equivalents of $237.7 million at December 30, 2005. At December 30, 2005, we had no borrowings and $92.0 million in face amount of letters of credit outstanding under the Credit Facility, leaving a borrowing capacity of $258.0 million. For more information on our financing activities, see “Credit Facility” below.

Our cash flows are primarily impacted from period to period by fluctuations in working capital and purchases of construction and mining equipment required to perform our contracts. Working capital is affected by numerous factors including:

•Business unit mix.  Our working capital requirements are unique by business unit, and changes in the type, size and stage of completion of contracts performed by our business units can impact our working capital requirements. Also, growth in the business requires working capital investment and the purchase of construction and mining equipment.

•Commercial terms.  The commercial terms of our contracts with customers and subcontractors may vary by business unit, contract type and customer type and utilize a variety of billing and payment terms.  These could include client advances, milestone payment schedules, monthly or bi-monthly billing cycles and performance base incentives. Additionally, some customers have requirements on billing documentation including documentation from subcontractors, which may increase the level of billing complexity and cause delays in the billing cycle and collection cycle from period to period.

•Contract life cycle.  Our contracts typically involve initial cash for working capital during the start-up phase, reach a cash neutral position and eventually experience a reduction of working capital during the wind-down and completion of the project.

•Delays in execution.  At times, we may experience delays in scheduling and performance of our contracts and encounter unforeseen events or issues that may negatively affect our cash flow.

Liquidity position and cash flows

(In millions)

Liquidity	December 30, 2005		December 31, 2004
Cash and cash equivalents	$	237.7	$	224.5
Restricted cash	52.5		61.6
Short-term investments	—		30.2
Total	$	290.2	$	316.3

	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
Cash flow activities	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Net cash provided (used) by:
Operating activities	$	105.2		$	110.6		$	79.6
Investing activities	(40.0		)	15.0			10.5
Financing activities	(52.0		)	(19.2		)	(52.3		)
Increase in cash	$	13.2		$	106.4		$	37.8

II-23

The discussion below highlights significant aspects of our cash flows.

•Operating activities:

In 2005, our operating activities provided $105.2 million of cash compared to $110.6 million provided in 2004. Cash from operating activities in 2005 included net income of $58.4 million and several significant non-cash charges including non-cash income tax expense of $26.7 million, depreciation of $21.9 million and amortization and write-off of financing fees of $6.3 million. During 2005 and 2004, we recognized contract losses of $99.6 million and $44.3 million, respectively, on three highway construction projects. During 2005, the three highway projects required $54.8 million of cash and we expect an additional $75 million of cash requirements in 2006.

During 2005, excluding the impact of the highway contract losses, we funded a $45.1 million increase in working capital requirements primarily associated with new projects. Working capital requirements for the USACOE task orders in the Middle East, in both our Infrastructure and Power business units, increased in 2005. We expect the Middle East working capital of $58.0 million at December 30, 2005 to decrease in 2006.

In 2004, our operating activities provided $110.6 million of cash compared to $79.6 million provided in 2003. Cash from operating activities in 2004 included net income of $51.1 million and several significant non-cash charges including non-cash income tax expense of $34.6 million and depreciation and amortization of $21.9 million. Included in 2004 operating earnings were estimated losses of $44.3 million on three large highway construction projects which required minimum cash funding. Cash flow for 2004 was impacted by an increase of working capital requirements for the USACOE task orders in the Middle East, in both our Infrastructure and Power business units. At December 31, 2004, capital invested in contracts in the Middle East amounted to $51.6 million up from $0.7 million at the end of 2003.

•Investing activities:

During 2005, investing activities required $40.0 million of cash including $63.2 million of capital expenditures, net of $13.0 million of proceeds from equipment sales, principally for new contracts in the Infrastructure and Mining business units. Also, in the fourth quarter of 2005, we completed the acquisition of BNFL’s interest in our Government Services Business resulting in a $36.2 million lump sum cash payment.  A portion of the lump sum payment applied to amounts payable to BNFL at the time of the acquisition. Cash flow from investing activities was positively impacted by the net sales of $30.2 million of short-term investments and a $9.0 million decrease in restricted cash.

During 2004, investing activities provided $15.0 million of cash. We used $35.2 million for equipment purchases, principally for new contracts in the Infrastructure and Mining business units. The uses were offset by $21.3 million of proceeds from the sales of property and equipment including $13.6 million of equipment sales from a completed dam and hydropower project in the Philippines. Restricted cash also decreased $9.1 million in 2004. In addition, we had net sales of $19.8 million of short-term investments.

•Financing activities:

During 2005, financing activities used $52.0 million in cash, consisting of $4.6 million in financing fees in amending our Credit Facility, $4.4 million in distributions to our partners in consolidated joint ventures, primarily BNFL, and $72.9 million for the purchase of warrants. Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants totaled $29.9 million.

II-24

In 2004, we distributed $25.5 million to our partners in consolidated joint ventures, primarily BNFL. In addition, we received $10.2 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants and paid $3.9 million of financing fees in amending our Credit Facility.

Income taxes

We anticipate that cash payments for income taxes for 2006 and later years will be substantially less than income tax expense recognized in the financial statements. This difference results from expected tax deductions for goodwill amortization and from use of net operating loss (“NOL”) carryovers. As of December 30, 2005, we have remaining tax goodwill of $53.8 million resulting from the original acquisition of the Government Services Business in 1999 and $524.1 million resulting from the acquisition of RE&C. The amortization of this tax goodwill is deductible over remaining periods of 8.2 and 9.5 years, respectively, resulting in annual tax deductions of $61.8 million. The federal NOL carryovers as of December 30, 2005 were approximately $159.4 million, most of which are subject to an annual limitation of $26.5 million and expire in years 2020 through 2022. Unused available NOL carryovers from previous years plus the 2006 annual limitation of $26.5 million would allow us to use up to approximately $56 million of the NOL carryovers in 2006. Until the tax goodwill deductions and the NOL carryovers are exhausted, we will not pay cash taxes (other than a minimal impact for alternative minimum tax) on the first $88.3 million of federal taxable income before tax goodwill amortization and application of NOL carryovers each year.

Cash flows for 2006

In 2006, we expect to incur negative cash flows from operations. Specific issues which are relevant to understanding 2006 cash flows include:

•Income taxes: Because of anticipated utilization of tax goodwill amortization of $61.8 million, and the availability of approximately $56 million of NOL carryovers, we will likely not pay federal taxes, other than a minimal amount for alternative minimum tax. We will pay state and foreign income taxes, which are not expected to be significant.

•Property and equipment: Capital expenditures for construction and mining projects, along with normal capital expenditures to upgrade our information systems hardware and software, are expected to be approximately $40 to $50 million. Additional capital may be required for new projects obtained during the year. Additionally, in the normal course of business, we sell a portion of our construction and mining equipment fleet each year, depending on estimated future requirements.

•Pension, post-retirement and 401(k) benefit obligations: We expect to use $15.4 million to fund our pension and post-retirement benefit plans during 2006 as compared to $12.3 million funded in 2005. We estimate financial statement expense under these plans to be approximately $6.4 million in 2006 as compared to $12.5 million in 2005.  Beginning in 2006, we have increased the amount of 401(k) matching contributions that we expect to make which will increase our cash funding requirements by approximately $5 million.

•Financing activities:   On December 30, 2005, we had outstanding approximately 4.5 million warrants to purchase common stock. In January 2006, we purchased and cancelled 2.0 million of the warrants at a cost of $34.9 million; 2.3 million warrants were exercised providing proceeds of $70.0 million and the remaining 0.2 million warrants expired. Additionally, we have issued stock options that are currently exercisable. At December 30, 2005, the market price of our common stock exceeded the exercise price of outstanding options. If the options are exercised, we will receive proceeds based on the exercise price of the options. For additional information related to warrants and options, see Note 14, “Capital Stock, Stock Purchase Warrants and Stock Compensation Plans,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

II-25

•Operating Activities:  We expect to fund approximately $75 million of the highway project losses during 2006. Future change orders and claim recoveries on these projects which, if received, could reduce the amount of required funding.

Financial condition and liquidity

We expect to use cash to, among other things, satisfy contractual obligations, fund working capital requirements and make capital expenditures. For additional information on contractual obligations and capital expenditures, see “Contractual Obligations” below and “Property and Equipment” above.

We believe that our cash flows from operations, existing cash and cash equivalents and available capacity under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our reasonably foreseeable liquidity needs.

In line with industry practice, we are often required to provide performance and surety bonds to customers under fixed-price contracts. These bonds indemnify the customer should we fail to perform our obligations under the contract. If a bond is required for a particular project and we are unable to obtain an appropriate bond, we cannot pursue that project. We have existing bonding capacity but, as is customary, the issuance of a bond is at the sureties’ discretion. Moreover, due to events that affect the insurance and bonding markets generally, bonding may be more difficult to obtain in the future or may only be available at significant additional cost. Although there can be no assurance that bonds will continue to be available on reasonable terms, we believe that we have access to the bonding necessary to achieve our operating goals.

We continually evaluate alternative capital structures and the terms of our credit facilities. We may also, from time to time, pursue opportunities to complement existing operations through business combinations and participation in ventures, which may require additional financing and utilization of our capital resources.

Contractual obligations

As of December 30, 2005, we had the following contractual obligations:

	Payments due by period
Contractual obligations	Less than		1-3		3-5		More than
(In millions)	1 year		years		years		5 years		Total
Operating lease obligations	$	33.3	$	41.8	$	21.7	$	27.0	$	123.8
Purchase obligations (a)	9.8		19.4		19.5		—		48.7
Credit Facility (b)	4.5		8.7		6.3		—		19.5
Pension and post-retirement obligations (c)	15.4		19.5		16.7		37.2		88.8
Total	$	63.0	$	89.4	$	64.2	$	64.2	$	280.8

(a)Purchase obligations include future cash payments pursuant to an outsourcing agreement for certain information technology services. Commitments pursuant to subcontracts and other purchase orders related to engineering and construction contracts are not included since such amounts are expected to be funded under contract billings.

(b)Represents payments for letter of credit, commitment and administrative fees for our Credit Facility.

(c)Pension and post-retirement obligations noted under the heading “More than 5 years” are presented for the years 2011-2015.

We have no long-term debt, capital leases or other material long-term liabilities reflected on our consolidated balance sheets, except for a performance guarantee of a joint venture as discussed in “Guarantees” below.

In the normal course of business, we cause letters of credit and surety bonds to be issued generally in connection with contract performance obligations that are not required to be recorded in our consolidated balance sheets. We are obligated to reimburse the issuer of our letters of credit or surety bonds for any payments made

II-26

thereunder. The table below presents the expiration of our outstanding commitments on letters of credit and surety bonds outstanding as of December 30, 2005 for each of the next five years and thereafter. Although letters of credit under the Credit Facility may not extend beyond termination of the Credit Facility, the presentation is prepared based on the expiration period of our contractual obligations with the customer or beneficiary. At December 30, 2005, $92.0 million of the outstanding letters of credit were issued under the Credit Facility. We have pledged cash and cash equivalents as collateral for our reimbursement obligations with respect to $27.0 million in face amount of letters of credit not issued under our Credit Facility that were outstanding at December 30, 2005. Our commitments under performance bonds generally end concurrent with the expiration of our contractual obligation. The face amount of the surety bonds expiring by period is presented below. Our actual exposure is limited to estimated costs to complete our bonded contracts which was approximately $849.0 million at December 30, 2005.

Other commercial commitments (in millions)	Letters of credit		Surety bonds		Total
Commitments expiring by period
2006	$	6.0	$	212.7	$	218.7
2007	7.3		437.6		444.9
2008	—		277.3		277.3
2009	2.1		8.2		10.3
2010	12.7		600.4		613.1
Thereafter	90.9		252.2		343.1
Total other commercial commitments	$	119.0	$	1,788.4	$	1,907.4

Indemnities

In connection with a prior sale of a business, we have guaranteed certain indemnity provisions relating to environmental conditions that obligate us to pay the buyer up to a maximum of $3.5 million for environmental losses they incur over $5.0 million until October 2007. We are also responsible for environmental losses through October 2012 that exceed $1.3 million related to a specified parcel of property we sold. We believe that the indemnification provisions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Guarantees

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various agreements providing financial or performance assurances to clients on behalf of certain unconsolidated subsidiaries, joint ventures and other jointly executed contracts. These agreements are entered into primarily to support the project execution commitments of these entities. The maximum potential payment amount of an outstanding performance guarantee is the remaining cost of work to be performed by or on behalf of third parties under engineering and construction contracts. At December 30, 2005, approximately $1.3 billion of work representing either our partners’ proportionate share, or work that our partners are directly responsible for, had yet to be completed. Amounts that may be required to be paid in excess of estimated costs to complete contracts in progress are not estimable. For cost reimbursable contracts, amounts that may become payable pursuant to guarantee provisions are normally recoverable from the client for work performed under the contract. For lump sum or fixed price contracts, this amount is the cost to complete the contracted work less amounts remaining to be billed to the client under the contract. Remaining billable amounts could be greater or less than the cost to complete. In those cases where costs exceed the remaining amounts payable under the contract we may have recourse to third parties, such as owners, co-venturers, subcontractors or vendors, for claims.

We also participate, from time to time, in consortiums or “line item” joint venture agreements under which each partner is responsible for performing certain discrete items of the total scope of contracted work. The revenue for these discrete items is defined in the contract with the project owner and each venture partner bears the profitability risk associated with its own work. Generally, partners in these types of arrangements are jointly and severally liable for completion of the total project under the terms of the contact with the project owner. There

II-27

is not a single set of books and records for this type of arrangement. Each partner accounts for its items of work individually as it would for any self-performed contract. We account for our portion of these contracts as a project in our accounting system and include receivables and payables associated with our work on our consolidated balance sheets.

During the fourth quarter of 2005, we entered into a line item joint venture arrangement pursuant to which we have jointly and severally guaranteed the performance of the joint venture. Under the arrangements, we would be required to perform on the guarantee in the event our partner was not able to complete their portion of the construction contract through its expected completion in 2008. Our maximum exposure under this performance guarantee at the time we entered into the arrangement was estimated to be approximately $170 million but will be reduced over the contract term upon execution of the contract scope. We have recorded the estimated fair value of this guarantee in the amount of $3.2 million as a liability with a corresponding asset as of December 30, 2005.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

During 2005, we entered into two forward foreign currency contracts to hedge contracts to acquire equipment denominated in Canadian dollars and South African Rand. At December 30, 2005, we had forward foreign exchange contracts to sell U.S. dollars and buy Canadian dollars and to sell U.S. dollars and buy South African Rand. The notional value of the Canadian dollar contracts was $24.1 million and the duration was less than 11 months. The notional value of the South African Rand contracts was $8.8 million and the duration was 6 months. The estimated fair value of the contracts was not significant as of December 30, 2005.

We do not have any other off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.

Credit Facility

Our Credit Facility provides for up to $350 million in the aggregate of loans and other financial accommodations allocated pro rata between a tranche A facility and a tranche B facility. On June 14, 2005, we amended and restated the Credit Facility to include more favorable terms, increase the tranche A to $247.5 million from $115.0 million and decrease the tranche B to $102.5 million from $235.0 million. As amended and restated, the scheduled termination date for both tranche A and tranche B is June 14, 2010. The borrowing rate for tranche A is LIBOR plus an additional margin of 2.00 percent or, at our option, prime plus an additional margin of 1.00 percent, subject in each case to a 0.25 percent reduction upon our obtaining a specified long-term debt rating. The borrowing rate for tranche B is LIBOR plus an additional margin of 1.75 percent or, at our option, prime plus an additional margin of 0.75 percent. As of December 30, 2005, the effective borrowing rate was 6.39 percent for tranche A and 6.14 percent for tranche B.

The Credit Facility also provides for other fees, including commitment and letter of credit fees, normal and customary for such credit agreements. Under the current terms of the agreement, letters of credit are allocated pro rata between the facilities on the same basis as loans. Letter of credit fees are calculated using the applicable LIBOR margins stated above plus an issuance fee which is negotiated with the issuing bank. Commitment fees are calculated on the remaining borrowing capacity of each tranche after subtracting any outstanding borrowings and letters of credit. The commitment fee is 0.50 percent for tranche A (subject to a 0.25 percent reduction upon our obtaining a specified long-term debt rating) and 1.75 percent (or at our option, prime plus an additional margin of 0.75 percent) for tranche B. At December 30, 2005, $92.0 million in face amount of letters of credit were issued and outstanding and no borrowings were outstanding leaving a borrowing capacity of $258.0 million under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility contains financial covenants requiring the maintenance of specified financial and operating ratios, and specified events of default that are typical for a credit facility of this size, type and tenor. The Credit Facility also contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of some of our subsidiaries to incur debt, grant liens, provide guarantees, make investments, merge with or acquire other companies and pay

II-28

dividends. At December 30, 2005, we were in compliance with all of the financial covenants under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the assets of Washington Group International and our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries.

Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”)

We view EBITDA as a performance measure of operating liquidity, and as such we believe that the GAAP financial measure most directly comparable to it is net cash provided by operating activities (see “Reconciliation of EBITDA to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities” below). EBITDA is not an alternative to and should not be considered instead of, or as a substitute for, earnings from operations, net income or loss, cash flows from operating activities or other statements of operations or cash flow data prepared in conformity with GAAP, or as a GAAP measure of profitability or liquidity. In addition, our calculation of EBITDA may or may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

EBITDA is used by our management as a supplemental financial measure to evaluate the performance of our business that, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliations, we believe provides a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than the GAAP results alone. We also regularly communicate our EBITDA to the public through our earnings releases because it is a financial measure commonly used by analysts that cover our industry to evaluate our performance as compared to the performance of other companies that have different financing and capital structures or effective tax rates. In addition, EBITDA is a financial measure used in the financial covenants of our Credit Facility and therefore is a financial measure to evaluate our compliance with our financial covenants. Management compensates for the above-described limitations of using a non-GAAP financial measure by using this non-GAAP financial measure only to supplement our GAAP results to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business.

Components of EBITDA are presented below:

	Year ended
	December 30,		December 31,		January 2,
(In millions)	2005		2004		2004
Net income	$	58.4	$	51.1	$	42.1
Taxes	29.9		39.5		46.9
Interest expense (a)	13.5		14.6		34.4
Depreciation and amortization(b)	21.9		18.7		31.4
Total (c)	$	123.7	$	123.9	$	154.8

(a)Interest expense for the years ended December 30, 2005 and January 2, 2004, respectively, includes the write-off of deferred financing fees of $3.6 million and $9.8 million, respectively, that occurred in connection with refinancing the Credit Facility.

(b)Depreciation and amortization includes $10.1 million for the year ended January 2, 2004 of depreciation on equipment used on a large dam and hydropower construction project in the Philippines, which we completed in 2003. We began selling the equipment during the third quarter of 2002 and the sales were completed as of December 31, 2004.

(c)EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2004 includes reorganization income of $1.2 million which had minimal tax expense. EBITDA for the year ended January 2, 2004 includes reorganization charges of $(4.9) million, which provided minimal tax benefit.

II-29

RECONCILIATION OF EBITDA TO NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

We believe that net cash provided by operating activities is the financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP that is most directly comparable to EBITDA. The following table reconciles EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities for each of the periods for which EBITDA is presented.

	Year ended
	December 30			December 31,			January 2,
(In millions)	2005			2004			2004
EBITDA	$	123.7		$	123.9		$	154.8
Interest expense (a)	(13.5		)	(14.6		)	(34.4		)
Tax expense	(29.9		)	(39.5		)	(46.9		)
Reorganization items	—			(1.2		)	4.9
Cash paid for reorganization items	(2.7		)	(2.5		)	(9.9		)
Amortization of financing fees	6.3			3.2			19.6
Non-cash income tax expense	26.7			34.6			43.1
Minority interest in net income of consolidated subsidiaries	5.4			15.2			21.9
Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates, less dividends received	(14.0		)	(17.3		)	(17.1		)
Changes in net operating assets and liabilities and other	3.2			8.8			(56.4		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	105.2		$	110.6		$	79.6

(a)Includes the write-off of deferred financing fees of $3.6 million and $9.8 million that occurred in 2005 and 2003, respectively, in connection with refinancing the Credit Facility.

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Adoption of accounting standards

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets – An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29. APB Opinion No. 29 provided an exception to the basic measurement principle (fair value) for exchanges of similar productive assets. That exception required that some non-monetary exchanges, although commercially substantive, be recorded on a carryover basis. SFAS No. 153 eliminates the exception to fair value for exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchange transactions that do not have commercial substance – that is, transactions that are not expected to result in significant changes in the cash flows of the reporting entity. We were required to adopt SFAS No. 153 in the third quarter of 2005. The adoption had no impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2005, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations – An interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143 (“FIN 47”). FIN 47 clarifies the term conditional asset retirement obligation as used in SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, and requires a liability to be recorded if the fair value of the obligation can be reasonably estimated. The types of asset retirement obligations that are covered by FIN 47 are those for which an entity has a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity, however the timing and (or) method of settling the obligation are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. FIN 47 also clarifies when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. We were required to adopt FIN 47 in the fourth quarter of 2005. The adoption had no impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

II-30

Recently issued accounting standards

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised), Share-Based Payment. SFAS No. 123-R replaces SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. Adoption of SFAS No. 123-R will require us to record a non-cash expense for our stock compensation plans using the fair value method. Historically we have recorded our compensation cost in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25, which does not require the recording of an expense for our stock options if they were granted at a price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. SFAS No. 123-R is effective for us beginning the first quarter of 2006. Based on options outstanding as of December 30, 2005, and estimated future option grants in 2006, we estimate the adoption of SFAS No. 123-R will result in an additional pre-tax expense of approximately $8.0 million in 2006.

In the mining industry, companies may be required to remove overburden and waste materials to access mineral deposits. The costs of removing overburden and waste materials are referred to as “stripping costs.” MIBRAG incurs significant stripping costs in its lignite coal mining operations. In March 2005, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on Issue No. 04-6, Accounting for Stripping Costs Incurred during Production in the Mining Industry. The EITF concluded that stripping costs incurred during the production phase of a mine are variable production costs that should be included in the cost of inventory produced during the period that stripping costs are incurred. EITF No. 04-6 is effective for us in the first quarter of 2006. Based upon MIBRAG’s deferred stripping costs recorded as of December 30, 2005, the adoption of EITF No. 04-6 will result in a reduction of our investments in unconsolidated affiliates and a reduction of total stockholders’ equity of $83.2 million and $54.1 million, respectively. EITF No. 04-6 provides that any adjustment from adoption be recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption which will not affect our earnings in 2006. MIBRAG’s mines are open pit lignite coal mines which cover several square miles and have an estimated remaining life of 40 or more years. Because of the mining procedures used, MIBRAG generally does not maintain any significant inventory of mined coal. Accordingly, under EITF No. 04-6 costs of removing overburden will be expensed in the period incurred. The execution of the mine plan may result in fiscal periods during which costs incurred for the removal of overburden will not bear a direct relationship to the revenue derived from the sale of coal. This may result in a degree of variability in the future reported earnings of MIBRAG.

II-31

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

(In millions)

Interest rate risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our Credit Facility. Our short-term investment portfolio consisted primarily of highly liquid instruments sold or re-priced as to interest rates in periods less than three months. In February 2005, we liquidated our entire short-term investment portfolio and invested the proceeds in cash equivalents. Substantially all cash and cash equivalents at December 30, 2005 of $237.7 million were held in highly liquid instruments.

From time to time, we may effect borrowings under bank credit facilities or otherwise for general corporate purposes, including working capital requirements and capital expenditures. Borrowings under our Credit Facility, of which there currently are none, bear interest at the applicable LIBOR or prime rate, plus an additional margin and, therefore, are subject to fluctuations in interest rates.

Foreign currency risk

We conduct our business in various regions of the world. Our operations are, therefore, subject to volatility because of currency fluctuations, inflation changes and changes in political and economic conditions in these countries. We are subject to foreign currency translation and exchange issues, primarily with regard to our mining venture, MIBRAG, in Germany. At December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, the cumulative adjustments for translation gains (losses), net of related income tax benefits, were $19.3 million and $34.8 million, respectively. While we endeavor to enter into contracts with foreign customers with repayment terms in U.S. dollars in order to mitigate foreign exchange risk, our revenue and expenses are sometimes denominated in local currencies, and our results of operations may be affected adversely as currency fluctuations affect our pricing and operating costs or those of our competitors. We may engage from time to time in hedging operations, including forward foreign exchange contracts, to reduce the exposure of our cash flows to fluctuations in foreign currency rates. We do not engage in hedging for speculative investment reasons. We can give no assurances that our hedging operations will eliminate or substantially reduce risks associated with fluctuating currencies.

During 2005, we entered into two forward foreign currency contracts to hedge contracts to acquire equipment denominated in Canadian dollars and South African Rand. At December 30, 2005, we had forward foreign exchange contracts to sell U.S. dollars and buy Canadian dollars and to sell U.S. dollars and buy South African Rand. The notional value of the Canadian dollar contracts was $24.1 million and the duration was less than 11 months. The notional value of the South African Rand contracts was $8.8 million and the duration was 6 months.

II-32

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule as of

December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, and for the years ended December 30, 2005,

December 31, 2004, and January 2, 2004

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Schedule II - Valuation, Qualifying and Reserve Accounts

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Financial Statements of Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH

II-33

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Washington Group International, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Washington Group International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 30, 2005. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 8.  These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Washington Group International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 30, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 28, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

February 28, 2006

II-34

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands except per share data)

	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Revenue	$	3,188,454		$	2,915,382		$	2,501,151
Cost of revenue	(3,058,051		)	(2,765,351		)	(2,324,802		)
Gross profit	130,403			150,031			176,349
Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates	29,596			26,917			25,519
General and administrative expenses	(60,481		)	(60,404		)	(57,520		)
Other operating income, net	—			1,443			6,182
Operating income	99,518			117,987			150,530
Interest income	8,257			2,778			1,748
Interest expense	(9,955		)	(14,625		)	(24,587		)
Write-off of deferred financing fees	(3,588		)	—			(9,831		)
Other expense, net	(551		)	(1,509		)	(2,101		)
Income before reorganization items, income taxes and minority interests	93,681			104,631			115,759
Reorganization items	—			1,245			(4,900		)
Income tax expense	(29,906		)	(39,525		)	(46,888		)
Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries	(5,409		)	(15,214		)	(21,908		)
Net income	$	58,366		$	51,137		$	42,063
Income per share:
Basic	$	2.24		$	2.02		$	1.68
Diluted	1.93			1.86			1.66
Shares used to compute income per share:
Basic	26,037			25,281			25,007
Diluted	30,251			27,444			25,322

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

II-35

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Net income	$	58,366		$	51,137		$	42,063
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(15,568		)	9,348			15,844
Minimum pension liability adjustment and other	(603		)	(991		)	(1,154		)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	(16,171		)	8,357			14,690
Comprehensive income	$	42,195		$	59,494		$	56,753

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

II-36

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	237,706		$	224,529
Restricted cash	52,533			61,549
Short-term investments	—			30,200
Accounts receivable, including retentions of $22,849 and $14,973, respectively	275,623			250,251
Unbilled receivables	256,090			214,437
Investments in and advances to construction joint ventures	56,668			24,321
Deferred income taxes	107,798			94,343
Other	41,202			49,642
Total current assets	1,027,620			949,272
Investments and other assets
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates	172,448			179,347
Goodwill	162,270			307,817
Deferred income taxes	126,651			64,479
Other assets	59,362			18,078
Total investments and other assets	520,731			569,721
Property and equipment
Construction and mining equipment	121,109			81,432
Other equipment and fixtures	40,415			31,954
Buildings and improvements	12,575			11,543
Land and improvements	2,403			2,491
Total property and equipment	176,502			127,420
Less accumulated depreciation	(75,748		)	(58,207		)
Property and equipment, net	100,754			69,213
Total assets	$	1,649,105		$	1,588,206

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

II-37

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands except per share data)

	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
Accounts payable and subcontracts payable, including retentions of $32,127 and $30,154, respectively	$	253,559		$	206,180
Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts	239,106			204,263
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits, including compensated absences of $49,578 and $48,908, respectively	158,033			140,623
Other accrued liabilities	46,639			61,919
Total current liabilities	697,337			612,985
Non-current liabilities
Self-insurance reserves	66,933			67,945
Pension and post-retirement benefit obligations	99,239			103,398
Other non-current liabilities	38,801			23,037
Total non-current liabilities	204,973			194,380
Contingencies and commitments (Note 12)
Minority interests	5,578			47,920
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, 10,000 shares authorized	—			—
Common stock, par value $.01 per share, 100,000 shares authorized; 26,870 and 25,474 shares issued, respectively	269			255
Capital in excess of par value	526,460			542,514
Stock purchase warrants	15,104			28,167
Retained earnings	188,999			130,901
Treasury stock, 32 and 26 shares, respectively, at cost	(1,307		)	(1,012		)
Unearned compensation – restricted stock	(4,233		)	—
Accumulated other comprehensive income	15,925			32,096
Total stockholders’ equity	741,217			732,921
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	1,649,105		$	1,588,206

II-38

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Operating activities
Net income	$	58,366		$	51,137		$	42,063
Reorganization items	—			(1,245		)	4,900
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Cash paid for reorganization items	(2,740		)	(2,493		)	(9,869		)
Depreciation of property and equipment	21,880			18,714			31,369
Amortization and write-off of financing fees	6,300			3,225			19,565
Non-cash income tax expense	26,651			34,603			43,057
Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries	5,409			15,214			21,908
Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates, less dividends received	(14,038		)	(17,296		)	(17,091		)
Self-insurance reserves	(1,013		)	7,772			(11,259		)
Stock-based compensation	2,259			1,164			6,174
Other	(7,610		)	5,100			(5,781		)
Changes in other assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables	(69,481		)	(73,980		)	605
Investments in and advances to construction joint ventures	12,312			2,040			(7,531		)
Other current assets	15,747			(5,841		)	2,869
Accounts payable and subcontracts payable, accrued salaries, wages and benefits and other accrued liabilities	60,970			40,511			(4,629		)
Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings	(9,822		)	32,009			(36,739		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	105,190			110,634			79,611
Investing activities
Property and equipment additions	(63,192		)	(35,217		)	(12,213		)
Property and equipment disposals	12,965			21,270			34,881
Purchases of short-term investments	(74,900		)	(617,200		)	(313,701		)
Sales of short-term investments	105,100			637,000			263,701
Acquisition of minority interest	(29,057		)	—			—
Decrease in restricted cash	9,016			9,118			20,124
Proceeds from sale of business	—			—			17,700
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities	(40,068		)	14,971			10,492
Financing activities
Payment of financing fees	(4,577		)	(3,914		)	(11,438		)
Distributions to minority interests, net	(4,379		)	(25,501		)	(42,105		)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants	29,927			10,171			1,207
Purchase of warrants	(72,916		)	—			—
Net cash used by financing activities	(51,945		)	(19,244		)	(52,336		)
Increase in cash and cash equivalents	13,177			106,361			37,767
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	224,529			118,168			80,401
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	237,706		$	224,529		$	118,168
Supplemental cash flow information
Interest paid	$	7,255		$	12,121		$	14,285
Income taxes paid, net	11,047			7,411			5,725
Supplemental non-cash investing activities
Adjustment to investment in foreign subsidiaries for cumulative translation adjustments, net of income taxes	$	(15,568	)	$	9,348		$	15,844

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

II-39

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

						Capital												Unearned			Accumulated
	Shares of					in			Stock									compensation-			other
	Common stock			Common		excess of			purchase			Retained			Treasury			restricted			comprehensive
Period ended	Issued	Treasury		stock		par value			warrants			earnings			stock			stock			income (loss)
January 3, 2003	25,000	—		$	250	$	521,103		$	28,647		$	37,701		$	—		$	—		$	9,049
Net income												42,063
Exercise of stock options	46					1,207
Stock-based compensation						6,174
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net																					15,844
Minimum pension liability adjustment and other																					(1,154		)
January 2, 2004	25,046	—		250		528,484			28,647			79,764			—						23,739
Net income												51,137
Exercise of stock options and warrants	428			5		12,280			(331		)
Stock-based compensation						1,164
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net																					9,348
Minimum pension liability adjustment and other																					(991		)
Other		(26	)			586			(149		)				(1,012		)
December 31, 2004	25,474	(26	)	255		542,514			28,167			130,901			(1,012		)	—			32,096
Net income												58,366
Issuance of restricted stock, net of forfeitures	134			1		5,844									(4		)	(5,841		)
Stock-based compensation	4					651												1,608
Exercise of stock options and warrants	1,258			13		39,472			(1,415		)
Purchase of warrants						(62,113		)	(11,616		)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net																					(15,568		)
Minimum pension liability adjustment and other																					(603		)
Other		(6	)			92			(32		)	(268		)	(291		)
December 30, 2005	26,870	(32	)	$	269	$	526,460		$	15,104		$	188,999		$	(1,307	)	$	(4,233	)	$	15,925

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

II-40

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands except per share data)

The terms “we,” “us” and “our” as used in this annual report include Washington Group International, Inc. (“Washington Group International”) and its consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise indicated.

1.DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Business

We are an international provider of a broad range of design, engineering, construction, construction management, facilities and operations management, environmental remediation and mining services to diverse public and private sector clients, including (i) engineering, construction, and operations and maintenance services in nuclear and fossil power markets; (ii) diverse engineering, construction, construction management, and operations and maintenance services for the highway and bridge, airport and seaport, dam, tunnel, water resource, and railway markets; (iii) design, engineering, procurement, construction and construction management and operations and maintenance services to industrial companies; (iv) contract mining, technical and engineering services for the metals, precious metals, coal, minerals, and minerals processes markets; (v) comprehensive nuclear and other environmental and hazardous substance remediation as well as management and operations services for governmental and private-sector clients and (vi) design, engineering, construction, management and operations, and closure services for weapons and chemical demilitarization programs for governmental clients. In providing these services, we enter into four basic types of contracts: fixed-price or lump-sum contracts providing for a fixed price for all work to be performed; fixed-unit-price contracts providing for a fixed price for each unit of work to be performed; target-price contracts providing for an agreed upon price whereby we absorb cost escalations to the extent of our expected fee or profit and are reimbursed for costs which continue to escalate beyond our expected fee and share in the cost savings based on a negotiated formula; and cost-type contracts providing for reimbursement of costs plus a fee. Engineering, construction management, maintenance, and environmental and hazardous substance remediation contracts are typically awarded pursuant to a cost-type contract.

We participate in construction joint ventures, often as sponsor and manager of projects, which are formed for the sole purpose of bidding, negotiating and completing specific projects. We participate in two incorporated mining ventures: MIBRAG mbH (“MIBRAG”), a company that operates lignite coal mines and power plants in Germany, and Westmoreland Resources, Inc. (“Westmoreland Resources”), a coal mining company in Montana.

Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Washington Group International and all of its majority-owned subsidiaries and certain majority-owned construction joint ventures. Investments in non-consolidated construction joint ventures are accounted for by the equity method on the balance sheet with our proportionate share of revenue, cost of revenue and gross profit included in the consolidated statements of income. Investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for using the equity method. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

On March 22, 1999, we and BNFL Nuclear Services, Inc. (“BNFL”) acquired the government and environmental services businesses of CBS Corporation (now Viacom, Inc.). We refer to these businesses, together with other government services operations, as the “Government Services Business.” The Government Services Business manages highly complex facilities and programs for the U.S. Department of Energy (“DoE”) and U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”) and provides engineering, construction, management, and risk-analysis services for a variety of governmental markets. The Government Services Business currently makes up our Energy & Environment and Defense business units. See Note 15, “Acquisition of BNFL’s Interest in Government Services Business,” for a discussion of our acquisition of BNFL’s minority interest in the Government Services Business.

II-41

On July 7, 2000, we purchased from Raytheon Company and Raytheon Engineers & Constructors International, Inc. (“RECI”) the capital stock of the subsidiaries of RECI and specified other assets of RECI and assumed specified liabilities of RECI. The businesses that we purchased, that we refer to as “RE&C”, provide engineering, design, procurement, construction, operation, maintenance, and other services on a global basis.

On May 14, 2001, due to near-term liquidity problems resulting from our acquisition of RE&C, we filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. On December 21, 2001, the bankruptcy court entered an order confirming the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, Inc., et al., as modified (the “Plan of Reorganization”). The Plan of Reorganization became effective and we emerged from bankruptcy protection on January 25, 2002.

As of February 1, 2002, we adopted fresh-start reporting pursuant to the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (“SOP”) 90-7, Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code. In connection with the adoption of fresh-start reporting, we created a new entity for financial reporting purposes. The effective date of our emergence from bankruptcy protection is considered to be the close of business on February 1, 2002 for financial reporting purposes.

Our fiscal year is the 52/53 weeks ending on the Friday closest to December 31.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Revenue recognition

We follow the provisions of SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts. We recognize revenue on engineering and construction-type contracts using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting whereby revenue is recognized as performance under the contract progresses. For most of our fixed-price and target-price contracts, we use a cost-to-cost approach to measure progress towards completion. Under the cost-to-cost method, we make periodic estimates of our progress towards completion by comparing costs incurred to date with total estimated contract costs. Revenue is then calculated on a cumulative basis (project-to-date) as the total contract value multiplied by the current percentage complete. Revenue for a reporting period is calculated as the cumulative project-to-date revenue less project revenue recognized in prior periods. However, we defer profit recognition on fixed-price and target-priced contracts until progress is sufficient to estimate the probable outcome, which generally does not occur until the project is at least 20 percent complete.

For contracts that include significant materials or equipment costs, we use an efforts expended method to measure progress towards completion based on labor hours, labor dollars or some other measurement of physical completion. For certain long-term contracts involving mining and environmental and hazardous substance remediation, progress towards completion is measured using the units of production method. Revenue from reimbursable or cost-plus contracts is recognized on the basis of costs incurred during the period plus the fee earned. Service-related contracts, including operations and maintenance contracts, are accounted for over the period of performance, in proportion to the costs of performance, evenly over the period or over units of production. Award fees associated with U.S. government contracts are initially estimated and recognized based on historical performance until the client has confirmed the final award fee. Performance-based incentive fees are included in contract value when a basis exists for the reasonable prediction of performance in relation to established targets. When a basis for reasonable prediction does not exist, performance-based incentive fees are recognized when actually awarded by the client.

The amount of revenue recognized also depends on whether the contract or project is determined to be an “at-risk” or an “agency” relationship between the client and us. Determination of the relationship is based on characteristics of the contract or the relationship with the client. For at-risk relationships, the gross revenue and the costs of materials, services, payroll, benefits, non-income tax and other costs are recognized in our statements of income. For agency relationships, where we act as an agent for our client, only fee revenue is recognized, meaning that direct project costs and the related reimbursement from the client are netted.

II-42

The use of the percentage-of-completion method for revenue recognition requires the use of various estimates, including among others, the extent of progress towards completion, contract completion costs and contract revenue. Profit margins to be recognized are dependent upon the accuracy of estimated engineering progress, materials quantities, achievement of milestones and other incentives, penalty provisions, labor productivity and other cost estimates. Such estimates are dependent upon various judgments we make with respect to those factors, and some are difficult to accurately determine until the project is significantly underway. Progress is evaluated each reporting period. We recognize adjustments to profitability on contracts utilizing the percentage-of-completion method on a cumulative basis, when such adjustments are identified. We have a history of making reasonably dependable estimates of the extent of progress towards completion, contract revenue and contract completion costs on our long-term engineering and construction-type contracts. However, due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that actual completion costs may vary from estimates. In limited circumstances, we may use the completed-contract method for specific contracts for which reasonably dependable estimates cannot be made or for which inherent hazards make the estimates doubtful. The completed contract method was not utilized during any of the periods presented.

Change orders and claims

Once contract performance is underway, we often experience changes in conditions, client requirements, specifications, designs, materials and work schedule. Generally, a “change order” will be negotiated with our customer to modify the original contract to approve both the scope and price of the change. Occasionally, however, disagreements arise regarding changes, their nature, measurement, timing, and other characteristics that impact costs and revenue under the contract. When a change becomes a point of dispute between our customer and us, we then consider it as a claim.

Costs related to change orders and claims are recognized when they are incurred. Change orders are included in total estimated contract revenue when it is probable that the change order will result in a bona fide addition to contract value and can be reliably estimated. Estimated contract revenue associated with change orders may include amounts in excess of incurred costs (profit) when appropriate. Claims are included in total estimated contract revenue, only to the extent that contract costs related to the claim have been incurred, when it is probable that the claim will result in a bona fide addition to contract value and can be reliably estimated which generally occurs when amounts have been received or awarded. This can lead to a situation where costs are recognized in one period and revenue is recognized when customer agreement is obtained or claim resolution occurs, which can be in subsequent periods. Historical claim recoveries should not be considered indicative of future claim recoveries.  We recognized revenue and related additional contract costs from claims in the following amounts for the periods presented:

	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Revenue from claims	$	22,899		$	30,439		$	35,199
Less additional contract related costs and subcontractors’ share of claim settlements	(1,697		)	(1,901		)	(8,998		)
Net impact on gross profit from claims	$	21,202		$	28,538		$	26,201

Substantially all claims were settled and collected during each respective period for which claim revenue was recognized.

II-43

Estimated losses on uncompleted contracts and changes in contract estimates

We record provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts in the period in which such losses are identified. The cumulative effects of revisions to contract revenue and estimated completion costs are recorded in the accounting period in which the amounts become evident and can be reasonably estimated. These revisions can include such items as the effects of change orders and claims, warranty claims, liquidated damages or other contractual penalties, adjustments for audit findings on U.S. government contracts and contract closeout settlements.

Segmenting contracts

Occasionally a contract may include several elements or phases, each of which was negotiated separately with the customer and agreed to be performed without regard to the performance of others. We follow the criteria set forth in SOP 81-1 when segmenting contracts. In these situations, we segment the contract and assign revenue to the different elements or phases to achieve different rates of profitability based on the relative value of each element or phase to the estimated contract revenue. Values assigned to the segments are based on our normal historical prices and terms of such services to other customers.

Use of estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) necessarily requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and the reported amounts of revenue and costs during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, we review our estimates based on information that is currently available. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates.

Classification of current assets and liabilities

We include in current assets and liabilities amounts realizable and payable under contracts that extend beyond one year. Accounts receivable at December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 included $9,399 and $12,393, respectively, of contract retentions, which are not expected to be collected within one year. Subcontracts payable at December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, included $3,868 and $16,627, respectively, of retentions payable, which are not expected to be paid within one year. Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts contain amounts that, depending on contract performance, resolution of U.S. government contract audits, negotiations, change orders, claims or changes in facts and circumstances, may not require payment within one year.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of liquid securities with remaining maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash.

Restricted Cash

As of December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, we had $52,533 and $61,549, respectively, of restricted cash. Restricted cash consists primarily of cash restricted for use in the normal operations of our consolidated joint ventures, by projects having contractual cash restrictions and by our self-insurance program.

Short-term investments

Short-term investments as of December 31, 2004, consisted of investment grade fixed-income auction rate securities classified as available-for-sale. The short-term investments are stated at fair value that approximated cost, therefore there were no unrealized gains or losses related to these securities included in accumulated other

II-44

comprehensive income at December 31, 2004. The cost of securities sold was based on the specific identification method. At December 31, 2004, short-term investments had contractual maturities generally ranging from 24 to 38 years; however, all securities had provisions to be re-priced as to the interest rate or to be sold within 28 days or less. All auction rate securities were sold in February 2005 and the proceeds were reinvested in cash equivalents.

Accounts and unbilled receivables

Accounts receivable at December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 include allowances for doubtful accounts of $5,811 and $9,419, respectively. Unbilled receivables represent costs incurred under contracts in process that have not yet been invoiced to customers and arise from the use of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, cost reimbursement-type contracts and the timing of billings. Substantially all unbilled receivables at December 30, 2005 are expected to be billed and collected within one year.

Credit risk concentration

By policy, we limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution and place investments with financial institutions evaluated as highly creditworthy. At December 30, 2005, billed and unbilled receivables from the DoE and the DoD totaled $278,737. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to other accounts receivable and unbilled receivables are believed to be limited due to the number, diversification and character of the obligors and our credit evaluation process. Typically, we have not required collateral for such obligations, but we may place liens against property, plant or equipment constructed if a default occurs.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets are subject to annual impairment tests pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Effective February 1, 2002, in conjunction with fresh-start reporting, we used the purchase method of accounting to allocate our reorganization value to our net assets, with the excess recorded as goodwill on the basis of estimates of fair value. For income tax purposes, we have tax deductible goodwill in excess of financial statement goodwill and net operating loss (“NOL”) carryovers for which a valuation allowance was established in fresh-start reporting. As goodwill is deducted for income tax purposes and as the pre-reorganization NOL carryovers are utilized, substantially all the resulting tax benefit reduces financial statement goodwill. Intangible assets of $37,400 are included in other assets as of December 30, 2005 and consist of minority interest in certain contracts and customer related intangibles acquired from BNFL.  See Note 15, “Acquisition of BNFL’s Interest in Government Services Business”.  These intangible assets are being amortized over estimated useful lives ranging from seven to eight years. The estimated aggregate amortization expense will be approximately $14,000 in 2006 and approximately $4,000 for each of the next four years.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment was stated at estimated fair value as of February 1, 2002. Subsequent major renewals and improvements are capitalized at cost, while maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred. Depreciation of construction and mining equipment is provided based on the straight-line and accelerated methods, after an allowance for estimated salvage value, over estimated lives of 2 to 10 years. Depreciation of buildings is provided based on the straight-line method over estimated lives of 10 to 15 years, and improvements are amortized over the shorter of the asset life or lease term. Depreciation of equipment is provided based on the straight-line method over estimated lives of 3 to 12 years. Upon disposition, cost and related accumulated depreciation of property and equipment are removed from the accounts, and the gain or loss is reflected in results of operations.

Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts represent amounts actually billed to clients, and perhaps collected, in excess of costs incurred and profits recognized on a project. Also, we occasionally negotiate advance payments as a contract condition. These advance payments are reflected in billings

II-45

in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts. Provisions for losses on contracts, reclamation reserves on mining contracts and reserves for punch-list costs, demobilization and warranty costs on contracts that have achieved substantial completion and reserves for audit and contract closing adjustments on U.S. government contracts are also included in billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts. The following table summarizes the components of billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts.

	December 30, 2005		December 31, 2004
Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts	$	92,298	$	112,628
Estimated costs to complete long-term contracts	21,192		28,371
Net liabilities of construction joint ventures	72,366		27,708
Other reserves	53,250		35,556
	$	239,106	$	204,263

The caption “Net liabilities of construction joint ventures” above, represents our share of unconsolidated construction joint ventures that had an excess of liabilities over assets primarily due to accrued contract losses. See Note 4, “Ventures.”

Restructuring charges

In connection with restructuring actions to improve operational efficiency and reduce employment levels and excess facilities, we recorded restructuring charges in prior periods. The remaining restructuring liabilities, primarily relating to building leases for vacated excess facilities, amounted to $4,241, $6,178 and $9,454 as of December 30, 2005, December 31, 2004, and January 2, 2004, respectively. The year-to-year decrease is primarily due to lease payments made during the respective periods.

Self-insurance reserves

Self-insurance reserves represent reserves established through a program under which we self-insure certain business risks. We carry substantial premium-paid, traditional insurance for our various business risks; however, we self-insure the lower level deductibles for workers’ compensation and general, automobile and professional liability. Our total self-insurance reserves at December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 are $79,234 and $79,429, respectively. The current portion of the self-insurance reserves of $12,301 and $11,484 at December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively, is included in other accrued liabilities.

Foreign currency translation

The functional currency for foreign operations is generally the local currency. Translation of assets and liabilities to U.S. dollars is based on exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Translation of revenue and expenses to U.S. dollars is based on a weighted-average rate during the period. Translation gains or losses, net of income tax effects, are reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss), except for translation gains or losses related to short-term duration construction and engineering projects which are recognized currently. Gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are included in results of operations.

Income taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the income tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Tax credits are generally recognized in the year they arise.

II-46

Income per share

Basic income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income per share is computed similar to basic income per share except that it reflects the potential dilution from dilutive common stock equivalents using the treasury stock method. Outstanding common stock equivalents consist of options and warrants to purchase common stock and restricted stock. See Note 14, “Capital Stock, Stock Purchase Warrants and Stock Compensation Plans.”

During the year ended January 2, 2004, the weighted average number of anti-dilutive outstanding warrants and options excluded from the computation of diluted income per share was 7,749 and 3,270, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2004 and December 30, 2005, the weighted average number of anti-dilutive outstanding warrants and options excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share was not significant.

Stock-based compensation

We have used the intrinsic value method to account for stock-based employee compensation under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Bulletin (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations for all periods presented. The following table presents the pro forma effect on net income and income per share as if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to stock-based employee compensation. Our stock-based employee compensation plans, together with the assumptions used to determine fair values, are described in Note 14, “Capital Stock, Stock Purchase Warrants and Stock Compensation Plans.”

	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Net income as reported	$	58,366		$	51,137		$	42,063
Deduct: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards (1)	(9,650		)	(7,010		)	(15,923		)
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense recognized	2,259			1,164			6,174
Tax effects	2,885			2,282			3,805
Pro forma net income	$	53,860		$	47,573		$	36,119
Income per share:
As reported – basic	$	2.24		$	2.02		$	1.68
As reported – diluted	1.93			1.86			1.66
Pro forma – basic	2.07			1.88			1.44
Pro forma – diluted	1.78			1.73			1.43

(1)We present pro forma compensation cost assuming all stock options granted will vest with recognition of actual forfeitures as they occur.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for prior years to conform to the current year presentation. The reclassifications did not impact previously reported revenue, operating income, net income, total assets, total liabilities or stockholders’ equity.

II-47

3.ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Adoption of accounting standards

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets – An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29. APB Opinion No. 29 provided an exception to the basic measurement principle (fair value) for exchanges of similar productive assets. That exception required that some non-monetary exchanges, although commercially substantive, be recorded on a carryover basis. SFAS No. 153 eliminates the exception to fair value for exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchange transactions that do not have commercial substance – that is, transactions that are not expected to result in significant changes in the cash flows of the reporting entity. We were required to adopt SFAS No. 153 in the third quarter of 2005. The adoption had no impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In March 2005, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143 (“FIN 47”). FIN 47 clarifies the term conditional asset retirement obligation as used in SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, and requires a liability to be recorded if the fair value of the obligation can be reasonably estimated. The types of asset retirement obligations that are covered by FIN 47 are those for which an entity has a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity; however the timing and (or) method of settling the obligation are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. FIN 47 also clarifies when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. We were required to adopt FIN 47 in the fourth quarter of 2005. The adoption had no impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Recently issued accounting standards

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised), Share-Based Payment. SFAS No. 123-R replaces SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. Adoption of SFAS No. 123-R will require us to record a non-cash expense for our stock compensation plans using the fair value method. Historically we have recorded our compensation cost in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25, which does not require the recording of an expense for stock options if they were granted at a price equal to the fair market value of common stock on the grant date. SFAS No. 123-R is effective for us beginning the first quarter of 2006. Based on options outstanding as of December 30, 2005, and estimated future option grants in 2006, we estimate the adoption of SFAS No. 123-R will result in an additional pre-tax expense of approximately $8.0 million in 2006.

In the mining industry, companies may be required to remove overburden and waste materials to access mineral deposits. The costs of removing overburden and waste materials are referred to as “stripping costs.” MIBRAG incurs significant stripping costs in its lignite coal mining operations. In March 2005, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on Issue No. 04-6, Accounting for Stripping Costs Incurred during Production in the Mining Industry. The EITF concluded that stripping costs incurred during the production phase of a mine are variable production costs that should be included in the cost of inventory produced during the period that stripping costs are incurred. EITF No. 04-6 is effective for us in the first quarter of 2006. Based upon MIBRAG’s deferred stripping costs recorded as of December 30, 2005, the adoption of EITF No. 04-6 will result in a reduction of our investments in unconsolidated affiliates and a reduction of total stockholders’ equity of $83.2 million and $54.1 million, respectively. EITF No. 04-6 provides that any adjustment from adoption be recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption which will not affect our earnings in 2006. MIBRAG’s mines are open pit lignite coal mines which cover several square miles and have an estimated remaining life of 40 or more years. Because of the mining procedures used, MIBRAG generally does not maintain any significant inventory of mined coal. Accordingly, under EITF No. 04-6 costs of removing overburden will be expensed in the period incurred. The execution of the mine plan may result in fiscal periods during which costs incurred for the removal of overburden will not bear a direct relationship to the revenue derived from the sale of coal. This may result in a degree of variability in the future reported earnings of MIBRAG.

II-48

4.VENTURES

Construction joint ventures

We participate in unconsolidated construction joint ventures that are formed to bid, negotiate and complete specific projects. The unconsolidated construction joint ventures are reflected in our consolidated balance sheets as investments in and advances to construction joint ventures accounted for under the equity method, and our proportionate share of revenue, cost of revenue and gross profit is included in our consolidated statements of income. The size, scope and duration of joint-venture projects vary among periods. The tables below present the financial information of our unconsolidated construction joint ventures in which we do not hold a controlling interest but do exercise significant influence. At December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, $72,366 and $27,708, respectively, was included in our consolidated balance sheet under the caption “Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts,” representing our share of the excess of liabilities over assets primarily due to accrued contract losses of unconsolidated construction joint ventures.

Combined financial position of unconsolidated construction joint ventures
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004
Current assets	$	298,935		$	265,111
Property and equipment, net	9,582			4,403
Current liabilities	(353,728		)	(254,993		)
Net assets (liabilities)	$	(45,211	)	$	14,521

Combined results of operations of unconsolidated construction joint ventures	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Revenue	$	1,060,782		$	704,729		$	702,648
Cost of revenue	(1,153,194		)	(716,755		)	(624,535		)
Gross profit (loss)	$	(92,412	)	$	(12,026	)	$	78,113
Washington Group International’s share of results of operations of unconsolidated construction joint ventures
Revenue	$	477,138		$	281,890		$	271,218
Cost of revenue	(522,233		)	(294,367		)	(239,881		)
Gross profit (loss)	$	(45,095	)	$	(12,477	)	$	31,337

During 2004, a construction joint venture in which we have a 50 percent interest recognized a contract loss on a $377,700 fixed-price roadway interchange and bridge project. Our share of the loss amounted to $27,500. During the second quarter of 2005, the final design for a major portion of the project was completed. Based on the final design and combined with what we believe to be a number of changes directed by the clients, or the state regulatory agency, the estimated costs increased significantly due to quantity growth, cost escalation, and additional labor required. Also, the changes resulted in a later completion date with the attendant costs. We have continued to monitor and evaluate the estimated total costs associated with this project and during the third and fourth quarters of 2005, experienced further cost increases, primarily associated with subcontract and material cost escalation, higher labor costs, and additional schedule impacts. The revisions to estimated costs resulted in a charge to earnings of $72,500 for 2005 and brings our share of the total estimated contract loss to $100,000 as of December 30, 2005.

To date, only a small portion of the cost increases have been agreed to with the clients and acknowledged with a change order. As of December 30, 2005, the project is approximately 41 percent complete, measured on a cost-to-cost basis, and is scheduled to be complete in the first half of 2007. Pending change orders and claims submitted to the client total approximately $95,400 (of which our share is $47,700), an additional $32,300 are in process (of which our share is $16,150) and we believe more are to follow. We believe there will be significant recoveries once the claim process is completed. Because we have not been able to reach agreement on the change orders and claims, recoveries will be recognized only when it is probable they will result in additional revenue

II-49

and the amounts can be reliably estimated. While the entire amount of the current estimated loss has been recognized, actual results may differ from our estimates.

Unconsolidated affiliates

At December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, we held ownership interests in unconsolidated affiliates that are accounted for under the equity method, the most significant of which are two incorporated mining ventures: MIBRAG (50 percent) and Westmoreland Resources (20 percent). We provide consulting services to MIBRAG and contract mining services to Westmoreland Resources. The tables below present the financial information of our unconsolidated affiliates in which we do not hold a controlling interest but do exercise significant influence.

Combined financial position of unconsolidated affiliates
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004
Current assets	$	156,537		$	184,801
Property and equipment, net	530,140			615,475
Other non-current assets	622,217			686,849
Current liabilities	(88,710		)	(98,424		)
Long-term debt, non-recourse to parents	(225,512		)	(257,950		)
Other non-current liabilities	(648,085		)	(769,739		)
Net assets	$	346,587		$	361,012

Combined results of operations of unconsolidated affiliates	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Revenue	$	481,632		$	457,219		$	447,386
Costs and expenses	(420,843		)	(401,182		)	(394,847		)
Gross profit	$	60,789		$	56,037		$	52,539

In March 2005, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 04-6, Accounting for Stripping Costs Incurred during Production in the Mining Industry. EITF No. 04-6 is effective for us in the first quarter of 2006 and upon adoption will have a significant impact on our investment in MIBRAG. See Note 3, “Accounting Standards”.

5.SALE OF BUSINESS

On April 18, 2003, we sold the process technology development portion of our petroleum and chemical business (the “Technology Center”) for $17,700 and recognized a gain of $4,946 on the sale reflected as other operating income in 2003. Operating results for the Technology Center are included as part of the “Intersegment and other unallocated operating costs” in Note 11, “Operating Segment, Geographic and Customer Information” through the date of the sale. Operating results of the Technology Center included in our consolidated results of operations for the year ended January 2, 2004 consisted of $9,989 of revenue and a net loss of $590.

6.GOODWILL

The following table reflects the changes in the carrying value of goodwill from January 2, 2004 to December 30, 2005. We reduce goodwill as a result of amortization of the excess of tax deductible goodwill over financial statement goodwill and for actual and forecast usage of pre-reorganization NOL carryovers. Goodwill of a subsidiary is assigned each year to the reporting segments to which the subsidiary was providing service in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. In addition, as disclosed in Note 11, “Operating Segment, Geographic and Customer Information,” certain operations were transferred among business units during 2004. Goodwill was also impacted by the transactions completed with BNFL in the current year as discussed in Note 15, “Acquisition of BNFL’s Interest in Government Services Business.”

II-50

Goodwill activity by reporting segment				Industrial/										Energy &
	Power			Process			Infrastructure			Mining	Defense			Environment			Total
Balance at January 2, 2004	$	7,247		$	90,081		$	50,574		—	$	38,473		$	173,528		$	359,903
Reorganization of reporting structure	7,000			(10,656		)	(1,536		)	—	720			4,472			—
Adjustment for amortization of tax goodwill, and utilization of NOL’s	(1,588		)	(21,493		)	(12,907		)	—	(7,327		)	(8,771		)	(52,086		)
Balance at December 31, 2004	12,659			57,932			36,131			—	31,866			169,229			307,817
Reorganization of reporting structure	1,908			794			(2,613		)	—	(89		)	—			—
Adjustment for amortization of tax goodwill, utilization of NOL’s and reduction of tax contingency liability	(2,490		)	(33,719		)	(20,247		)	—	(11,494		)	(13,765		)	(81,715		)
Impact of BNFL acquisition	—			—			—			—	(1,152		)	(62,680		)	(63,832		)
Balance at December 30, 2005	$	12,077		$	25,007		$	13,271		—	$	19,131		$	92,784		$	162,270

We perform our annual goodwill impairment test for all of our reporting segments as of the end of October in conjunction with our annual budgeting and forecasting process. There has been no goodwill impairment during the years ended December 30, 2005, December 31, 2004, and January 2, 2004.

7.CREDIT FACILITY

We have a Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the “Credit Facility”) that provides for up to $350,000 in the aggregate of loans and other financial accommodations allocated pro rata between a tranche A facility and a tranche B facility. On June 14, 2005, we amended and restated the Credit Facility to include more favorable terms, increase the tranche A to $247,500 from $115,000 and decrease the tranche B to $102,500 from $235,000. As amended and restated, the scheduled termination date for both tranche A and tranche B is June 14, 2010. The borrowing rate for tranche A is LIBOR plus an additional margin of 2.00 percent or, at our option, prime plus an additional margin of 1.00 percent, subject in each case to a 0.25 percent reduction upon our obtaining a specified long-term debt rating. The borrowing rate for tranche B is LIBOR plus an additional margin of 1.75 percent or, at our option, prime plus an additional margin of 0.75 percent. As of December 30, 2005, the effective borrowing rate was 6.39 percent for tranche A and 6.14 percent for tranche B.

The Credit Facility also provides for other fees, including commitment and letter of credit fees, normal and customary for such credit agreements. Under the current terms of the agreement, letters of credit are allocated pro rata between the facilities on the same basis as loans. Letter of credit fees are calculated using the applicable LIBOR margins stated above plus an issuance fee which is negotiated with the issuing bank. Commitment fees are calculated on the remaining borrowing capacity of each tranche after subtracting any outstanding borrowings and letters of credit. The commitment fee is 0.50 percent for tranche A (subject to a 0.25 percent reduction upon our obtaining a specified long-term debt rating) and 1.75 percent (or at our option, prime plus an additional margin of 0.75 percent) for tranche B. At December 30, 2005, $92,000 face amount of letters of credit were issued and outstanding and no borrowings were outstanding leaving a borrowing capacity of $258,000 under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility contains financial covenants requiring the maintenance of specified financial and operating ratios, and specified events of default that are typical for a credit facility of this size, type and tenor. The Credit Facility also contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of some of our subsidiaries to incur debt, grant liens, provide guarantees, make investments, merge with or acquire other companies and pay dividends. At December 30, 2005, we were in compliance with all of the financial covenants under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the assets of Washington Group International and our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries.

As a result of the June 14, 2005 amendment to the Credit Facility, $3,588 of deferred financing fees were written off during the year ended December 30, 2005. During the year ended January 2, 2004, $9,831 of

II-51

unamortized financing fees associated with a prior credit facility were written off upon the signing of the Credit Facility.

8.TAXES ON INCOME

The components of the U.S. federal, state and foreign income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:

	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Currently payable:
U.S. federal	$	661		$	611		$	684
State	(216		)	548			1,247
Foreign	4,575			3,629			4,927
Total current expense	5,020			4,788			6,858
Deferred:
U.S. federal	27,896			37,526			34,605
State	(3,178		)	4,517			4,175
Foreign	168			(7,306		)	1,250
Total deferred expense	24,886			34,737			40,030
Income tax expense	$	29,906		$	39,525		$	46,888

The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities and the related valuation allowances were as follows:

Deferred tax assets and liabilities	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004
Deferred tax assets:
Goodwill	$	21,075		$	18,051
Compensation and benefits	79,293			51,946
Depreciation	3,127			1,322
Provision for losses	34,493			35,131
Joint ventures	29,514			13,101
Revenue recognition	1,652			6,514
Self-insurance reserves	36,147			33,702
Alternative minimum tax	16,817			17,098
Foreign tax credit	22,557			17,461
Net operating loss carryovers	135,981			146,487
Valuation allowances	(107,949		)	(131,244		)
Other, net	9,811			6,831
Total deferred tax assets	282,518			216,400
Deferred tax liability:
Investment in affiliates	(48,069		)	(57,578		)
Total deferred tax assets, net	$	234,449		$	158,822

As of December 30, 2005, we have remaining tax goodwill of $577,907 resulting from prior acquisitions. The amortization of this goodwill is deductible over remaining periods ranging from 8.2 to 9.5 years. The annual tax amortization will be $61,757 for the next 8 years and decrease thereafter. At December 30, 2005, we had federal NOL carryovers of $159,411, most of which is subject to an annual limitation of $26,510. The federal NOL carryovers expire in years 2020 through 2022. We also have foreign NOL carryovers of $165,527, most of which are not subject to expiration. The foreign NOL carryovers primarily consist of losses incurred on two construction projects in the United Kingdom which were acquired as part of the RE&C acquisition. We also have $1,690 of foreign tax credits that expire in 2015 and $20,867 of foreign tax credits which currently have no expiration date.

II-52

The $107,949 of valuation allowances reduce the deferred tax assets associated with foreign tax credits and the NOL carryovers to a level which will, more likely than not, be realized based on estimated future taxable income. As the NOL is used against taxable income or the valuation allowance is no longer considered necessary, the valuation allowance will be reduced, substantially all of which will result in a corresponding reduction to financial statement goodwill until such goodwill is reduced to zero. During 2004 and 2005, based on actual and forecasted utilization of NOL carryovers the valuation allowance was decreased by $17,365 and $27,884, respectively. The tax effect of the change resulted in an additional $11,116 deferred tax asset in 2004 and $17,850 in 2005. The combined amounts of $28,481 and $45,734 were recorded as reductions to goodwill in 2004 and 2005. During these years, the valuation allowance also had minor adjustments due to foreign currency translation and changes in utilization estimates.

Years prior to 2002 are closed to examination for federal tax purposes. We have evaluated the available evidence about both asserted and unasserted income tax contingencies in our income tax returns filed with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), state, local and foreign tax authorities. We have recorded $5,091 for income tax contingencies which represents our estimate of the amount that is probable and estimable of being payable, if successfully challenged by such tax authorities, under the provisions of SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies. During 2005, we settled with the IRS on disputes involving tax years 1994 through 1997. The settlement amount was less than had been previously recorded as a contingent liability. In accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, the reduction to the liability, which was recorded as of the date of our reorganization, resulted in a $12,710 reduction of goodwill. We have not received either written or oral tax opinions that are contrary to our assessment of the recorded income tax provision and income tax contingency accrual.

Income tax expense (benefit) differed from income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35.0 percent as follows:

	Year ended		Year ended		Year ended
	December 30, 2005		December 31, 2004		January 2, 2004
Federal tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State tax, net of federal benefit	(2.5	)	3.1		3.2
Nondeductible items	2.5		2.1		2.8
Domestic reinvestment plan	(4.0	)	—		—
Foreign tax	0.9		(2.9	)	1.3
Effective tax rate	31.9	%	37.3	%	42.3	%

Income from work performed in the Middle East is generally not subject to state income tax. As a result of our increase in earningsin the Middle East, the state tax effective rate is substantially lower than in previous periods. Also, in preparing the state income tax returns for 2004, we revised our estimate of the impact of foreign earnings not subject to state income taxes. The result of this change in estimate was a $2,011 tax benefit recorded in the year ended December 30, 2005.

During the year ended December 30, 2005, we implemented a domestic reinvestment plan for dividends received from our interest in MIBRAG. The plan allowed us to take advantage of a temporary dividend received deduction and generated a $3,846 tax benefit.

Foreign taxes for all three years presented include a benefit for current year losses in certain foreign jurisdictions. A full valuation allowance has been provided against the resulting foreign NOL’s. Non-deductible items were principally comprised of non-deductible reorganization expenses, lobbying expenses, and the non-deductible portion of meals and entertainment expenses.

The U.S. government ratified the protocol modifying the income tax treaty between the U.S. and the Netherlands in December 2004. The protocol eliminates the five percent Netherlands withholding tax on dividends from Netherlands subsidiaries received after February 1, 2005. The net impact of the elimination of the

II-53

Netherlands withholding tax on future dividends was a reduction in our deferred tax liability of $3,623, which decreased income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Income before reorganization items, income taxes and minority interests is comprised of the following:

	Year ended			Year ended,		Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004		January 2, 2004
U.S. source	$	(9,004	)	$	13,950	$	46,018
Foreign source	102,685			90,681		69,741
Income before reorganization items, income taxes and minority interests	$	93,681		$	104,631	$	115,759

9.BENEFIT PLANS

Pension plans and supplemental retirement plans

We sponsor defined benefit pension plans and unfunded supplemental retirement plans, which primarily cover certain groups of current and former employees of the Government Services Business. We utilize actuarial estimates of the pension obligations for financial reporting purposes and make contributions as necessary to meet ERISA funding requirements for these plans. Qualified plan assets are invested in master pension trusts for the Government Services Business that invest primarily in publicly traded common stocks, bonds, government securities and cash equivalents.

Effective January 1, 2006, all of the Government Services Business’ employees, excluding those employed at U.S. government-owned/contractor-operated sites, were converted to the Washington Group International benefits programs. Accordingly, benefits provided under the pension plans were frozen effective December 31, 2005. Accrued pension benefits are based on pay and service through December 31, 2005. The freezing of benefits under the pension plans resulted in a curtailment gain of $2,224.

We use an October 31 measurement date for our pension plans.

Reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets and the funded status of the pension plans are as follows:

	Year ended			Year ended
Change in benefit obligations	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004
Benefit obligations at beginning of period	$	83,128		$	72,207
Service cost	5,466			4,768
Actuarial loss	3,007			4,728
Interest cost	4,782			4,453
Participant contributions	518			510
Impact of benefit freeze	(6,682		)	—
Benefit payments	(4,132		)	(3,538		)
Benefit obligations at end of period	$	86,087		$	83,128
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period	$	21,073		$	14,605
Actual return on plan assets	1,462			1,233
Company contributions	7,689			8,263
Participant contributions	518			510
Benefit payments	(4,132		)	(3,538		)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period	$	26,610		$	21,073

II-54

	Year ended			Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004
Funded status (obligations less fair value of plan assets)	$	(59,477	)	$	(62,055	)
Unrecognized net actuarial loss	5,492			12,559
Unrecognized prior service cost	—			12
Accrued benefit cost	(53,985		)	(49,484		)
Contributions made after the measurement date	621			545
Accrued benefit cost at end of period	$	(53,364	)	$	(48,939	)

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets for the pension plans are as follows:

	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004
Accrued benefit liability	$	(59,484	)	$	(55,986	)
Intangible asset	—			1
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	6,120			4,846
Minority interest in other comprehensive loss	—			2,200
Net amount recognized	$	(53,364	)	$	(48,939	)

We expect to contribute $11,600 to the pension plans in 2006. At December 30, 2005, the benefit obligation for each pension plan exceeded the fair value of plan assets. Pension benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years and in the aggregate for the next succeeding five years are $3,887, $4,043, $4,228, $4,425, $4,648 and $27,000, respectively, at December 30, 2005.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $86,087 and $77,099 at December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.

The components of net pension costs for the plans are as follows:

	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
Components of net pension costs	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Service cost	$	5,466		$	4,769		$	3,367
Interest cost	4,782			4,453			4,091
Expected return on assets	(1,823		)	(1,336		)	(923		)
Recognized net actuarial loss	386			175			125
Prior service costs	(133		)	—			—
Net periodic pension costs before curtailment gain	8,678			8,061			6,660
Curtailment gain	(2,224		)	—			—
Net periodic pension costs	$	6,454		$	8,061		$	6,660

The actuarial assumptions used to determine pension benefit obligations for the plans are as follows:

	December 30, 2005	December 31, 2004
Discount rates	5.8% to 5.9%	5.5% to 6.0%
Compensation increases	—	4.0
Expected return on assets	8.0	8.0

Experience gains and losses, as well as the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and plan provisions, are amortized over the average future service period of employees.

II-55

To determine the overall expected long-term rate of return on assets, we evaluate the following: (i) expectations of investment performance based on the specific investment policies and strategy for each class of plan assets, (ii) historical rates of return for each significant category of plan assets and (iii) other relevant market and company specific factors we believe have historically impacted long-term rates of return.

Separate investment committees manage the assets of the two master trusts, which hold the plan assets. In accordance with the investment guidelines, the assets of the funds are invested in a manner consistent with the fiduciary standards of the ERISA. The investments are made solely in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the participants and their beneficiaries. The asset allocation targets for these two master trusts are approximately 60 percent in equities and 40 percent in fixed income securities. Actual allocation percentages will vary from the target percentages based on short-term fluctuations in cash flows and market fluctuations.

The pension plan’s weighted-average asset allocations by asset category are:

Asset category	December 30, 2005		December 31, 2004
U.S. equity securities	55	%	58	%
Fixed income debt securities	33		34
Non-U.S. equity securities	6		6
Cash and cash equivalents	6		2

Post-retirement benefit plans

We provide benefits under company-sponsored retiree health care and life insurance plans for certain groups of employees, some of which require retiree contributions and contain other cost sharing features. The retiree life insurance plans provide basic coverage on a noncontributory basis. In connection with the transition of certain groups of Government Services Business’ employees to Washington Group International’s benefit programs, retiree health care and life insurance benefits were terminated for anyone retiring after December 31, 2005. Accordingly, all benefits provided under company-sponsored health care and life insurance plans are frozen. The termination of retiree medical and life insurance benefits for anyone retiring after December 31, 2005 resulted in a curtailment gain of $7,065 during the year ended December 30, 2005. We reserve the right to amend or terminate the post-retirement benefits currently provided under the plans and may increase retirees’ cash contributions at any time.

We use an October 31 measurement date for our post-retirement benefit plans.

Reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of post-retirement benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets and the funded status are as follows:

	Year ended			Year ended
Change in post-retirement benefit obligations	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004
Benefit obligations at beginning of period	$	59,221		$	54,890
Service cost	613			1,911
Interest cost	2,889			3,397
Initial obligation	575			—
Impact of benefit freeze	(7,065		)	—
Participant contributions	1,235			1,201
Benefit payments	(5,824		)	(4,926		)
Actuarial (gain) loss	(4,901		)	2,748
Benefit obligations at end of period	$	46,743		$	59,221

II-56

	Year ended			Year ended
Change in plan assets	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period	$	—		$	—
Company contributions	4,589			3,725
Participant contributions	1,235			1,201
Benefit payments	(5,824		)	(4,926		)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period	$	—		$	—
Funded status (obligations less fair value of plan assets)	$	(46,743	)	$	(59,221	)
Unrecognized net actuarial loss	6,345			11,073
Accrued benefit cost	(40,398		)	(48,148		)
Contributions made after the measurement date	643			736
Accrued benefit cost at end of period	$	(39,755	)	$	(47,412	)

We expect to contribute $3,800 to our post-retirement plans in 2006. Post-retirement benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years and in the aggregate for the next succeeding five years are $3,797, $3,902, $3,938, $3,959, $3,965, and $19,131, respectively, at December 30, 2005.

The components of net post-retirement benefits cost are as follows:

Components of net post-retirement benefits (gain) cost	Year ended			Year ended		Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004		January 2, 2004
Service cost	$	640		$	1,456	$	889
Interest cost	2,889			3,397		3,119
Recognized net actuarial gain	280			306		—
Recognition of initial obligation	—			287		—
Net post-retirement benefits cost before curtailment gain	3,809			5,446		4,008
Curtailment gain	(7,065		)	—		—
Net post-retirement benefits (gain) cost	$	(3,256	)	$	5,446	$	4,008

The actuarial assumptions used to determine post-retirement benefit obligations are as follows:

	Year ended	Year ended
	December 30, 2005	December 31, 2004
Discount rates	5.7% to 5.9%	5.25% to 6.25%
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year	10.0%	10.0%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)	5.0%	5.0%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate	2011	2010

Experience gains and losses, as well as the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and plan provisions, are amortized over the average future service period of employees.

The health care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported for health care plans. The effect of a 1 percent change in this assumption would be as follows:

II-57

Post-retirement benefits	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004
Effect on total of service and interest cost
1% point increase	$	305		$	647
1% point decrease	(251		)	(501		)
Effect on accumulated projected benefit obligation
1% point increase	2,787			4,565
1% point decrease	(2,432		)	(3,882		)

Deferred compensation plans

We provide nonqualified plans for executives. We have a deferred compensation plan which allows for deferral of salary and incentive compensation beyond amounts allowed under our 401(k) plan and a restoration plan that provides matching contributions on compensation not eligible for matching contributions under our 401(k) plan. As of December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, the accrued benefit amounts are $13,876 and $9,262, respectively, and are included in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Other retirement plans

We sponsor a number of defined contribution retirement plans. Participation in these plans is available to substantially all salaried employees and to certain groups of hourly employees. Our cash contributions to these plans are based on either a percentage of employee contributions or on a specified amount per hour depending on the provisions of each plan. The net cost of these plans was $24,726, $26,600 and $28,915 for the years ended December 30, 2005, December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively.

Multiemployer pension plans

We participate in and make contributions to numerous construction-industry multiemployer pension plans. Generally, the plans provide defined benefits to substantially all employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, a contributor to a multiemployer plan is liable, upon termination or withdrawal from a plan, for its proportionate share of a plan’s unfunded vested liability. We currently have no intention of withdrawing from any of the multiemployer pension plans in which we participate. The net cost of these plans was $27,713, $31,290 and $51,566 in the years ended December 30, 2005, December 31, 2004  and January 2, 2004, respectively.

10.TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

We purchased goods and services from companies owned by the chairman of our board of directors as follows:

	Year ended		Year ended		Year ended
	December 30, 2005		December 31, 2004		January 2, 2004
Capital expenditures	$	2,529	$	160	$	25
Lease and maintenance of corporate aircraft	2,223		1,904		1,875
Parts, rentals, overhauls and repairs of construction equipment	856		1,055		1,242
Other	59		272		3

II-58

We mined and sold ballast used in railroad beds to affiliates of the chairman of our board of directors as follows:

	Year ended		Year ended		Year ended
	December 30, 2005		December 31, 2004		January 2, 2004
Ballast sales	$	485	$	681	$	667

Construction materials and services were purchased by us from firms owned by or affiliated with persons who were members of our board of directors at the time of purchase as follows:

	Year ended		Year ended		Year ended
	December 30, 2005		December 31, 2004		January 2, 2004
Construction materials and services	$	1,782	$	1,362	$	203

11.OPERATING SEGMENT, GEOGRAPHIC AND CUSTOMER INFORMATION

We operate through six business units, each of which comprises a separate reportable business segment: Power, Infrastructure, Mining, Industrial/Process, Defense and Energy & Environment. The reportable segments are separately managed, serve different markets and customers and differ in their expertise, technology and resources necessary to perform their services.

Power provides engineering, construction and operations and maintenance services in both nuclear and fossil power markets for turnkey new power plant construction, plant expansion, retrofit and modification, decontamination and decommissioning, general planning, siting and licensing and environmental permitting.

Infrastructure provides diverse engineering and construction and construction management services for highways and bridges, airports and seaports, tunnels and tube tunnels, railroad and transit lines, water storage and transport, water treatment, site development and hydroelectric facilities. The business unit generally performs as a general contractor or as a joint venture partner with other contractors on domestic and international projects.

Mining provides contract-mining, engineering, resource evaluation, geologic modeling, mine planning, simulation modeling, equipment selection, production scheduling and operations management to coal, industrial minerals and metals markets.

Industrial/Process provides engineering, design, procurement, construction services and total facilities management for general manufacturing, pharmaceutical and biotechnology, metals processing, institutional buildings, food and consumer products, automotive, aerospace, telecommunications and pulp and paper industries.

Defense provides a complete range of technical services to the U.S. Department of Defense, including operations and management services, environmental and chemical demilitarization services, waste handling and storage, architectural engineering services and engineering, procurement and construction services for the armed forces.

Energy & Environment provides services to the U.S. Department of Energy, which is responsible for maintaining the nation’s nuclear weapons stockpile and performing environmental cleanup and remediation. The business unit also provides the U.S. government with construction, contract management, supply chain management, quality assurance, administration and environmental cleanup and restoration services. Energy & Environment also provides safety management consulting and waste and environmental technology and engineered products, including radioactive waste containers and technical support services.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. We evaluate performance and allocate resources based on segment assets, gross profit and equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates.  Effective January 3, 2004, certain divisions of the Industrial/Process

II-59

business unit were transferred to the Infrastructure and Energy business units to more closely align the divisions to the markets of the respective business unit.  The prior period operating results for the transferred divisions have been reclassified between business units to conform to the current period organization.

	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Revenue
Power	$	766,131		$	633,981		$	511,788
Infrastructure	665,215			891,081			585,847
Mining	171,071			109,780			84,150
Industrial/Process	424,646			394,739			430,341
Defense	555,754			495,295			506,092
Energy & Environment	602,784			396,570			385,497
Intersegment, eliminations and other	2,853			(6,064		)	(2,564		)
Total revenue	$	3,188,454		$	2,915,382		$	2,501,151
Gross profit (loss)
Power	$	78,748		$	34,493		$	38,595
Infrastructure	(80,190		)	(17,117		)	31,600
Mining	1,416			7,848			4,581
Industrial/Process	2,964			17,151			1,965
Defense	60,283			40,156			49,836
Energy & Environment	66,991			73,567			70,232
Intersegment and other unallocated operating costs	191			(6,067		)	(20,460		)
Total gross profit	$	130,403		$	150,031		$	176,349
Equity in income (loss) of unconsolidated affiliates
Power	$	197		$	260		$	417
Infrastructure	1,084			892			730
Mining	27,205			25,551			25,740
Industrial/Process	588			696			512
Defense	—			—			—
Energy & Environment	522			(482		)	(1,880		)
Intersegment and other	—			—			—
Total equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates	$	29,596		$	26,917		$	25,519
Operating income (loss)
Power	$	78,946		$	34,753		$	39,012
Infrastructure	(79,105		)	(16,225		)	32,330
Mining	28,621			33,399			33,521
Industrial/Process	3,552			17,847			2,477
Defense	60,283			40,156			49,836
Energy & Environment	67,512			73,085			69,867
Intersegment and other unallocated operating costs	191			(4,624		)	(18,993		)
General and administrative expenses, corporate	(60,482		)	(60,404		)	(57,520		)
Total operating income	$	99,518		$	117,987		$	150,530
Capital expenditures
Power	$	1,279		$	—		$	34
Infrastructure	9,757			20,022			3,651
Mining	38,698			9,947			3,715
Industrial/Process	447			206			303
Defense	(8		)	8			—
Energy & Environment	5,616			1,507			671
Corporate and other	9,638			3,527			3,839
Total capital expenditures	$	65,427		$	35,217		$	12,213
Depreciation
Power	$	288		$	108		$	149
Infrastructure	5,652			5,906			15,461
Mining	8,500			5,913			6,314
Industrial/Process	688			743			1,168
Defense	39			59			103
Energy & Environment	1,334			1,258			1,667
Corporate and other	5,379			4,727			6,507
Total depreciation	$	21,880		$	18,714		$	31,369

II-60

Assets as of	December 30, 2005		December 31, 2004
Power	$	179,147	$	88,672
Infrastructure	197,613		255,704
Mining	247,633		216,911
Industrial/Process	141,543		141,674
Defense	104,463		112,990
Energy & Environment	246,624		280,381
Corporate and other (a)	532,082		491,874
Total assets	$	1,649,105	$	1,588,206

(a)Corporate and other assets principally consist of cash and cash equivalents and deferred tax assets.

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates

At December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, we had $172,448 and $179,347, respectively, in investments accounted for by the equity method, primarily consisting of MIBRAG. These investments were held and reported primarily as part of the Mining business unit.

Geographic areas

Geographic data regarding our revenue is shown below. Revenues are attributed to geographic locations based upon the primary location of work performed. Geographical disclosures of long-lived assets are impracticable to prepare.

	Year ended		Year ended		Year ended
Geographic data	December 30, 2005		December 31, 2004		January 2, 2004
Revenue:
United States	$	2,498,613	$	2,145,175	$	2,259,826
Iraq	380,628		492,430		39,129
Other international	309,213		277,777		202,196
Total revenue	$	3,188,454	$	2,915,382	$	2,501,151

Revenue from other international operations in all periods presented was in numerous geographic areas without significant concentration.

Major customers

Ten percent or more of our total revenue was derived from contracts and subcontracts performed by the Power, Infrastructure, Industrial/Process, Defense, and Energy & Environment business units to the following customers for the periods presented:

	Year ended		Year ended		Year ended
	December 30, 2005		December 31, 2004		January 2, 2004
U.S. Department of Energy	$	617,988	$	409,700	$	340,027
U.S. Department of Defense	927,372		1,086,034		605,942
Raytheon Company	—		—		129,296

II-61

12.CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

Contract related matters

We have cost-type contracts with the U.S. government that require the use of estimated annual rates for indirect costs. The estimated rates are analyzed periodically and adjusted based on changes in the level of indirect costs we expect to incur and the volume of work we expect to perform. The cumulative effect of changes to estimated rates is recorded in the period of the change. Additionally, the allowable indirect costs for U.S. government cost-type contracts are subject to adjustment upon audit by the U.S. government. To the extent that these audits result in determinations that costs claimed as reimbursable are not allowable costs, or were not allocated in accordance with federal regulations, we could be required to reimburse the government for amounts previously received. Audits by the U.S. government of indirect costs are substantially complete through 2002. Audits of 2003 and 2004 indirect costs are in process.

U.S. government Cost Accounting Standards and other regulations also require that accounting changes, as defined, be evaluated for potential impact to the amount of indirect costs allocated to government contracts and that cost impact statements be submitted to the U.S. government for audit. We have prepared and submitted cost impact statements for 1989 through 1998 that have been audited by the U.S. government. We are currently negotiating the resolution of certain proposed audit adjustments to the cost impact statements. We are also in the process of preparing cost impact statements for 1999 through 2005.

While we have recorded reserves for amounts we believe are owed to the U.S. government under cost-type contracts, actual results may differ from our estimates. We believe that the results of the indirect cost audits, the resolution of the proposed audit adjustments related to the 1989 through 1998 cost impact statements, and the final submission and audit of cost impact statements for 1999 through 2005 will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Letters of credit

In the normal course of business, we cause letters of credit to be issued in connection with contract performance obligations that are not required to be reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We are obligated to reimburse the issuer of such letters of credit for any payments made thereunder. At December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, $119,030 and $157,881, respectively, in face amount of letters of credit were outstanding. We have pledged cash and cash equivalents as collateral for our reimbursement obligations with respect to $27,000 in face amount of letters of credit that were outstanding at December 30, 2005 not related to the Credit Facility. At December 30, 2005, $92,030 of the outstanding letters of credit were issued and outstanding under the Credit Facility.

Long-term leases

Total rental and long-term lease payments for real estate and equipment charged to operations were $76,754 for the year ended December 30, 2005, $55,053 for the year ended December 31, 2004, and $51,724 for the year ended January 2, 2004. Future minimum rental payments under operating leases, some of which contain renewal or escalation clauses, with remaining noncancelable terms in excess of one year at December 30, 2005 were as follows:

II-62

Year ending	Real estate		Equipment		Total
December 29, 2006	$	28,819	$	4,502	$	33,321
December 28, 2007	23,535		3,730		27,265
January 2, 2009	12,547		1,989		14,536
January 1, 2010	10,542		1,540		12,082
December 31, 2011	8,620		999		9,619
Thereafter	26,618		377		26,995
Total	$	110,681	$	13,137	$	123,818

Future minimum lease payments as of December 30, 2005 have not been reduced by minimum non-cancelable sublease rentals aggregating $3,119.

Indemnities

In connection with a prior sale of a business, we guaranteed certain indemnity provisions relating to environmental conditions that obligate us to pay the buyer up to a maximum of $3,500 for environmental losses they incur over $5,000 until October 2007. We are also responsible for environmental losses through October 2012 that exceed $1,300 related to a specified parcel of the sold property. We believe that the indemnification provisions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Guarantees

In the ordinary course of business, the company enters into various agreements providing financial or performance assurances to clients on behalf of certain unconsolidated subsidiaries, joint ventures, and other jointly executed contracts. These agreements are entered into primarily to support the project execution commitments of these entities. The maximum potential payment amount of an outstanding performance guarantee is the remaining cost of work to be performed by or on behalf of third parties under engineering and construction contracts. At December 30, 2005, approximately $1,280,000 of work representing either our partners’ proportionate share, or work that our partners are directly responsible for, had yet to be completed. Amounts that may be required to be paid in excess of estimated costs to complete contracts in progress are not estimable. For cost reimbursable contracts, amounts that may become payable pursuant to guarantee provisions are normally recoverable from the client for work performed under the contract. For lump sum or fixed price contracts, this amount is the cost to complete the contracted work less amounts remaining to be billed to the client under the contract. Remaining billable amounts could be greater or less than the cost to complete. In those cases where costs exceed the remaining amounts payable under the contract the company may have recourse to third parties, such as owners, co-venturers, subcontractors or vendors, for claims.

We also participate, from time to time, in consortiums or “line item” joint venture agreements under which each partner is responsible for performing certain discrete items of the total scope of contracted work. The revenue for these discrete items is defined in the contract with the project owner and each venture partner bears the profitability risk associated with its own work. Generally, partners in these types of arrangements are jointly and severally liable for completion of the total project under the terms of the contact with the project owner. There is not a single set of books and records for this type of arrangement. Each partner accounts for its items of work individually as it would for any self-performed contract. We account for our portion of these contracts as a project in our accounting system and include receivables and payables associated with our work on our balance sheet.

During the fourth quarter of 2005, we entered into a line item joint venture arrangement pursuant to which we have jointly and severally guaranteed the performance of the joint venture. Under the arrangements, we would be required to perform on the guarantee in the event our partner was not able to complete their portion of the construction contract through its expected completion in 2008. Our maximum exposure under this performance guarantee at the time we entered into the arrangement was estimated to be approximately $170,000 but will be

II-63

reduced over the contract term upon execution of the contract scope. We have recorded the estimated fair value of this guarantee in the amount of $3,200 as a liability with a corresponding asset as of December 30, 2005.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

During 2005, we entered into two forward foreign currency contracts to hedge contracts to acquire equipment denominated in Canadian dollars and South African Rand. At December 30, 2005, we had forward foreign exchange contracts to sell U.S. dollars and buy Canadian dollars and to sell U.S. dollars and buy South African Rand. The notional value of the Canadian dollar contracts was $24,100 and the duration was less than 11 months. The notional value of the South African Rand contracts was $8,800 and the duration was 6 months. The estimated fair value of the contracts was not significant as of December 30, 2005.

Legal matters

Litigation and Investigation related to USAID Egyptian Projects.  In 2002, the Inspector General for the U.S. Agency for International Development (“USAID”) requested documentation about and made inquiries into the contractual relationships between one of our U.S. joint ventures and a local construction company in Egypt. The focus of the inquiry was whether the structure of our business relationship with the Egyptian company violated USAID contract regulations with respect to source, origin, and nationality requirements. In January 2004, we entered into an agreement with USAID whereby we agreed to undertake certain compliance and training measures and USAID agreed that we are presently eligible for USAID contracts, including host-country projects, and not under threat of suspension or debarment arising out of matters covered by the USAID inquiry. We satisfactorily completed that training effective November 22, 2004, and, as a result, are currently in good standing to bid on all USAID projects.

In March 2003, we were notified by the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) that the U.S. government (the “Government”) was considering civil litigation against us for potential violations of the USAID source, origin, and nationality regulations in connection with five of our USAID-financed host-country projects located in Egypt beginning in the early 1990s. Following that notification, we responded to inquiries from the DOJ and otherwise cooperated with the Government’s investigation. In November 2004, the Government filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Idaho against us and the companies referred to above with respect to the Egyptian projects (the “Idaho Action”). The Idaho Action was brought under the Federal False Claims Act, the Federal Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, and common law theories of payment by mistake and unjust enrichment. The complaint seeks damages and civil penalties for violations of the statutes and asserts that the Government is entitled to a refund of all amounts paid to us and the other defendants under the specified contracts. The Government alleges that approximately $373,000 was paid under those contracts. We deny any liability in the action and contest the Government’s damage allegations and its entitlement to any recovery.

Further, on March 23, 2005, we filed a Motion to Enforce the Confirmation Order in the Bankruptcy Court in Nevada, and a Motion to Dismiss or Stay the Action in the Idaho Court pending resolution of the proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court. The Motion to Dismiss still is pending before the Idaho Court. In the filings in the Bankruptcy Court, we have sought dismissal of the Government’s claims pursuant to the Confirmation Order (and other relevant orders of the Bankruptcy Court) because of the Government’s failure to give appropriate notice or otherwise preserve those claims. On August 30, 2005, the Bankruptcy Court granted our Motion to Enforce the Confirmation Order, in total, ruling that all of the Government’s claims (as set forth in the complaint in the Idaho Action) are barred. On November 9, 2005, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed its decision with a written order and detailed findings of fact. The Government has appealed the Bankruptcy Court’s order, and that appeal is proceeding through the briefing stage. While we are confident in our legal position, the outcome of the appeal cannot be reasonably predicted.

Our joint venture for one of the five projects referred to above brought arbitration proceedings before an arbitral tribunal in Egypt in which it has asserted an affirmative claim for additional compensation for the construction of water and wastewater treatment facilities in Egypt. The project owner, an Egyptian government agency, asserted in a counterclaim that by reason of alleged violations of the USAID source, origin, and nationality regulations,

II-64

and alleged violations of Egyptian law, our joint venture should forfeit its claim, pay damages of approximately $6,000 and the owner’s costs of defending against the joint venture’s claims in arbitration. We have denied liability on the project owner’s counterclaim. Our affirmative claims and counterclaim have been fully presented to the arbitration panel. We are awaiting the panel’s decision.

Based on our assessment of the above-described matters, we recorded a charge of $8,200 in the year ended December 31, 2004. Additional loss, if any, is not estimable.

Tar Creek Litigation. From the spring of 1996 through the spring of 2001, we were the environmental remediation contractor for the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the “USACOE”), with respect to remediation at the Tar Creek Superfund site, at a former mining area in northeast Oklahoma. The USACOE contracted with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) to remove lead contaminated soil in residential areas from more than 2,000 sites and replace it with clean fill material. In February 2000, various federal investigators working with the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of Oklahoma executed search warrants and seized records at the Tar Creek project site. Allegations made at the time included claims that the project falsified truck load tickets and claimed compensation for more loads than actually were hauled, or indicated that full loads were hauled when partial loads actually were carried, as well as claims that the project sought compensation for truckers and injured workers who were directed to remain at the job site, but not to work. In October 2004, the Government advised us that the criminal investigation was concluded in September without any criminal prosecution.

Through claims filed in our bankruptcy proceedings and conversations with lawyers from the Civil Division of the U.S. DOJ, we learned that a qui tam lawsuit was filed against us under the Federal False Claims Act, by private citizens (the “Relators”), alleging fraudulent or false claims by us for payments received in connection with the Tar Creek remediation project.

In March 2004, the DOJ declined to intervene in this civil lawsuit, with the exception of four claims, which were stayed. The Relators filed an amended complaint in March 2004, which eliminated the four claims that were reserved to the Government. Also, in April 2004, we received a letter from the EPA’s Suspension and Debarment Division seeking information regarding the qui tam allegations in order for the EPA to determine whether we presently are a responsible contractor.

In June 2005, we reached an agreement in principle with the EPA’s Suspension and Debarment Division to resolve the potential debarment matter. Under the proposed resolution, we agreed to continue to implement and to explore ways to enhance certain company-wide corporate compliance programs and the EPA has agreed that it will not pursue any suspension or debarment related to the qui tam allegations.

In December 2005, we entered into a settlement agreement with the Government and the Relators resolving the stayed claims and the qui tam lawsuit. Under the terms of the agreement, we paid the Government $1,000 and the Relators received a $2,500 allowed unsecured claim in our bankruptcy reorganization. On December 23, 2005, the court dismissed the stayed claims and the qui tam lawsuit. The agreement with the EPA’s Suspension and Debarment Division also became effective upon the resolution of the civil matter.

New Orleans Levee Failure Class Action Litigation. From July 1999 through May 2005, we performed demolition, site preparation, and environmental remediation services for the USACOE on the east bank of the Inner Harbor Navigation Canal (the “Industrial Canal”) in New Orleans, Louisiana (“Task Order 26”). All the work performed by us and our subcontractors was directed, supervised and approved by the USACOE.

On August 29, 2005, Hurricane Katrina devastated New Orleans. The storm surge created by the hurricane flooded the east bank of the Industrial Canal and overtopped the Industrial Canal levee floodwall, flooding the Lower Ninth Ward and other parts of the City.

Between September 19, 2005 and January 3, 2006, seven personal injury and property damage class action lawsuits were filed in Louisiana state and federal court naming us as one of numerous defendants including The

II-65

City of New Orleans and The Board of Commissioners for the Orleans Parish Levee District and its insurer St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company. Plaintiffs claim that defendants were negligent in their design, construction and maintenance of the New Orleans levees and assert their claims under the Federal Class Action Fairness Act of 2005, 28 U.S.C. 12(d)(2). The alleged class of plaintiffs are all residents and property owners of the Parishes of Orleans and Jefferson in the State of Louisiana “who incurred damages arising out of the breach and failure of the hurricane protection levees and floodwalls along the 17^th Street Canal, the London Avenue Canal, and the Industrial Canal...in the wake of Hurricane Katrina.”

In all of the lawsuits to date, the only specific allegation against us is that we “contracted to level and clear abandoned industrial sites along the Industrial Canal between the floodwall and the canal” and plaintiffs believe “the use of heavy vehicles and/or other heavy construction equipment along the Industrial Canal between the floodwall and the canal damaged the levee and/or floodwall and caused and/or contributed [to] the...breach in the levee and/or floodwall.” Plaintiffs allege damages as high as $200 billion and demand attorneys’ fees and costs. We have substantial liability insurance coverage in the event we are found to have any liability in this matter. While we cannot predict the adequacy of the coverage with certainty, we believe it to be adequate to cover any potential liability which could be imposed on us as a result of these class actions.

We deny any liability for the hurricane and flood damage and are vigorously defending these lawsuits. We did not design, construct, repair or maintain any of the New Orleans levees or floodwalls that failed during or after Hurricane Katrina. None of the activities performed by us damaged the Industrial Canal or floodwall. We will pursue all contractual and equitable rights of indemnity and contribution and leverage all available challenges against class certification. Based on the status and nature of this matter, we cannot make an estimate of potential loss, if any.

General Litigation. In addition to the foregoing, there are other claims, lawsuits, disputes with third parties, investigations and administrative proceedings against us relating to matters in the ordinary course of our business activities that we do not expect to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Government contracts are subject to specific procurement regulations, contract provisions and a variety of other requirements relating to the formation, administration, performance and accounting for these contracts. As a result of our government contracting, claims for civil or criminal fraud may be brought by the Government for violations of those regulations, requirements, and statutes.

13.COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended January 2, 2004, December 31, 2004, and December 30, 2005 was as follows:

	Before-tax			Tax (expense)			Net-of-tax
Year ended January 2, 2004	amount			or benefit			amount
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	24,376		$	(8,532	)	$	15,844
Minimum pension liability adjustment and other	(1,890		)	736			(1,154		)
Other comprehensive income	$	22,486		$	(7,796	)	$	14,690
Year ended December 31, 2004
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	14,381		$	(5,033	)	$	9,348
Minimum pension liability adjustment and other	(1,645		)	654			(991		)
Other comprehensive income	$	12,736		$	(4,379	)	$	8,357
Year ended December 30, 2005
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	(23,951	)	$	8,383		$	(15,568	)
Minimum pension liability adjustment and other	(1,009		)	406			(603		)
Other comprehensive loss	$	(24,960	)	$	8,789		$	(16,171	)

II-66

The accumulated balances related to each component of other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

				Minimum					Accumulated
	Foreign			pension					other
	currency			liability					comprehensive
	items			adjustment			Other (a)		income (loss)
Balance at January 3, 2003	$	9,652		$	(603	)	—		$	9,049
Other comprehensive income	15,844			(1,154		)	—		14,690
Balance at January 2, 2004	25,496			(1,757		)	—		23,739
Other comprehensive income	9,348			(1,198		)	$	207	8,357
Balance at December 31, 2004	34,844			(2,955		)	207		32,096
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(15,568		)	(777		)	174		(16,171		)
Balance at December 30, 2005	$	19,276		$	(3,732	)	$	381	$	15,925

(a)Other includes unrealized net gains on securities and the change in fair value of forward foreign currency contracts.

14.CAPITAL STOCK, STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS AND STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

Capital stock

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, we have the authority to issue 100,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of preferred stock. Preferred stock can be issued at any time or from time to time in one or more series with such designations, powers, preferences and rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereon as determined by our board of directors.

Stock purchase warrants

In connection with our Plan of Reorganization, warrants to purchase shares of common stock were issued to unsecured creditors in three tranches. The following table summarizes the warrant activity during the years ended January 2, 2004, December 31, 2004 and December 30, 2005, and through the expiration date of January 25, 2006.

Stock Purchase Warrants Outstanding

	Tranche A			Tranche B			Tranche C			Total
Issued in January 25, 2002 reorganization	3,086			3,527			1,907			8,520
Exercise price per share	$	28.50		$	31.74		$	33.51
Year ended December 31, 2004
Exercised	(35		)	(41		)	(22		)	(98	)
Returned as part of legal settlement	(16		)	(18		)	(10		)	(44	)
Outstanding at December 31, 2004	3,035			3,468			1,875			8,378
Year ended December 30, 2005
Exercised	(217		)	(159		)	(45		)	(421	)
Purchased	(1,217		)	(1,529		)	(709		)	(3,455	)
Returned as part of legal settlement	(4		)	(4		)	(2		)	(10	)
Outstanding at December 30, 2005	1,597			1,776			1,119			4,492
Subsequent to December 30, 2005
Exercised	(872		)	(805		)	(585		)	(2,262	)
Purchased	(656		)	(890		)	(492		)	(2,038	)
Expired	(69		)	(81		)	(42		)	(192	)
Outstanding at January 25, 2006	—			—			—			—

II-67

During 2005, our board of directors authorized a stock/warrant buy back program up to $125,000 under which we purchased and cancelled 3,455 warrants at a cost of $73,606. As reflected above, subsequent to December 30, 2005, we purchased an additional 2,038 warrants at a cost of $34,932; 2,262 warrants were exercised at a total exercise price of $70,027; and the remaining 192 warrants expired on January 25, 2006. Also under the common stock/warrant buy back program, we have purchased 245 shares of common stock for $14,319 subsequent to December 30, 2005.

Stock compensation plans and long-term incentive program

Washington Group International, Inc.’s Equity and Performance Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”) became effective January 25, 2002 in connection with our reorganization. On May 9, 2003, our stockholders approved an amended and restated version of the 2002 Plan. The 2002 Plan allows our board of directors to award various types of rights related to our stock, including options to purchase stock, appreciation rights, performance units, performance shares, restricted stock, deferred stock or other awards to directors, officers and key employees. The 2002 Plan has a fixed limit of 6,002 shares. Awards are subject to terms and conditions determined by our board of directors. All stock options issued under the 2002 Plan must have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair value of our common stock on the date the stock option is granted. Re-pricing of stock options is prohibited without stockholder approval. As of December 30, 2005, only option rights and performance units have been awarded under the 2002 Plan.

On May 7, 2004, our stockholders approved the Washington Group International Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”), which provides for additional shares under the long-term incentive program (“LTIP”). The 2004 Plan allows our board of directors to award various types of rights related to our stock, including options to purchase stock, appreciation rights, restricted stock, and deferred stock. Persons eligible to receive awards under the 2004 Plan include officers, key employees and directors of the company. The 2004 Plan provides a fixed limit of 2,400 shares of which no more than 400 may be issued in connection with awards other than stock options and appreciation rights. All stock options issued under the 2004 Plan must have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair value of our common stock on the date the stock option is granted. Repricing of stock options is prohibited without stockholder approval. As of December 30, 2005, only option rights, restricted stock, and deferred stock have been awarded under the 2004 Plan.

Our long-term incentive program (“LTIP”) is designed to provide long-term incentives to executives to increase stockholder value. The LTIP consists of nonqualified fixed-price stock options, restricted stock and performance unit awards granted under the 2002 Plan and the 2004 Plan, annually. The LTIP links a portion of compensation to stockholder value and utilizes vesting periods to encourage participating executives to continue in our employ. The size and timing of awards are determined by the compensation committee of the board of directors.

From January 25, 2002 through December 30, 2005, officers, key employees and our board of directors (other than the chairman) were granted nonqualified stock options to purchase 3,713 shares of common stock, with terms of ten years and exercise prices based on the market prices on the dates of grant, ranging from $13.40 to $53.79 per share. Stock options to purchase 235 shares of common stock have been forfeited due to employment terminations. Options granted in 2002 vested one-third on the date of grant, one-third on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the final third on the second anniversary of the date of grant. Options granted after 2002 vest one-third on the first anniversary of the date of grant, one-third on the second anniversary of the date of grant and the final third on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The vesting period for future grants will be determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors.

On January 25, 2002, the chairman of our board of directors, Mr. Dennis R. Washington, was granted stock options to purchase shares of common stock in three tranches. The first tranche was to expire five years from the date of grant. The remaining tranches were to expire four years from the date of grant. One-third of each tranche vested on the date of grant, an additional one-third of each tranche vested on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the final third of each tranche vested on the second anniversary of the date of grant. As consideration for an additional three years of service as chairman of our board of directors, Mr. Washington’s stock options were

II-68

amended in November 2003 extending the expiration dates on all three tranches to ten years from the original date of grant, or January 25, 2012. As a result of this extension, we recorded compensation expense of $784 and $6,174 during the years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively, as general administrative expenses and as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The number of shares and respective exercise prices for each tranche are as follows:

	Number of shares	Exercise price per share
Tranche A	1,389	$	24.00
Tranche B	882	$	31.74
Tranche C	953	$	33.51

Beginning in 2005, officers and key employees received annual grants of restricted stock under the 2004 Plan. During 2005, 141 shares of restricted stock were granted. The restricted stock is not transferable until the third anniversary of the date of grant, when the restrictions will lapse and the stock will be freely tradable. The restricted period for future grants, generally, will be at least three years, but may be longer as determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors.

Option and restricted stock award activity under our stock plans is summarized as follows:

	Outstanding at										Outstanding at
Number of options	beginning of period		Granted		Forfeited			Exercised			end of period
Year ended December 30, 2005	6,005		405		(84		)	(836		)	5,490
Year ended December 31, 2004	5,563		837		(66		)	(329		)	6,005
Year ended January 2, 2004	5,033		652		(76		)	(46		)	5,563
Weighted-average exercise prices
Year ended December 30, 2005	$	27.17	$	42.61	$	33.99		$	21.96		$	29.00
Year ended December 31, 2004	25.52		34.82		21.30			21.62			27.17
Year ended January 2, 2004	26.62		16.18		19.47			23.13			25.52

	Exercisable at
Weighted-average exercise price of vested options	end of period
Year ended December 30, 2005	$	27.62
Year ended December 31, 2004	26.62
Year ended January 2, 2004	26.67

	Outstanding at				Outstanding at
Shares of restricted stock	beginning of period	Granted	Forfeited		end of period
Year ended December 30, 2005	—	141	(7	)	134

	Restricted	Options Exercisable	Stock	Shares available
Number of options and awards	Stock	at end of period	Awards	for grant
Year ended December 30, 2005	134	4,418	25	1,537
Year ended December 31, 2004	—	4,777	16	2,006
Year ended January 2, 2004	—	3,323	—	393

On February 28, 2006, an additional 377 options to purchase common shares were granted at an exercise price of $58.37 per share.  In addition, 125 shares of restricted shares were awarded to key employees under the 2004 Plan.

Beginning in 2003, performance units are awarded annually and mature at the end of their three-year performance period. The value of each performance unit will be calculated at the end of the three-year

II-69

performance period to which it relates, based on performance results relative to predetermined corporate financial goals. At the end of each three-year period, the value of mature performance units generally will be paid in cash provided the threshold performance metrics have been achieved. Certain executives who are subject to stock ownership guidelines may elect to have the value of mature performance units paid in stock to the extent necessary to satisfy those guidelines. During the years ended December 30, 2005, December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, $12,683, $6,316 and $2,563, respectively, was recorded as compensation expense related to the performance units.

Stock-based compensation

We adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123. Accordingly, compensation cost has been recorded based only on the intrinsic value of the options granted. We recognized $2,259, $1,164 and $6,174 of compensation cost during the years ended December 30, 2005, December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively, for stock-based compensation awards. If we had elected to recognize compensation cost based on the fair value of the options granted at grant date as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, net income would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts as disclosed in Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies.”

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was used to estimate the fair value of the options for purposes of the pro forma presentation set forth in Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies.”

The following assumptions were used in the valuation and no dividends were assumed:

	Year ended			Year ended			Year ended
	December 30, 2005			December 31, 2004			January 2, 2004
Average expected life (years)	5			6			6
Expected volatility	36.6		%	39.9		%	40.2		%
Risk-free interest rate	3.7		%	4.0		%	4.6		%
Weighted-average fair value:
Exercise price greater than market price at grant	$	—		$	—		$	—
Exercise price equal to market price at grant	16.23			15.93			7.48
Exercise price less than market price at grant	—			—			—

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option valuation model are highly subjective, particularly as to stock price volatility of the underlying stock, and can materially affect the resulting valuation.

The following table summarizes information regarding options that were outstanding at December 30, 2005:

	Options outstanding				Options exercisable
				Weighted-average
		Weighted-average		remaining		Weighted-average
Price range	Number	exercise price		contractual life (years)	Number	exercise price
Below $24.00	570	$	16.80	6.91	391	$	17.24
$24.00-$29.01	1,961	24.01		6.08	1,957	24.00
$29.02-$33.51	1,837	32.66		6.07	1,835	32.66
Above $33.51	1,122	37.94		8.48	235	35.62

Stockholder rights plan

On November 18, 2005, we announced that our board of directors had voted to terminate our stockholder rights plan. To terminate the plan, the stockholder rights were redeemed for $0.01 per right payable December 30, 2005 to shareholders of record as of December 2, 2005. The distribution totaled $268.

II-70

15.ACQUISITION OF BNFL’S INTEREST IN GOVERNMENT SERVICES BUSINESS

On August 25, 2004, we entered into an agreement to acquire BNFL’s 40 percent economic interest in a portion of the Government Services Business (the “Initial Acquisition”). The Initial Acquisition was conditioned upon compliance with certain regulatory approvals, of which the final condition was satisfied on April 7, 2005 (the “Effective Date”). Under the terms of the Initial Acquisition, we controlled the Government Services Business and agreed to pay BNFL 40 percent of net future profits from certain existing contracts and on future contracts, if any, at certain DoE sites and one DoD site (the “40% Legacy Contracts”), and 10 percent of profits from all other existing operations and future contracts with the DoE through September 30, 2012 (the “10% Contracts”). BNFL would not share in any losses related to 10% Contracts if they occurred in the future, but retained its portion of liabilities incurred prior to July 31, 2004.

For accounting purposes, the Initial Acquisition was bifurcated between the 40% Legacy Contracts and the 10% Contracts. Prior to the acquisition, BNFL had a 40 percent economic interest in the 40% Legacy Contracts and continued to receive 40 percent of the net profits from such contracts. In substance there was no change in the economic relationship of the parties and therefore payments to BNFL for their share of earnings from the 40% Legacy Contracts were not deemed to be consideration for the acquisition of a minority interest. Payments to BNFL for the 10% Contracts were deemed to be consideration for the acquisition of a minority interest and were recorded using the purchase method of accounting. Pursuant to purchase method accounting, the acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at estimated fair value. The fair value of assets acquired exceeded liabilities assumed resulting in $7,148 of contingent consideration. Other significant adjustments related to the Initial Acquisition included: (i) elimination of BNFL’s minority interest of $46,135; (ii) elimination of $64,066 of goodwill; (iii) recording a receivable of $24,613 from BNFL for its portion of pension liabilities retained.

Prior to the Effective Date, all payments made to BNFL related to their interest in the Government Services Business were classified on our consolidated statement of income as minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries and were reflected as a financing activity on our consolidated statement of cash flows as distributions to minority interests. BNFL’s minority interest in the Government Services Business during the years ended January 2, 2004 and December 31, 2004, and the first quarter of 2005 amounted to $28,803, $28,161 and $5,596, respectively.

Subsequent to the Effective Date, BNFL’s share of the earnings related to the 40% Legacy Contracts have been classified as cost of revenue on our consolidated statement of income and as an operating activity on our consolidated statement of cash flows. From the Effective Date through December 30, 2005, $29,767 has been recorded as cost of revenue related to the 40% Legacy Contracts. BNFL’s share of profits related to the 10% Contracts subsequent to the Effective Date have been treated as consideration for the acquisition of a minority interest and recorded as a $1,475 reduction to the contingent consideration.

Effective December 30, 2005, BNFL and Washington Group International entered into a Termination Agreement to accelerate, in the form of a $36,200 lump sum payment, the payment of all amounts due or to become due under the Initial Acquisition, to terminate all rights and responsibilities under the Initial Acquisition, and to mutually release each other from any and all claims. The $36,200 payment was made prior to December 30, 2005. Pursuant to the Termination Agreement, the risks and rewards associated with the 40% Legacy Contracts transferred to Washington Group resulting in the acquisition of BNFL’s interest in such contracts. The Termination Agreement also fixed the amount of consideration to be paid related to the 10% Contracts. Based on these factors, the Termination Agreement has been accounted for as an acquisition of a minority interest using the purchase method. The consideration, including cash paid and liabilities assumed, has been allocated to the acquired assets based on estimated fair values. To assist us in determining the value of separately identifiable intangible assets, we obtained an independent valuation. The table below summarizes the purchase consideration and assets acquired.

II-71

Consideration:
Lump sum cash payment	$	36,200
Liabilities assumed	14,969
Liabilities settled, including contingent consideration	(13,534		)
Total purchase consideration	$	37,635
Assets acquired:
Contract amortizable intangible asset (backlog)	$	28,800
Customer relationship amortizable intangible asset	8,600
Goodwill	235
Total assets acquired	$	37,635

The contract intangible asset will be amortized over an estimated life of eight years proportionately to the estimated contract earnings as of the acquisition date to be generated from the contract backlog acquired. The customer relationship intangible will be amortized over an estimated life of seven years using the straight-line method. The $37,400 of intangibles acquired are classified as “Other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 30, 2005.

The following table presents the unaudited, pro forma consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, as if the Termination Agreement had occurred at the beginning of fiscal year 2004. The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of results of operations that would have occurred had the Termination Agreement occurred at the beginning of fiscal year 2004 or of future results of operations.

	Year ended		Year ended
Pro Forma	December 30, 2005		December 31, 2004
Revenue	$	3,188,454	$	2,915,382
Net income	71,322		60,711
Income per share:
Basic	2.74		2.40
Diluted	2.36		2.21

16. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The estimated fair values of financial instruments at December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 were determined, using available market information and valuation methodologies believed to be appropriate. However, judgment is necessary in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair values. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that we could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of certain financial instruments at December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 were as follows:

	December 30, 2005				December 31, 2004
	Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
	Amount		Value		Amount		Value
Financial assets
Customer retentions	$	22,849	$	22,140	$	14,973	$	14,587
Financial liabilities
Subcontract retentions	$	32,127	$	31,130	$	30,154	$	29,377

II-72

The fair value of customer retentions and subcontract retentions was estimated by discounting expected cash flows at rates currently available to us for instruments with similar risks and maturities. The fair value of other financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable excluding customer retentions, unbilled receivables and accounts and subcontracts payable excluding retentions approximate cost because of the immediate or short-term maturity. The estimated fair value of the forward foreign currency contracts was not significant as of December 30, 2005.

II-73

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

(In millions except per share data)

UNAUDITED

Selected quarterly financial data for the years ended December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 is presented below.

	April 1,		July 1,			September 30,		December 30,
2005 Quarters ended	2005		2005			2005		2005
Revenue	$	700.9	$	773.2		$	815.0	$	899.4
Gross profit	46.1		3.6			43.7		37.1
Net income (loss)	17.2		(0.6		)	20.3		21.5
Income (loss) per share:
Basic	.68		(.02		)	.77		.81
Diluted	.60		(.02		)	.65		.70
Market price:
High	$	47.31	$	52.79		$	54.60	$	54.35
Low	38.00		40.78			48.72		47.47

	April 2,		July 2,		October 1,		December 31,
2004 Quarters ended	2004		2004		2004		2004
Revenue	$	754.2	$	684.5	$	715.3	$	761.4
Gross profit	37.4		37.7		39.0		35.9
Reorganization items	—		1.2		—		—
Net income	13.1		13.3		12.2		12.5
Income per share:
Basic	.52		.53		.48		.49
Diluted	.47		.49		.45		.45
Market price:
High	$	40.20	$	38.40	$	36.50	$	41.34
Low	32.57		31.47		30.75		31.40

II-74

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

During the years ended December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, there were no changes in, or disagreements with, accountants on accounting and financial disclosure matters.

ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of our Disclosure Controls and disclosure of changes to Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

We maintain a set of disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. As of the date of the financial statements, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

•CEO and CFO certificates

Attached as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this report on Form 10-K are two certifications, one each by the CEO and the CFO. They are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act. This Item 9A, Controls and Procedures, includes the information concerning the controls evaluation referred to in the certifications and should be read in conjunction with the certifications.

•Disclosure controls

“Disclosure Controls” are controls and procedures that are designed to reasonably ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, such as this report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms. Disclosure Controls are also designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO.

•Internal control over financial reporting

Our Disclosure Controls include components of our “Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” Internal Control over Financial Reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of our principal executive and principal financial officers, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

•Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

•Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

•Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

II-75

•Limitations on the effectiveness of controls

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls and/or our Internal Control over Financial Reporting will prevent or detect all error or fraud. A system of controls is able to provide only reasonable, not complete, assurance that the control objectives are being met, no matter how extensive those control systems may be. Also, control systems must be established considering the benefits of a control system relative to its costs. Because of these inherent limitations that exist in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all errors or fraud, if any, have been detected. The inherent limitations in control systems include various human and system factors that may include errors in judgment or interpretation regarding events or circumstances or inadvertent error. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the acts of a single person, by collusion on the part of two or more people or by management override of the control. Over time, controls can also become ineffective as conditions, circumstances, policies, technologies, level of compliance and people change. Because of such inherent limitations, in any cost-effective control system over financial information, misstatements may occur due to error or fraud and may not be detected.

•Scope of evaluation of Disclosure Controls

The evaluation of our Disclosure Controls performed by our CEO and CFO included obtaining an understanding of the design and objectives of the controls, the implementation of those controls and the results of the controls on this report on Form 10-K. We have established a Disclosure Committee whose duty is to perform procedures to evaluate the Disclosure Controls and provide the CEO and CFO with the results of their evaluation as part of the information considered by the CEO and CFO in their evaluation of Disclosure Controls. In the course of the evaluation of Disclosure Controls, we reviewed the controls that are in place to record, process, summarize and report, on a timely basis, matters that require disclosure in our reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We also considered the adequacy of the items disclosed in this report on Form 10-K.

•Conclusions

Based upon the evaluation of our Disclosure Controls described above, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, subject to the limitations described above, our Disclosure Controls are effective to provide reasonable assurance that material information relating to Washington Group International and its consolidated subsidiaries is made known to management, including the CEO and CFO, so that required disclosures have been included in this report on Form 10-K.

We have also reviewed our Internal Control Over Financial Reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter, and our CEO and CFO have concluded that there have been no changes that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and our CFO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our Internal Control Over Financial Reporting was effective as of December 30, 2005.

II-76

Our independent registered public accountants, Deloitte & Touche LLP, have audited our management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2005, as stated in their attestation report which is included herein.

II-77

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Washington Group International, Inc.

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Washington Group International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

II-78

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 30, 2005 of the Company and our report dated February 28, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

February 28, 2006

II-79

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

None.

II-80

PART III

ITEM 10.DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information called for by this Item will be set forth under the captions “Directors” and“Executive Officers” in our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders, to be filed not later than April 14, 2006, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information called for by this Item will be set forth under the caption “Report of the Compensation Committee on Executive Compensation for 2005” in our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders, to be filed not later than April 14, 2006, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans

	(a)	(b)		(c)
				Number of securities remaining
	Number of securities to	Weighted-average		available for future issuance
	be issued upon exercise	exercise price of		under equity compensation
	of outstanding options,	outstanding options,		plans (excluding securities
Plan category	warrants and rights	warrants and rights		reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	5,489,749	$	29.00	1,536,983
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	—	—		—
Total	5,489,749	$	29.00	1,536,983

Additional information called for by this Item will be set forth under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders, to be filed not later than April 14, 2006, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information called for by this Item will be set forth under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders, to be filed not later than April 14, 2006, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information called for by this Item will be set forth under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders, to be filed not later than April 14, 2006, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

III-1

PART IV

ITEM 15.EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)	Documents filed as a part of this Form 10-K.
	1.	The Consolidated Financial Statements, together with the report thereon of
		Deloitte & Touche LLP, are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report
		Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
		Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 30, 2005,
		December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004
		Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended
		December 30, 2005, December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004,
		Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004
		Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 30, 2005,
		December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004
		Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended
		December 30, 2005, December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004
		Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
	2.	Schedule II. Valuation, Qualifying and Reserve Accounts
		Financial statement schedules not listed above are omitted because they are not
		required or are not applicable, or the required information is presented in the
		financial statements including the notes thereto. Captions and column headings
		have been omitted where not applicable.
	3.	Exhibits
		The exhibits to this report are listed in the Exhibit Index set forth below.

IV-1

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we have duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on our behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 2, 2006.

Washington Group International, Inc.
By	/s/ George H. Juetten
	George H. Juetten, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Form 10-K has been signed below on March 2, 2006 by the following persons on our behalf in the capacities indicated.

/s/ Stephen G. Hanks	Chief Executive Officer and President and Director
	(Principal Executive Officer)
	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
/s/ George H. Juetten	(Principal Financial Officer)
	Vice President and Controller
/s/ Jerry K. Lemon	(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ Dennis R. Washington*	Chairman and Director
/s/ John R. Alm*	Director
/s/ David H. Batchelder*	Director
/s/ Michael R. D’Appolonia *	Director
/s/ C. Scott Greer*	Director
/s/ William H. Mallender*	Director
/s/ Michael P. Monaco*	Director
/s/ Cordell Reed*	Director
/s/ Gail E. Hamilton*	Director
/s/ Dennis K. Williams*	Director

*Craig G. Taylor, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this Form 10-K on behalf of each of the above-named directors of Washington Group International, Inc., pursuant to powers of attorney executed on behalf of each such officer and director.

By	/s/ Craig G. Taylor
	Craig G. Taylor, Attorney-in-fact

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

SCHEDULE II.  VALUATION, QUALIFYING AND RESERVE ACCOUNTS

(In thousands)

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable Deducted in the Balance Sheet from Accounts Receivable

	Balance at			Provisions						Balance at
	Beginning			Charged to						End of
Period Ended	of Period			Operations			Other	Deductions		Period
Year ended January 2, 2004	$	(19,414	)	$	(5,321	)	—	$	11,216	$	(13,519	)
Year ended December 31, 2004	(13,519		)	(3,707		)	—	7,807		(9,419		)
Year ended December 30, 2005	(9,419		)	(1,188		)		4,796		(5,811		)

Deferred Income Tax Asset Valuation Allowance Deducted in the Balance Sheet

from Deferred Income Tax Assets

	Balance at			Provisions							Balance at
	Beginning			Charged to							End of
Period Ended	of Period			Operations		Other			Deductions		Period
Year ended January 2, 2004	$	(48,512	)	—		$	(102,587	(a)	$	1,124	$	(149,975	)
Year ended December 31, 2004	(149,975		)	—		18,731		(b)	—		(131,244		)
Year ended December 30, 2005	(131,244		)	(1,098	)	24,393		(c)	—		(107,949		)

(a)Other adjustments to the deferred income tax valuation allowance during the year ended January 2, 2004 include a $97,227 increase related to NOL retained after the cancellation of debt and increase of $5,360 primarily related to foreign exchange gains on foreign NOL carryovers.

(b)Other adjustments to the deferred income tax valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2004 primarily relate to actual and forecasted utilization of NOL carryovers.

(c)Other adjustments to the deferred income tax valuation allowances during the year ended December 30, 2005 primarily relate to actual and forecasted utilization of NOL carryovers.

S-1

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number	Exhibit Description
2.1	Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of April 14, 2000, among Raytheon Company, Raytheon Engineers & Constructors International, Inc. and Washington Group International, Inc. (“Washington Group International”) (filed as Exhibit 2 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended March 3, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference).
2.2.1	Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, et. al. (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on August 2, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference).
2.2.2	Modification to Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, et. al. (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on August 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference).
2.2.3	Second Modification to Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, et. al. (filed as Exhibit 2.3 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on January 4, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).
2.2.4	Third Modification to Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, et. al. (filed as Exhibit 2.4 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on January 4, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Washington Group International (filed as Appendix B to Washington Group International’s Form 14A Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 20, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Washington Group International as of May 7, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 3.2 of Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for year ended December 31, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.1	Specimen certificate of Washington Group International’s common stock (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for quarter ended June 28, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.2	Specimen certificate of Washington Group International’s Tranche A Warrants (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for quarter ended June 28, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.3	Specimen certificate of Washington Group International’s Tranche B Warrants (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for quarter ended June 28, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.4	Specimen certificate of Washington Group International’s Tranche C Warrants (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for quarter ended June 28, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).

E-1

4.5	Warrant Agreement dated as of January 25, 2002, between Washington Group International and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as warrant agent (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.6	Rights Agreement dated as of June 21, 2002, by and between Washington Group International and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as rights agent (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Washington Group International’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 24, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.1	Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of January 24, 2002, among Washington Group International, certain subsidiaries of Washington Group International identified therein and Credit Suisse First Boston, as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.2	Shareholders Agreement dated December 18, 1993, among Morrison Knudsen BV, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Washington Group International, Lambique Beheer BV and Ergon Overseas Holdings Limited (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended November 30, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.3	Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 25, 1998, between CBS Corporation and WGNH Acquisition, LLC related to the acquisition of the Westinghouse Energy Systems Business Unit from CBS Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended November 30, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.4	Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 25, 1998, between CBS Corporation and WGNH Acquisition, LLC related to the acquisition of the Westinghouse Government and Environmental Services Company business from CBS Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended November 30, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.5	Second Amended and Restated Consortium Agreement between Washington Group International’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Washington Group International, Inc., an Ohio corporation, and BNFL-USA Group, Inc., effective as of July 31, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for quarter ended October 1, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.6	Termination Agreement of December 30, 2005, among Washington Group International, Inc., British Nuclear Fuels plc, and BNFL USA Group Inc.*
10.7	Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 25, 2002, between Westinghouse Government Services Company LLC and Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Corporation (filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K/A Amended Current Report filed on November 1, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.8	Trust and Disbursing Agreement dated as of January 25, 2002, among Washington Group International, the Official Unsecured Creditors’ Committee and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as disbursing agent (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.9	Settlement Agreement dated as of January 23, 2002, among Washington Group International, Raytheon Company and Raytheon Engineers & Constructors International, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.10	Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of April 17, 2003, between The Shaw Group Inc. and Washington Group International related to the sale of Washington Group International’s Petrochemical Technology

E-2

	Center in Cambridge, Massachusetts, to Stone & Webster, Inc., a subsidiary of The Shaw Group Inc. of Baton Rouge, Louisiana (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for quarter ended July 4, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.11.1	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 9, 2003, among Washington Group International, Inc., the lenders and issuers party thereto, Credit Suisse First Boston, as administrative agent, sole lead arranger and book manager, LaSalle Bank National Association, as documentation agent, and ABLECO Finance LLC, as syndication agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on October 13, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.11.2	Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 19, 2004, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 9, 2003, among Washington Group International, Inc., the lenders and issuers party thereto, Credit Suisse First Boston, as administrative agent, sole lead arranger and book manager, and LaSalle Bank National Association, as documentation agent (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended April 2, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.11.3	Amendment No. 2, dated as of July 22, 2004, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement of October 9, 2003, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of March 19, 2004, among Washington Group International, Inc., the lenders and issuers party thereto, and Credit Suisse First Boston, as administrative agent for the Lenders and Issuers thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended July 2, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.11.4	Amendment Agreement among Washington Group International, Inc., the lenders and issuers party thereto, Credit Suisse, as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto, including the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2005, among Washington Group International, Inc., the lenders and issuers party thereto, and Credit Suisse, as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on June 17, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.12	Joinder Agreement dated as of October 9, 2003, delivered by subsidiaries of Washington Group International, Inc. and acknowledged and agreed by Credit Suisse First Boston (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current report filed on October 13, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.13	Intercreditor Agreement as of July 31, 2004, among Credit Suisse First Boston, BNFL USA Group, Inc., Washington Group International, Inc. (an Ohio corporation) (“Washington Group (Ohio)”) and various affiliates of Washington (Ohio) (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for quarter ended October 1, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.14	Security Agreement as of July 31, 2004, among Washington Group (Ohio), various affiliates of Washington Group (Ohio) listed therein as Debtors, and BNFL USA Group, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for quarter ended October 1, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.15	Warrant Cash Substitution Agreement dated as of January 10, 2006, by and among Washington Group International, Inc., the Plan Committee, formerly the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trust and disbursing agent.*
10.16.1	Washington Group International, Inc. Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, Amended and Restated as of November 9, 2002 (filed as Appendix E to Washington Group International’s Form Def 14A Definitive Proxy Statement filed on April 8, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).#

E-3

10.16.2	Washington Group International, Inc. Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, Amended and Restated as of August 14, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.13.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended January 2, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference). #
10.16.3	Amendment No. 1, effective as of February 13, 2004, to the Washington Group International, Inc. Equity and Performance Incentive Plan as Amended and Restated as of August 14, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended April 2, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).#
10.16.4	Amendment No. 2, effective as of May 20, 2005, to the Washington Group International, Inc. Equity and Performance Incentive Plan as Amended and Restated as of August 14, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 25, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.17	Form of Washington Group International, Inc. Equity and Performance Incentive Plan Performance Unit Participation Agreement.*#
10.18	Washington Group International, Inc. Equity and Performance Incentive Plan - California (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference). #
10.19	Letter Agreement dated as of November 15, 2001, between Washington Group International and Dennis R. Washington (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference). #
10.20	Letter Agreement of January 21, 2004, effective as of November 14, 2003, between Washington Group International and Dennis R. Washington (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended January 2, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.21	Form of Indemnification Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference). # A schedule listing the directors and officers with whom Washington Group International has entered into such agreements is filed herewith. # *
10.22	Washington Group International Key Executive Disability Insurance Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Old MK’s Form 10-K Annual Report for year ended December 31, 1992, and incorporated herein by reference). #
10.23.1	Form of Washington Group International’s Retention Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended November 30, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference). # A schedule listing the Executive Officers with whom Washington Group International has entered into such agreements is filed herewith.*
10.23.2	Form of Amendment to Washington Group International’s Retention Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.18.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended January 3, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference). # A schedule listing Executive Officers with whom Washington Group International has entered into such amendments is filed herewith.*
10.24.1	Washington Group International, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix D to Washington Group International’s Form Def 14A Proxy Statement filed on April 8, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference). #

E-4

10.24.2	Amendment 1 to Washington Group International, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 15, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).#
10.25	Washington Group International, Inc. Restoration Plan effective as of January 1, 2003, amended and restated as of August 14, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for quarter ended October 3, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference). #
10.26	Washington Group International, Inc. Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 1, 2003, amended and restated as of August 14, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for quarter ended October 3, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference). #
10.27	Description of Washington Group International Executive Financial Counseling Program adopted on February 14, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended January 3, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference). #
10.28.1	Washington Group International, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan effective as of May 7, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for quarter ended July 2, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).#
10.28.2	Amendment No. 1, effective as of May 20, 2005, to the Washington Group International, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan effective as of May 7, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 25, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).#
10.29	Form of Washington Group International, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan Option Rights Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 15, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).#
10.30	Form of Washington Group International, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Share Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 15, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).#
10.31	Executive Life Insurance Agreement effective as of January 1, 2005, between Washington Group International, Inc., and Stephen G. Hanks # *
10.32	Executive Life Insurance Agreement effective as of January 1, 2005, between Washington Group International, Inc., and Thomas H. Zarges # *
21.*	Subsidiaries of Washington Group International.
23.1*	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.2*	Consent of Deloitte & Touche GmbH.
24.*	Powers of Attorney.
31.1*	Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of Washington Group International pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*	Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of Washington Group International, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

E-5

32.1†	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
99.1*	Financial Statement of Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH (MIBRAG) for the year ended December 31, 2005.

#Management contract or compensatory plan

*Filed herewith

†  Furnished herewith

E-6

EX-10.6

EXHIBIT 10.6

EXECUTION COPY

TERMINATION AGREEMENT

THIS TERMINATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 31, 2005, is entered into by and among the following parties:

•WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC., an Ohio corporation formerly known as Morrison Knudsen Corporation, (“Washington Group”);

•BRITISH NUCLEAR FUELS plc (Company Number 5027024), a company organized and existing under the laws of England (“BNFL”); and

•BNFL USA GROUP INC., a Delaware corporation (“BNFL-USA”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS:

1.Washington Group and BNFL-USA entered into a Consortium Agreement, dated as of June 24, 1998 (the “Original Agreement”) pursuant to which they formed a consortium for the purpose of acquiring the Energy Systems business (the “ESBU Business”) and the Government Operations business (the “GESCO Business”) of CBS Corporation (“CBS”).

2.The Original Agreement set forth the agreement of Washington Group and BNFL-USA concerning the basis on which the ESBU and GESCO Businesses would be owned and the basis on which ownership, control and risk would be shared after the acquisition.

3.On June 24, 1998 Washington Group and BNFL-USA organized WGNH Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“WGNH”), for the purpose of entering into asset purchase agreements with CBS Corporation for the acquisition of the ESBU and GESCO Businesses and acting as a holding company for Washington Group’s and BNFL-USA’s interests in the ESBU and GESCO Businesses.

4.WGNH entered into (i) an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 25, 1998 (the “ESBU Purchase Agreement”), with CBS covering the acquisition by WGNH of the ESBU Business, and (ii) an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 25, 1998 (the “GESCO Purchase Agreement”), with CBS covering the acquisition by WGNH of the GESCO Business.  The ESBU Purchase Agreement and the GESCO Purchase Agreement are sometimes referred to individually as an “Asset Purchase Agreement” or collectively as the “Asset Purchase Agreements.”

5.Washington Group and BNFL-USA amended and restated the Original Agreement in its entirety as set forth in the Amended and Restated Consortium Agreement dated March 19, 1999 (“First Amended Agreement”) so as to reflect their revised agreement concerning the basis on which the ESBU and GESCO Businesses would be owned, and the basis on which ownership, control and risk would be shared after the acquisition.

6.Pursuant to the terms of the First Amended Agreement, Washington Group and BNFL-USA organized the following entities: (a) Westinghouse Government Services Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“WGS”); (b) Westinghouse Government Environmental Services Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“WGES”); and (c) Westinghouse Electric Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“WELCO”).  Thereafter, pursuant to agreements dated March 22, 1999: (a) WGNH assigned to WGS and to WGES its rights under the GESCO Purchase Agreement, and WGS and WGES assumed WGNH’s obligations under the GESCO Purchase Agreement; and (b) WGNH assigned to WELCO its rights under the ESBU Purchase Agreement and WELCO assumed WGNH’s liabilities under the ESBU Purchase Agreement.

7.BNFL-USA organized a wholly-owned subsidiary, BNFL Nuclear Services Inc., a Delaware corporation (“BNSI”), for the purpose of holding BNFL-USA’s interests in the GESCO and ESBU Businesses.

8.The acquisition by WGS and WGES of the GESCO Business closed on March 22, 1999.  The acquisition by WELCO of the ESBU Business closed on March 22, 1999.

9.Among other agreements entered into by and between or among the parties hereto and/or their affiliates related to this Agreement, Washington Group and BNFL-USA entered into a Supplemental Agreement dated March 19, 1999 (“Supplemental Agreement”) and Washington Group, BNSI and WGS entered into an Economic Rights Agreement dated March 19, 1999 (the “Economic Rights Agreement”).   Additionally, British Nuclear Fuels plc (“BNFL”) executed a BNFL Consortium Guarantee dated March 19, 1999 (“BNFL Consortium Guarantee”) and Washington Group executed a MK Consortium Guarantee dated March 19, 1999 (“MK Consortium Guarantee”).

10.By memorandum dated April 2, 2003, BNFL communicated to, and asserted claims against, Washington Group under the First Amended Agreement, certain of the other agreements referred to in this Agreement, and specified legal principles (the “BNFL Claims”).  By memorandum dated August 29, 2003, Washington Group disputed the BNFL Claims and Washington Group asserted claims against BNFL under the First Amended Agreement, certain of the other agreements referred to herein and specified legal principles (the “WGI Claims”).  Washington Group disputed all of the BNFL Claims and further disputed any liability whatsoever to BNFL or any of its affiliates.  BNFL disputed all of the WGI Claims and further disputed any liability therefore to Washington Group or any of its affiliates.

11.Washington Group and BNFL-USA further amended and restated the First Amended Agreement in its entirety, as set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Consortium Agreement effective as of July 31, 2004.  Pursuant to, and as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of such Second Amended and Restated Consortium Agreement, BNFL-USA entered into a Security Agreement dated July 31, 2004 (“Security Agreement”) with Washington Group and the Debtors, as such term is defined in the Security Agreement.  Pursuant to, and as a further condition precedent to the effectiveness of such Second Amended and Restated Consortium Agreement, BNFL-USA entered into an Intercreditor Agreement dated as of July 31, 2004 (“Intercreditor Agreement”) with Credit Suisse First Boston, Washington Group, the affiliates of Washington Group identified as Debtors under the Security Agreement, and certain other persons identified as Bank Creditors in the Intercreditor Agreement(such Second Amended and Restated Consortium Agreement, the Security Agreement, and the Intercreditor Agreement are collectively referred to herein as the “Second Amended Agreement”) so as: (i) to terminate the Economic Rights Agreement and the Supplemental Agreement, (ii) to mutually release each other from the BNFL Claims and the WGI Claims, and (iii) to modify the limited liability company agreements of WGS and WGES, all as set forth in the Second Amended Agreement so as to set forth their revised agreement concerning the basis on which WGS, WGES and WELCO would be owned, and the basis on which contract Fee, control and risk would be allocated.

12.Washington Group and BNFL-USA wish to (i) accelerate, in the form of a lump sum payment at Closing, the payment of all amounts due or to become due under the Second Amended Agreement, (ii) terminate all rights and responsibilities that each party has under the Second Amended Agreement and to terminate or confirm the prior termination of certain other agreements described herein, in each case effective as of the EffectiveTime (as defined below), and (iii) mutually release each other from all claims on the terms, and subject to the conditions set forth in, this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.0Termination; Payments; Release of Claims and Relinquishment of Rights

1.1Termination.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below (including, without limitation, the exceptions to termination in Section 1.4 below), effective as of the Effective Time, the following agreements shall be terminated in their entirety and shall be of no further force or effect: (i) the Second Amended Agreement; (ii) any agreements between the parties and/or their respective affiliates (and, in certain instances, the parties and/or their Affiliates along with one or more third parties) entered into in connection with the Second Amended Agreement, including without limitation the Service Agreement, effective July 31, 2004, implementing Section 4.1(c)(ii) of the Second Amended Agreement (the “Service

Agreement”), as well as any indemnification obligations contained in any of the agreements described in this subsection (ii); (iii) the Washington Group Guarantees and the BNFL Guarantees (each as defined below); and (iv) for the avoidance of doubt, and to the extent not previously terminated in their entirety by the First Amended Agreement or the Second Amended Agreement, as applicable, (A) the Original Agreement, (B) the First Amended Agreement, (C) the Supplemental Agreement, (D) the Economic Rights Agreement, and (E) any of the agreements between the parties and/or their respective affiliates (and, in certain instances, the parties and/or their affiliates along with one or more third-parties) entered into in connection with the agreements set forth in the foregoing clauses (A) through (D), including in each case any indemnification obligations contained therein.  In furtherance of the parties’ intent to terminate and/or confirm the termination of all responsibilities, rights, and payments under the foregoing agreements, to avoid ongoing reviews, audits, and related activities after the Effective Time, and to fully and finally release any and all claims the parties hereto may have as of the date hereof or in the future may have under such agreements, the parties further agree to the matters set forth in Sections 1.2 through 1.5 below.

1.2Settlement of Amounts under Second Amended Agreement

In order to fully and finally calculate and pay any and all amounts payable, or that would otherwise become payable, to BNFL, BNFL-USA or any of their respective Affiliates under the Second Amended Agreement with respect to all periods ending prior to, on or after the Effective Time, Washington Group shall, in full and complete satisfaction of such amounts, at Closing, pay to BNFL-USA cash in the amount of US$36,200,000 (the “Final Payment”).  The Final Payment shall be due and payable at the Closing and shall be made in cash via wire transfer to the following account:

Bank: Citizens Bank, Pittsburgh, PA

Account Name: BNFL USA Group, Inc., Monroeville, PA

Account No.: 6204964953

ABA code: 036076150

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that all prior payments made by Washington Group to BNFL-USA under the Second Amended Agreement and the Final Payment, collectively, shall represent full, complete and final payment and satisfaction of any and all amounts due under the Second Amended Agreement with respect to all periods ending prior to, on or after the Effective Time.

1.3Release of Claims and Relinquishment of Rights

(a)As used in this Agreement:  (i) the term “Claim” or “Claims” shall mean any and all causes of action, litigation, suits, controversies, exercise of warranties, proceedings, offsets, claims, demands, and/or any and all other

actions, of any kind or nature whatsoever, in law, in equity, under contract or otherwise, known or unknown, direct or indirect, vested or contingent, reported or unreported, based on, arising from, or for the recovery of, any actual, threatened or alleged liabilities, responsibilities, obligations, costs, debts, sums of money, accounts, covenants, representations, agreements, warranties, attorneys’ fees, promises, contracts, trespasses, damages, judgments, executions, and/or any and all other asserted basis, of any kind or nature, whatsoever; (ii) the term “Affiliates”, when referring to a party, shall mean such party’s parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, successors, and assigns; and (iii) the term “Representatives”, when referring to a party or any of its Affiliates, shall mean their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys.

(b)In consideration of the premises, mutual covenants and other consideration set forth in this Agreement, upon the occurrence of the Closing and effective as of the Effective Time, BNFL-USA, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, and to the fullest extent legally permitted, unconditionally releases and forever discharges Washington Group, its Affiliates, and their respective Representatives (collectively, the “Washington Group Parties”), from any and all Claims which BNFL-USA and/or any of its Affiliates now has, ever had or may have by reason of, arising out of, or relating in any way to the Original Agreement, the First Amended Agreement, the Supplemental Agreement, the Economic Rights Agreement, the Second Amended Agreement, the Service Agreement and any of the agreements entered into pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing agreements, including without limitation (i) any indemnification obligations contained therein and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, the Claims released under Section 3.5 of the Second Amended Agreement; provided, however, that the foregoing release shall not apply to any Claims arising as a result of a breach of this Agreement (and, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall affect or limit Washington Group’s obligations under Section 2.4 below) or arising under any other agreement that has been or may in the future be entered into between the parties and their Affiliates on or after the date of this Agreement, which Claims shall be subject to the rights and remedies set forth herein or therein, as applicable. BNFL-USA further agrees that in no event shall it or any of its Affiliates, directly or indirectly, assert any Claim against any of the Washington Group Parties based upon any matter purported to be released hereby.  Without in any way limiting the foregoing, the release set forth in this Section 1.3(b) shall apply to any and all Claims that BNFL-USA and/or any of its Affiliates may have relating to or arising in connection with:

(i)any and all of the Payment Rights and/or other rights of BNFL-USA or its Affiliates under Articles 4.0, 5.0 and 7.0, and Sections 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4, of the Second Amended Agreement; and

(ii)all guarantees by Washington Group and its Affiliates under the Second Amended Agreement (collectively, the “Washington Group Guarantees”).

(c)In consideration of the premises, mutual covenants and other consideration set forth in this Agreement, upon the occurrence of the Closing, and effective as of the Effective Time, Washington Group, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, and to the fullest extent legally permitted, unconditionally releases and forever discharges BNFL, BNFL-USA, their respective Affiliates (including, for the avoidance of doubt, BNSI and BNG America), and their respective Representatives (collectively, the “BNFL Parties”), from any and all Claims which Washington Group and/or any of its Affiliates now has, ever had or may have by reason of, arising out of, or relating in any way to the Original Agreement, the First Amended Agreement, the Supplemental Agreement, the Economic Rights Agreement, the Second Amended Agreement, the Service Agreement and any of the agreements entered into pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing agreements, including but not limited to (i) any indemnification obligations contained therein, (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, the Claims released under Section 3.5 of the Second Amended Agreement and (iii) any and all liabilities arising in connection with or relating to WGS and WGES, whenever incurred or arising; provided, however, that the foregoing release shall not apply to any Claims arising as a result of a breach of this Agreement or arising under any other agreement that has been or may in the future be entered into between the parties and their Affiliates on or after the date of this Agreement, which Claims shall be subject to the rights and remedies set forth herein or therein, as applicable. Washington Group further agrees that, in no event shall it or any of its Affiliates, directly or indirectly, assert any Claim against any of the BNFL Parties based upon any matter purported to be released hereby.  Without in any way limiting the foregoing, the release set forth in this Section 1.3(c) shall apply to any and all Claims that Washington Group and/or its Affiliates may have relating to or arising in connection with:

(i)any and all of the obligations of BNFL-USA or its Affiliates under Articles 4.0 and 6.0 of the Second Amended Agreement, and any and all pre-existing defined benefit obligations as provided for at Section 10.3 of the Second Amended Agreement;

(ii)all liabilities associated with the sale of EMD; and

(iii)all guarantees by BNFL and all of its Affiliates arising out of the Original Agreement, including the BNFL Consortium Guarantee, the WIPP Contract Guarantee, the Corporate Guarantee of BNFL-USA dated March 22, 1999 in favor of the United States

Department of Energy (the “Corporate Guarantee”), and the Performance Guarantee of BNFL in favor of the United States Government relating to the Corporate Guarantee (collectively, the “BNFL Guarantees”).

In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, Washington Group, for itself and on behalf of all of its Affiliates, unconditionally and irrevocably releases and holds harmless the BNFL Parties from any Claim by Washington Group or its Affiliates or subcontractors related in any way to work performed in connection with the Advanced Mixed Waste Treatment Project including, without limitation, work related to the preparation of any claim or request for equitable adjustment thereunder; provided, however, that this release and hold harmless shall not (i) prohibit Washington Group or any of its Affiliates or subcontractors from pursuing any claims for indemnification that any of them had, has or may have against the U.S. Government under any nuclear hazards indemnity agreement or Public Law 85-804 indemnification related in any way to work performed in connection with the Advanced Mixed Waste Treatment Project or (ii) prohibit Washington Group or any of its Affiliates from pursuing such claims against the U.S. Government.

1.4Additional Agreements.  In addition to the matters set forth elsewhere herein, the parties hereby expressly agree as follows:

(a)Subcontract Not Terminated.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the following two agreementsrelating to the Savannah River Site shall in no way be affected by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect following the Effective Time in accordance with their respective terms: (i) Agreement Between Westinghouse Electric Corporation and BNFL Inc. with an effective date of October 1, 1996, and (ii) WSRC — PS — BNFL – 96001, between BNFL Savannah River Corp. and Westinghouse Savannah River Company, mod 4 (for the avoidance of doubt, it is expressly understood by the parties hereto that such two agreements shall be exclusively governed by their respective terms (including, without limitation, any and all disputes thereunder being exclusively resolved pursuant to the terms of such agreements) and, in no manner, be governed (including disputes resolved) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement).

(b)Other Agreements. In view of the general termination of agreements provided for in Section 1.1 above, the parties hereto desire to expressly confirm certain understandings that were previously reached in the agreements terminated by Section 1.1 above and to provide for the continued effectiveness of such understandings.  Unless expressly set forth below, all other rights and obligations of the parties reflected in the

agreements terminated by Section 1.1 are superseded by the provisions of this Agreement.  The parties agree that the following confirmations and understandings shall be contractually binding upon them and no party hereto shall take any action inconsistent with such confirmations and understandings.

(i)Rights and Obligations With Respect to WGS.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties acknowledge and agree that, effective as of July 31, 2004, BNFL-USA and BNSI unconditionally and irrevocably assigned to Washington Group their passive economic right to receive a portion of the gains, profits and losses of WGS and the WGS Operations and forever renounced any and all ownership interest in and to the contracts, employees, businesses and any and all other assets (together, the “WGS Assets”) which were at any time owned by, licensed to or otherwise held by WGS or its subsidiaries.  Washington Group shall continue to possess all right, title and interest in and to the WGS Assets and shall at all times possess free and unfettered access to the WGS Assets for any and all business opportunities and other uses.  Washington Group continues to hold the sole and unfettered right to modify the WGS Limited Liability Company Agreement including, without limitation, the dissolution of WGS, in such manner as it deems appropriate within its full discretion.

(ii)Rights and Obligations With Respect to WGES.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties acknowledge and agree that, effective as of July 31, 2004, BNFL-USA and BNSI unconditionally and irrevocably assigned to WGS their membership interest in WGES, together with all rights and obligations incidental to that membership interest and forever renounced any and all ownership interest in and to the contracts, employees, businesses and any and all other assets (together, the “WGES Assets”) which were at any time owned by, licensed to or otherwise held by WGES or its subsidiaries.  Washington Group shall possess all right, title and interest in and to the WGES Assets and shall at all times possess free and unfettered access to the WGES Assets for any and all business opportunities and other uses.  Washington Group continues to hold the sole and unfettered right to modify the WGES Limited Liability Company Agreement including, without limitation, the dissolution of WGES, in such manner as it deems appropriate within its full discretion.

(iii)Ownership of WELCO Unchanged. The parties acknowledge and agree that they previously reached certain understandings regarding the ownership and management of WELCO and that nothing in this Agreement shall in any way amend or otherwise affect the ownership or management of WELCO as it exists immediately prior to the Effective Time.

1.5Effectiveness

The rights and obligations of the parties to perform the pre-Effective Time actions under this Agreement (including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.0 below) shall become effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the parties.  The termination of the Second Amended Agreement, the releases of claims and relinquishment of rights provided for in this Agreement, and any and all other matters that are to become effective as of the Effective Time shall, following consummation of the Closing provided for in Section 2.0, become effective as of the Effective Time.

2.0The Closing

2.1Closing; Effective Time.  The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place at 10:00 a.m. Eastern Standard Time on December 28, 2005 (or such other time as the parties hereto mutually agree).  None of the actions set forth in Section 2.2 shall be effective unless and until all of such actions shall have been taken or appropriately waived; but if all such actions are taken or waived, then the Closing shall be effective as of 12:01 a.m. on December 31, 2005 (the “Effective Time”).

2.2Washington Group Closing Deliveries.  At the Closing, Washington Group shall deliver to BNFL-USA the following;

(a)the Final Payment, in cash via wire transfer as provided in Section 1.2; and

(b)such other documentation as may be reasonably necessary to effect the intention of this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

2.3BNFL-USA Closing Deliveries.  At the Closing, BNFL-USA shall deliver to Washington Group the following;

(a)a receipt, executed by BNFL-USA, acknowledging that it has received the Final Payment; and

(b)such other documentation as may be reasonably necessary to effect the intention of this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

2.4Other Agreements.  With respect to those agreements which would otherwise be terminated by Section 1.1 above but for the fact that they include as signatories, in addition to the parties hereto, one or more unaffiliated third parties (such as, for example, the Intercreditor Agreement) (the “Third Party Agreements”), Washington Group shall, within thirty (30) calendar days after the Closing,

provide BNFL-USA with an instrument terminating such Third Party Agreements or otherwise releasing BNFL-USA and/or its relevant Affiliates from any and all liabilities thereunder, signed by Washington Group, its Affiliates and such third parties, which BNFL-USA shall then sign and/or cause to be signed by any of its Affiliates that are parties thereto (and return an original to Washington Group) within five (5) business days following BNFL-USA’s receipt thereof.  In the event Washington Group is unsuccessful in causing any Third Party Agreement to be terminated and/or in causing any third party to such Third Party Agreement to fully release BNFL-USA and its Affiliates from any and all liability thereunder, Washington Group shall indemnify and hold harmless the BNFL Parties from and against any and all Claims arising directly or indirectly from or in connection with the assertion by or on behalf of any third party of any Claim or other matter under or relating to any Third Party Agreement.  With respect to those agreements which would otherwise be terminated by Section 1.1 above but for the fact that they are for the benefit of an unaffiliated third party whose consent to termination is required (the “Third Party Guarantees”), Washington Group shall indemnify and hold harmless the BNFL Parties from and against any and all Claims arising directly or indirectly from or in connection with the assertion by or on behalf of any third party of any Claim or other matter under or relating to any Third Party Guarantees.  With respect to those agreements which would otherwise be terminated by Section 1.1 above but for the fact that they include as signatories, in addition to the parties hereto, one or more of their respective Affiliates, but no unaffiliated third parties (such as, for example, the Security Agreement and the Service Agreement) (the “Affiliate Agreements”), each party shall cause its respective Affiliates to execute a joinder to this Agreement evidencing the consent to the termination of the relevant Affiliate Agreement, effective as of the Effective Time.

2.5Further Assurances.  In furtherance of the mutual releases set forth in Sections 1.3(b) and (c) above, and to otherwise effect the intent of the parties regarding the transactions contemplated hereby, the parties agree, at the Closing or as promptly thereafter as is reasonably practicable, and thereafter from time to time upon the reasonable request of the other party, to execute, acknowledge, deliver or perform all such further documents, filings, acts and assurances as may be required to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Without in any way limiting the foregoing, the parties shall execute and file such Uniform Commercial Code termination statements as are necessary to reflect the termination of the Security Agreement and the release of the collateral secured thereunder.

3.0Confidential Information

3.1The parties acknowledge that, in order to carry out the purpose of the Original Agreement, the First Amended Agreement, Second Amended Agreement and the other agreements entered into in connection therewith, it was necessary for them to disclose to the other party, and to such other party’s Affiliates, Confidential

Information.  Therefore, this Section 3.0 shall apply with respect to any and all disclosures of Confidential Information made under this Agreement or the aforementioned predecessor agreements.

3.2Each party will treat the other party’s Confidential Information as confidential, will not disclose it to any other person (other than those of its and its Affiliates’ Representatives who need to know such information for the purpose of carrying out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) or use it for any purpose other than carrying out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.3The restrictions imposed under this Section 3.0 shall remain in effect

(a)with respect to any Confidential Information that constitutes a “trade secret” (as defined under the laws of the State of Delaware) of the disclosing party, so long as it remains a trade secret, or

(b)with respect to other Confidential Information, for a period of three (3) years following the date of this Agreement.

3.4The restrictions imposed under this Section 3.0 shall not apply to any Confidential Information that

(a)at the time of disclosure is available in the public domain or is known to the receiving party without breach of any obligation of confidentiality,

(b)is subsequently disclosed by a third party to the receiving party without any obligation of confidentiality, or

(c)is independently developed by the receiving party without breach of any obligation of confidentiality.

4.0Miscellaneous

4.1Definitions.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Second Amended Agreement, with the cross-reference established hereby to survive the termination thereof.

4.2Other Actions. The parties will take all such other actions and will cause their respective Affiliates to take all such other actions as necessary to fulfill the intent of this Agreement.

4.3Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflicts or choice of laws provisions. With respect to any dispute between the parties with respect to this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state or federal courts

located in the State of Delaware and further waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any proceeding brought in any such court, waives any claim that such proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such proceeding, that such court does not have jurisdiction over such party.  Each party further waives any right to trial by jury in any such proceeding.

4.4Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered (including by facsimile) to the other party.

4.5Binding Nature of Agreement.  Each party hereby represents and warrants that it has obtained any necessary internal (e.g., corporate governance or creditor) and external (e.g., U.S. Department of Energy) approvals to enter into this Agreement, and that it has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.  To the extent that certain provisions of this Agreement apply to the Affiliates of Washington Group and BNFL-USA, each party shall cause its relevant Affiliate to take any action required of it hereunder or necessary for the relevant party to satisfy its obligations hereunder.

4.6Order of Precedence.  This Agreement shall take precedence over all other agreements between or among the parties and/or their respective Affiliates including, without limitation, the Original Agreement, the First Amended Agreement, the Economic Rights Agreement, the Supplemental Agreement, the Amended and Restated WGES Limited Liability Company Agreement, the Second Amended Agreement and the Services Agreement as to the matters covered by those agreements.

4.7Invalidity.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, (i) the validity of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected thereby and (ii) the parties will promptly enter into good faith negotiations to modify this Agreement to replace the invalid provision(s) with new provision(s) that will as near as possible accomplish the purposes intended by such invalid provision(s) in a manner such that the new provision(s) are jointly believed to be such that they will survive any further validity challenge.

4.8Waiver of Consequential Damages.  Each party, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, releases the other party and its Affiliates from any and all incidental, indirect, special, punitive and consequential damages arising out of the matters covered by this Agreement.

4.9Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes

all other prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings both written and oral between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

4.10Public Statements.  Any and all press releases or general public statements of a similar nature made or to be made by any of the parties hereto concerning this Agreement shall be agreed to in advance and by both parties prior to release to the general public.

4.11Notices.  Each party giving or making any notice, request, demand or other communication (each, a “Notice”) pursuant to this Agreement shall give the Notice in writing and use one of the following methods of delivery, each of which for purposes of this Agreement is a writing: personal delivery, Registered or Certified Mail (in each case, return receipt requested and postage prepaid), nationally recognized overnight courier (with all fees prepaid), or facsimile. Any Notice shall be addressed to the party to be notified as follows:

(a)if to Washington Group:

Washington Group International, Inc.

Energy & Environment

106 Newberry Street S.W.

Aiken, SC  29801

Attention:  President (presently E. Preston Rahe, Jr.)

Facsimile No.:  803-502-9795

with a copy to:

Washington Group International, Inc.

720 Park Boulevard

Boise, ID 83871

Attention: General Counsel (presently Richard D. Parry, Esq.)

Facsimile No.:  208-386-5220

(b)if to BNFL plc or BNFL-USA:

John F. Edwards

Group Finance Director

British Nuclear Fuels plc

1100 Daresbury Park

Daresbury, Warrington

Cheshire WA4 4GB

United Kingdom

with a copy to:

Alvin J. Shuttleworth, Esq.

Group Legal Director

British Nuclear Fuels plc

1100 Daresbury Park

Daresbury, Warrington

Cheshire WA4 4GB

United Kingdom

And:

BNG America

Crystal Gateway One

1235 South Clark Street

Suite 700

Arlington, VA 22202

Attention: Philip O. Strawbridge and Jonathan P. Carter, Esq.

Facsimile No.: (703) 412-2567

4.12.Equitable Relief.  The obligations of the parties under Articles 1.0 and 3.0 above and Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 above shall, in the event of a breach thereof, be specifically enforceable.  Each party understands, acknowledges and agrees that, in the event of any breach of any such obligations by any party, its Affiliates and/or its Representatives (“Breaching Party”): (i) the other party, its Affiliates and/or its Representatives (“Harmed Party”) will be irreparably harmed by such breach; (ii) the performance of the Breaching Party’s obligations under any such Article or Section is material and central to this Agreement and reasonable for such purpose; (iii) it would be difficult or inadequate to measure and calculate the Harmed Party’s damages as a consequence of such breach; and (iv) money damages would not, alone, be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement.  As a consequence, the Breaching Party agrees that:  (x) in addition to other remedies that may be available, the Harmed Party shall be entitled to an injunction, specific performance or other appropriate equitable relief as a remedy for any such breach; (y) the Breaching Party shall, should the Harmed Party prevail in its pursuit of equitable relief, compensate the Harmed Party for any costs, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred by the Harmed Party in enforcing its rights; and (z) such equitable relief shall not be deemed to be an exclusive remedy for a breach of this Agreement but shall be in addition to all other remedies available at law or equity.  This Section 4.12 shall apply notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary.

[Signature pages follow]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers or agents, all as of the date first written above.

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:	/s/ Frank Finlayson
Name:	Frank Finlayson
Title:	Senior Vice President, Project Development
BRITISH NUCLEAR FUELS plc
By:	/s/ Alvin J. Shuttleworth
Name:	Alvin J. Shuttleworth
Title:	Group Legal Director
BNFL USA GROUP INC.
By:	/s/ Alvin J. Shuttleworth
Name:	Alvin J. Shuttleworth
Title:	Chairman

EX-10.15

EXHIBIT 10.15

[Execution Copy]

WARRANT CASH SUBSTITUTION AGREEMENT

This WARRANT CASH SUBSTITUTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of January 10, 2006 by and among Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., f/k/a Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee and Disbursing Agent (the “Trustee and Disbursing Agent”) under the Trust and Disbursing Agreement dated as of January 25, 2002 (the “Trust and Disbursing Agreement”), entered into pursuant to the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, Inc., et al., dated July 24, 2001, as modified by the First Modification, the Second Modification and the Third Modification (as so modified, the “Plan”), confirmed in the bankruptcy cases (the “Reorganization”) of Washington Group International, Inc. (the “Company”) and certain of its affiliates, in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nevada (the “Bankruptcy Court”), Chapter 11 Case No. BK-N-01-31627, the Plan Committee established by the Plan (the “Plan Committee”), the Company, a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., f/k/a Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Warrant Agent (the “Warrant Agent”) under the Warrant Agreement dated as of January 25, 2002 (the “Warrant Agreement”) between the Company and the Warrant Agent.  Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given to them in the Trust and Disbursing Agreement or the Plan.

RECITALS

A.  WHEREAS, the Plan provides for distributions of cash, New Common Shares, Class 7 Warrants and the proceeds, if any, of the Transferred Avoidance Actions (collectively, the ”Plan Consideration”) to holders of Allowed Class 7 Claims;

B.  WHEREAS, the Trustee and Disbursing Agent holds the Class 7 Warrants not yet distributed in an account for the benefit of the holders of Allowed Class 7 Claims (the ”Allowed Class 7 Claimants”) in connection with the Reorganization in accordance with the terms of the Trust and Disbursing Agreement;

C.  WHEREAS, the Plan provides that the Plan Committee will take such actions as are set forth in the Plan, the Confirmation Order or the Plan Committee Document or as may be approved or ordered by the Bankruptcy Court;

D.  WHEREAS, the Class 7 Warrants by their terms expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on January 25, 2006; and

E.  WHEREAS, upon noticed joint motion of the Plan Committee and the Company and following hearings and oral arguments held on December 8 and December 23, 2005, the Bankruptcy Court entered an Order on January 10, 2006 (the “Enabling Order”) approving the payment of certain fees and expenses by the Company and the provision of $27,500,000 in cash

by the Company (the “Consideration”) in substitution, of the remaining Class 7 Warrants held by the Trustee and Disbursing Agent, consisting of 634,974 Tranche A Warrants, 725,684 Tranche B Warrants and 392,261 Tranche C Warrants (the “Remaining Warrants”) which would otherwise expire on January 25, 2006 (the “Warrant Transaction”).

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Trustee and Disbursing Agent, the Warrant Agent, the Plan Committee and the Company agree as follows:

1.Recitals.  The forgoing recitals are incorporated herein by reference, and by this reference made a part hereof.

2.Purchase and Substitution of Warrants.

(a)Subject to the conditions set forth in the Enabling Order, the Trustee and Disbursing Agent, the Company and the Plan Committee hereby agree that the Trust and Disbursing Agreement is hereby amended such that the Plan Committee hereby authorizes and directs the Trustee and Disbursing Agent on behalf of the Allowed Class 7 Claimants to enter into all necessary agreements and to perform all necessary actions as the Trustee and Disbursing Agent deems to be necessary and appropriate to: (i) assign, transfer and deliver to the Company the Remaining Warrants free from any restrictions, liens, encumbrances, claims (including any “adverse claim” as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code), options, calls, pledges, trusts and other commitments, agreements or arrangements; (ii) to receive $27,500,000 in cash from the Company (the “Cash Proceeds”); (iii) to deposit the Cash Proceeds into the WGI Class 7 Disbursement Account established under the Trust and Disbursing Agreement as a part of the Disputed Class 7 Claims Reserve and to invest such cash as provided in Section 3 of the Trust and Disbursing Agreement; (iv) to pay fees and expenses as contemplated by the Enabling Order and Section 3 of this Agreement; (v) to make distributions of the net Cash Proceeds and any Cash Investment Yield earned thereon to Allowed Class 7 Claimants in accordance with Section 5(a) and the other relevant provisions of the Trust and Disbursing Agreement; and (vi) to perform all other required actions to effectuate the intent of this Agreement and the Enabling Order.

(b)Subject to the conditions set forth in the Enabling Order, the Trust and Disbursing Agreement is hereby further amended to provide that each holder of an Allowed Class 7 Claim will be entitled to receive, in lieu of receipt of future distributions of Class 7 Warrants, a Pro Rata share of the net Cash Proceeds derived from the Warrant Transaction and any Cash Investment Yield earned thereon after payment of any fees, costs and expenses in accordance with this Agreement.  Class 7 Claimants will not be entitled to any further distributions of Class 7 Warrants.  The Trust and Disbursing Agent will administer the distribution of such funds in accordance with the Trust and Disbursing Agreement, as amended by this Agreement.

(c)In connection with the cash substitution for the Remaining Warrants, the Plan Committee represents and warrants to the Company, all of which representations and warranties shall survive the Closing of the Warrant Transaction, that it has requested, received, reviewed and considered all information it deems relevant in making an informed decision to sell and substitute the Remaining Warrants.  The Plan Committee, together with its financial advisor, has such business and financial experience as is required to give it the capacity to utilize the information received, to evaluate the merits and risks involved in selling and substituting the Class 7 Warrants.

(d)Consistent with Section 11 of the Trust and Disbursing Agreement and its characterization of the Disputed Class 7 Claims Reserve as a grantor trust with the Company as grantor, the parties shall treat the actions described in Sections 2(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) as disregarded events for federal and applicable state income tax purposes.  The Company shall instruct the Trustee and Disbursing Agent that no taxes shall be payable and no amounts shall be remitted to the Company with respect to the substitution.

3.Payment of Fees and Expenses

(a)For purposes of Section 8 of the Plan Committee Document, the Plan Committee and the Company agree that the Plan Committee, its Members and any Professionals (as defined in the Plan Committee Document) retained by the Plan Committee shall be reimbursed by the Company for fees and expenses incurred in connection with or arising from the Plan Committee’s efforts to capture the value of the Remaining Warrants incurred prior to November 9, 2005 in accordance with the procedures for payment of such fees and expenses as provided in the Plan Committee Document.

(b)Fees and expenses of the Plan Committee, its Members and any Professionals retained by the Plan Committee incurred in connection with or arising from the Plan Committee’s efforts to capture the value of the Remaining Warrants incurred on and after November 9, 2005 shall be paid out of the Cash Proceeds deposited into the WGI Class 7 Disbursement Account.  The amounts due to the Plan Committee, its Members and any Professionals retained by the Plan Committee shall be paid within thirty (30) days after the end of the month in which the relevant expense request for reimbursement was presented to the Trust and Disbursing Agent, provided, however, that such monthly requests for reimbursement shall be subject to review and approval by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, to the extent that doing so does not compromise the Plan Committee attorney-client privilege, provided, further, that in the event the Company disputes any portions of such monthly requests for reimbursements, the Company shall notify the counsel to the Plan Committee and the Trust and Disbursing Agent shall withhold payment of the disputed amounts until the Bankruptcy Court, upon application by the Plan Committee, reviews and approves such disputed requests for reimbursement in whole or part.

(c)If and to the extent that fees and expenses of the Ad Hoc Committee of Washington Group International Class 7 Claim Holders are allowed and approved by the Bankruptcy Court, such fees and expenses shall be paid out of the Cash Proceeds deposited into

the WGI Class 7 Disbursement Account in accordance with applicable final orders of the Bankruptcy Court.

(d)Fees and expenses of the Trustee and Disbursing Agent in connection with or arising from the Warrant Transaction or any other action under the Trust and Disbursing Agreement shall continue to be paid by the Company in accordance with the Trust and Disbursing Agreement.

4.Conditions.  The obligation of the Company to pay the fees and expenses of the Plan Committee in accordance with Section 3(a) as provided hereunder and to deliver cash for the Remaining Warrants is subject only to the following conditions, which may be waived in writing by the Company, in its sole and unfettered discretion, at any time:

(a)The entry of an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction approving the Warrant Transaction which has not been stayed, reversed or amended and as to which the time to appeal or seek review or rehearing has expired and no petition for review or rehearing or appeal was filed or, if filed, no longer remains pending.

(b)The representations and warranties of the Plan Committee contained in Section 2(c) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Agreement and the date of the Closing.

5.Indemnification.  The Company acknowledges that it will continue to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and Disbursing Agent in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 14 of the Trust and Disbursing Agreement.  Furthermore, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and Disbursing Agent in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 14 of the Trust and Disbursing Agreement from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) and claims imposed upon or asserted against the Trustee and Disbursing Agent on account of any action taken or omitted to be taken by them in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement and the documents related hereto.

6.The Trust and Disbursing Agreement.  The Trustee and Disbursing Agent hereby confirms that effective December 23, 2005, it withdrew its Notice of Termination, dated August 12, 2005, as modified, and agrees to continue to be bound by the terms of the Trust and Disbursing Agreement as amended by this Agreement. The first sentence of Section 15 of the Trust and Disbursing Agreement hereby is amended and restated to read as follows: “This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the earlier of: (a) 60 days after Notice of Termination has been given by the Company to Wells Fargo or by Wells Fargo to the Company, or (b) the later of (i) the disbursement of all of the Plan Consideration, or (ii) the completion of all tax reporting requirements for distributions made under the Plan.”  The Parties hereby ratify and confirm the terms and conditions of the Trust and Disbursing Agreement, as amended hereby, in each and every respect.

7.Closing.  If the condition specified in Section 4(a) shall have been satisfied and provided that this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Section 8, the delivery of cash

Consideration for the Remaining Warrants will take place on January 23, 2006 or at such other time as the Parties shall agree (the “Closing”).  At the Closing, the Remaining Warrants shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent in accordance with Section 16 of the Warrant Agreement against payment by the Company by wire transfer of $27,500,000 to an account as specified by the Trustee and Disbursing Agent.  The Warrant Agent shall provide written notice of the cancellation of the Remaining Warrants to the Company and the receipt of funds to the Plan Committee.

8.Termination of Agreement.  If the condition specified in Section 4(a) shall not have occurred by 5:00 p.m. Reno, Nevada time on January 20, 2006, this Agreement shall terminate on the later to occur of 5:00 p.m. Reno, Nevada time on January 21, 2006 or such later date as may be specified by the Company by written notice to the other parties to this Agreement.  Sections 2(c) (relating to representations and warranties of the Plan Committee), 3(d) (relating to payment of fees and expenses of the Trust and Disbursing Agent), 5 (relating to indemnification of the Trust and Disbursing Agent), 6 (relating to the Trust and Disbursing Agreement), 9 (relating to Notices) and 10 (relating to governing law) shall survive termination of this Agreement.

9.Notices.  The executed copy of this Agreement and any written notices should be provided to:

If to the Trustee and Disbursing Agent, to:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Customized Fiduciary Services

Sixth and Marquette; N9303-120

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Attn: Nicholas D. Tally

with a copy to:

Wendy Walker

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

101 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10178-0060

If to the Warrant Agent, to:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Customized Fiduciary Services

Sixth and Marquette; N9303-120

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Attn: Nicholas D. Tally

with a copy to:

Wendy Walker

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

101 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10178-0060

If to the Plan Committee, to:

Todd J. Dressel

Winston & Strawn LLP

101 California Street, Suite 3900

San Francisco, CA 94111

If to the Company, to:

Washington Group International, Inc.

720 Park Boulevard

Boise, Idaho 83712

Attn: Earl Ward, Treasurer,

and Richard D. Parry, General Counsel

with a copy to:

Robert Dean Avery

Jones Day

77 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

10.Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties, and fully supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous agreements or understandings between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by an agreement in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto.  Each party has had a full and complete opportunity to review this Agreement.  Accordingly, the parties agree that the common law principles of construing ambiguities against the drafter shall have no application hereto.  This Agreement shall be construed fairly and not in favor of or against one party as to the drafter hereof.

11.Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

12.Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee and Disbursing Agent
By:	/s/ Nicholas D. Tally
		Nicholas D. Tally, Vice President
Date:		1/23/06
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Warrant Agent
By:	/s/ Nicholas D. Tally
		Nicholas D. Tally, Vice President
Date:		1/23/06
PLAN COMMITTEE
By:	/s/ Sharon Manewitz
		Sharon Manewitz, as Chairperson
		of the Plan Committee
		Managing Director
		Teachers Insurance and Annuity
		Association of America
Date:		Jan. 18, 2006
WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:	/s/ Earl Ward
Earl Ward, Vice President – Investor
Relations and Treasurer
Date:		January 18, 2006

EX-10.17

EXHIBIT 10.17

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

EQUITY AND PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

PERFORMANCE UNIT PARTICIPANT AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of                              , is made by and between Washington Group International, Inc., a Delaware corporation hereinafter referred to as “Corporation”, and                                                     , an employee of the Corporation or Subsidiary of the Corporation, hereinafter referred to as “Participant.”

WHEREAS, the Corporation wishes to afford the Participant an opportunity to earn incentive compensation under the Corporation’s Long-Term Incentive Program (“LTIP”) by achieving objectives that are in the long-term interest of the Corporation and its shareholders; and

WHEREAS, the Board may authorize the granting of Performance Units under the Plan (as hereinafter defined), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof; and

WHEREAS, the Board has authorized the grant of Performance Units to the Participant by a resolution duly adopted on                                                 , and incorporated herein by reference;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Wherever the following terms are used in this Agreement with initial capital letters, they shall have the meanings specified in the Plan unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

Section 1.1 – Board

Section 1.2 – Change in Control

Section 1.3 – Code

Section 1.4 - Common Shares

Section 1.5 - Corporation

Section 1.6 – Management Objectives

Section 1.7 – Subsidiary

Section 1.8 – Years of Service

Wherever the following terms are used in this Agreement with initial capital letters, they shall have the meanings specified below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.  The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

Section 1.9 - Beneficiary

“Beneficiary” means the person or persons properly designated by the Participant to receive the Participant’s benefits under this Agreement in the event of the Participant’s death, or if the Participant has not designated such person or persons, or such person or persons shall all have pre-deceased the Participant, the executor, administrator, or personal representative of the Participant’s estate.  Designation, revocation, and redesignation of beneficiaries must be made in writing in accordance with rules established by the Corporation and shall be effective upon delivery to the Corporation.

Section 1.10 - Compensation Committee

“Compensation Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board, as constituted from time to time.

Section 1.11 – Par Value

“Par Value” means the value assigned to each Performance Unit at the time of grant and represents the amount that the Corporation will pay for each Performance Unit if the Corporation achieves 100% of its predetermined Management Objectives during the applicable Performance Period.

Section 1.12 – Performance Period

“Performance Period” means the three-fiscal-year period of the Corporation commencing                                   , and ending                                        ; provided, however, that the Performance Period may be shortened in the event of a Change in Control as set forth in Section 4.4.

Section 1.13 – Performance Unit

“Performance Unit” means a bookkeeping entry that records a right to payment, the value of which is contingent upon performance as measured against pre-determined Management Objectives over the Performance Period.

Section 1.14 - Plan

“Plan” means the Washington Group International, Inc. Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time.

ARTICLE II

AWARD OF PERFORMANCE UNITS

Section 2.1 – Grant of Award

In consideration of the Participant’s execution of this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, on the date hereof, the Corporation irrevocably awards to the Participant           Performance Units with a Par Value of $10.00 per unit, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and in this Agreement.

Section 2.2 – Performance Measures

The Management Objectives that will be used to determine the actual value of the Performance Units awarded under this Agreement will be the Corporation’s average earnings per share (“EPS”) of

Common Shares during the Performance Period and the Corporation’s average return on invested capital (“ROIC”) during the Performance Period.  A separate target goal for each Management Objective (EPS and ROIC) has been established for each year of the Performance Period.  These target goals are set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.  The average EPS and the average ROIC will be determined by calculating the percentage of the target goal achieved each year (i.e., dividing each year’s actual results for EPS and ROIC by the respective target goal for that year) and then calculating the average of the percentages for all years in the Performance Period (i.e., adding the percentages and dividing by the number of years in the Performance Period).

Example:  If Corporate ROIC equaled 100% of the target goal in [first year], 120% of the target goal in [second year] and 110% of the target goal in [third year], then the three-year average ROIC would equal 110%.

EPS for any year will be calculated by dividing net income (as defined for the Short-Term Incentive Plan) by the weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding during the year, excluding shares issued upon the exercise of warrants issued under the Company’s plan of reorganization.

ROIC for any year will be calculated by dividing net income (as defined for the Short-Term Incentive Plan) + tax effected interest expense by the average equity and debt (excluding cash in excess of $50 million).

All amounts will be determined by the Corporation’s finance department and certified by the Compensation Committee.

Section 2.3 – Performance Unit Values

At the end of the Performance Period, the Compensation Committee shall value each Performance Unit using the Performance Unit Value Matrix set forth in Exhibit A and the Corporation’s actual results during the Performance Period.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Plan, no Performance Unit awarded under this Agreement may have a value greater than $20.00.  For levels of actual performance between any two amounts set forth on the Performance Unit Value Matrix, the value of the Performance Units will be calculated by prorating between the values assigned to the specified performance levels, giving equal weighting to each Management Objective.

ARTICLE III

Section 3.1 – Payment in Ordinary Course

If the Participant remains actively employed with the Corporation or a Subsidiary through the date of payment, the value of the Performance Units shall be paid to the Participant as soon as administratively practical after the February Board meeting following the end of the Performance Period.  Payment shall be in cash except that the Compensation Committee may determine in its discretion to permit payment in the form of Common Shares or Deferred Shares or an election to receive Deferred Shares of the Corporation, subject to availability under the Plan, to the extent necessary for the Participant to satisfy any applicable stock ownership guidelines.

Section 3.2 – Payment in the Event or Retirement, Death or Disability

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, solely because of the Participant’s death, permanent and total disability (within the meaning of Section 22(c)(3) of the Code) or retirement at or after the attainment of (a) age 65, (b) age 55 with at least 10 Years of Service, or (c) 30 Years of Service, the Participant’s

employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary terminates before payment is made but at least 180 days after the Performance Units were granted, the Participant (or the Beneficiary in the case of the Participant’s death) shall be entitled to receive a prorated portion of the value of the Performance Units as soon as administratively practical after the February Board Meeting following the end of the Performance Period.  The amount that the Participant (or Beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive shall be determined by multiplying the value of the Performance Units by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the Performance Period that the Participant was employed by the Corporation or a Subsidiary and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the Performance Period.

Section 3.3 – Taxes

Any taxes required by federal, state or local laws due on payment of the value of Performance Units will be withheld by the Corporation.  The Participant hereby authorizes the necessary withholding by the Corporation to satisfy such tax withholding obligations prior to payment.

ARTICLE IV

OTHER PROVISIONS

Section 4.1 – No Guarantee of Employment

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries, which are expressly reserved, to discharge the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

Section 4.2 – Administration

The Board shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Board in good faith shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Corporation and all other interested persons.  No member of the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or a Performance Unit.

Section 4.3 – Performance Units Not Transferable

Performance Units under the Plan may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, the Participant may designate a Beneficiary to receive payment after his death.  No Performance Unit or any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 4.3 shall not prevent transfer by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.  During the Participant’s lifetime, the value of Performance Units shall be paid only to the Participant or his guardian or legal representative.

Section 4.4 – Change in Control

The Performance Period shall end immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control and the value of each Performance Unit shall be equal to the greater of (a) the Par Value set forth in this Agreement and (b) the value determined under Section 2.3 of this Agreement based upon the Corporation’s actual results for the shortened Performance Period.  The value of the Performance Units shall become payable immediately upon the Change in Control.

Section 4.5 – Amendment

This Agreement is subject to the Plan. The Board may amend the Plan and the Compensation Committee may amend this Agreement at any time and in any way, except that any amendment of the Plan or this Agreement that would impair the Participant’s rights under this Agreement may not be made without the Participant’s written consent.

Section 4.6 – Notices

Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Corporation shall be addressed to the Corporation in care of its Secretary, and any notice to be given to the Participant shall be addressed to him or her at the address given beneath his or her signature hereto.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section 4.6, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him or her.  Any notice which is required to be given to the Participant shall, if the Participant is then deceased, be given to the Participant’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Corporation of his status and address by written notice under this Section 4.6.  Any notice shall be deemed duly given when enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

Section 4.7 – Titles

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

Section 4.8 – Governing Law

This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal substantive laws of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, by its duly authorized officer, and the Participant have executed this Agreement.

	WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
	By:
		Larry L. Myers
		Senior Vice President – Human Resources
Participant’s Social Security Number
Participant’s Address

Spousal Consent

The undersigned has read and is familiar with the preceding Agreement and the Plan and hereby consents and agrees to be bound by all the terms of the Agreement and the Plan.  Without limiting the foregoing, the undersigned specifically agrees that the Corporation may rely on any authorization, instruction or election made under the Agreement by the Participant alone and that all of his or her right, title or interest, if any, in the Performance Units, whether arising by operation of community property law, by property settlement or otherwise, shall be subject to all such terms.

Spouse’s Signature

Printed Name

EX-10.21

Exhibit 10.21

SCHEDULE TO EXHIBIT 10.21

Indemnification Agreements with Directors and Executive Officers

	Name	Date of Agreement
Directors:
	David H. Batchelder	January 25, 2002
	Michael R. D’Appolonia	March 25, 2002
	C. Scott Greer	March 25, 2002
	Gail E. Hamilton	August 16, 2005
	Stephen G. Hanks	January 25, 2002
	William H. Mallender	March 25, 2002
	Michael P. Monaco	March 25, 2002
	Cordell Reed	March 25, 2002
	Dennis R. Washington	January 25, 2002
	Dennis K. Williams	March 25, 2002
Officers:
	Stephen M. Johnson	January 25, 2002
	George H. Juetten	January 25, 2002
	Jerry K. Lemon	October 13, 2003
	Larry L. Myers	January 25, 2002
	Richard D. Parry	January 25, 2002
	Cynthia M. Stinger	January 25, 2002
	Craig G. Taylor	January 25, 2002
	Earl L. Ward	August 14, 2002
	Thomas H. Zarges	January 25, 2002

EX-10.23.1

Exhibit 10.23.1

SCHEDULE TO EXHIBIT 10.23.1

WASHINGTON GROUP RETENTION AGREEMENTS

WITH NAMED EXECUTIVES

EACH DATED AS OF MARCH 14, 2001

George H. Juetten

Thomas H. Zarges

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 16, 2001

Stephen M. Johnson

NOTE:  Mr. Johnson’s Retention Agreement is identical in all materials terms to those entered into with Messrs Juetten and Zarges, with the exception that his Retention Bonus is prorated to allow for the time during early 2001 when he was not in the Company’s employ.  Mr. Johnson returned to the employ of the Company on November 12, 2001.

EX-10.23.2

Exhibit 10.23.2

SCHEDULE TO EXHIBIT 10.23.2

AMENDMENTS TO WGI RETENTION AGREEMENTS

WITH NAMED EXECUTIVES

EACH DATED AS OF AUGUST 20, 2002

Stephen M. Johnson

George H. Juetten

Thomas H. Zarges

NOTE:  The Amendment to Mr. Johnson’s Retention Agreement is identical in all materials terms to those entered into with Messrs Juetten and Zarges, with the exception that his Retention Bonus is prorated to allow for the time during early 2001 when he was not in the Company’s employ.  Mr. Johnson returned to the employ of the Company on November 12, 2001.

EX-10.31

EXHIBIT 10.31

Washington Group International, Inc.

Executive Life Insurance Agreement

Effective January 1, 2005

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE 1	Definitions	1
ARTICLE 2	Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility	2
2.1	Selection by Committee	2
2.2	Policy Terms	2
2.3	Company Authority	3
ARTICLE 3	Bonus Payments and Tax Bonus Payments	3
3.1	Bonus Payments	3
3.2	Tax Bonus	4
3.3	Tax Withholding	4
3.4	Cessation of Bonus Payments and Tax Bonus Payments; Termination of Participation.	4
3.5	Loss of Policy Benefits	4
ARTICLE 4	Beneficiary Designation	5
4.1	Beneficiary	5
ARTICLE 5	Termination and Amendment	5
5.1	Termination	5
5.2	Amendment	5
ARTICLE 6	Administration	5
6.1	Committee Duties	5
6.2	Agents	5
6.3	Binding Effect of Decisions	5
6.4	Indemnity of Committee	6
6.5	Company Information	6
ARTICLE 7	Other Benefits and Agreements	6
7.1	Coordination with Other Benefits	6
ARTICLE 8	Claims Procedures	6
8.1	Presentation of Claim	6
8.2	Notification of Decision	6
8.3	Review of a Denied Claim	7
8.4	Decision on Review	7
8.5	Legal Action	8
ARTICLE 9	Miscellaneous	8

9.1	Status of Agreement	8
9.2	Unsecured General Creditor	8
9.3	Company’s Liability	8
9.4	Nonassignability	8
9.5	Not a Contract of Employment	9
9.6	Furnishing Information	9
9.7	Terms	9
9.8	Captions	9
9.9	Governing Law	9
9.10	Notice	9
9.11	Successors	10
9.12	Spouse’s Interest	10
9.13	Validity	10
9.14	Incompetent	10
9.15	Court Order	10

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

EXECUTIVE LIFE INSURANCE AGREEMENT

Effective January 1, 2005

Purpose

The purpose of this Agreement is to provide an annual bonus to Stephen G. Hanks (the “Participant”), subject to the terms and conditions contained herein.

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

Whenever capitalized in this document, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below unless otherwise expressly provided:

1.1“Agreement” shall mean the Washington Group International, Inc. Executive Life Insurance Agreement evidenced by this instrument, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.2“Base Annual Salary” shall mean an amount of cash compensation, measured and annualized as of March 31 of each Plan Year, relating to services performed during the related calendar year, excluding certain items, such as (but not limited to) bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, stock options, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, director fees and other fees, and automobile and other allowances paid to the Participant for employment services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the Employee’s gross income).  Base Annual Salary shall be calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to all qualified or nonqualified plans of any Employer and shall be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included in the Participant’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) pursuant to plans established by any Employer; provided, however, that all such amounts will be included in compensation only to the extent that had there been no such plan, the amount would have been payable in cash to the Employee.

1.3“Beneficiary” shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with Article 4, that are entitled to receive a benefit under a Policy upon the death of the Participant.

1.4“Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company and to the extent of any delegation by the Board to a committee of directors, such committee.

1.5“Bonus” shall mean all of the payments made by the Participant’s Employer in any one Plan Year, on behalf of the Participant to an Insurer in accordance with Section 3.1.

1.6“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.7“Committee” shall mean the committee described in Article 6.

1.8“Company” shall mean Washington Group International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto, including any corporation that is a successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business.

1.9“Employer(s)” shall mean the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries (now in existence or hereafter formed or acquired).

1.10“Insurer” means the life insurance company(ies), selected at the sole discretion of the Committee, that issues the Policy.

1.11“Plan Year” shall mean a period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31^st of such calendar year during which this Agreement is in effect and has not been terminated.

1.12“Policy” shall mean the life insurance policy or policies owned by the Participant in accordance with Article 2 that is the subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.13“Retirement” or “Retired” shall mean the Participant’s separation from service with all Employers for any reason on or after the attainment of (a) age 65, (b) age 55 with at least 10 Years of Service, or (c) 30 Years of Service.

1.14“Tax Bonus”shall mean all of the payments made by the Participant’s Employer to the Participant in any one Plan Year in accordance with Section 3.2.

1.15“Termination of Employment” shall mean separation from service with all Employers voluntarily or involuntarily for any reason other than Retirement.

1.16Year of Service” shall mean a year of service as defined pursuant to the Washington Group International, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (or any successor plan thereto) for vesting purposes.

ARTICLE 2

Selection, Enrollment, and Eligibility

2.1Selection by Committee.  The Company has entered into this Agreement with the Participant, who the Committee has determined is a member of a select group of management or a highly compensated Employee.

2.2Policy Terms. The Participant may designate any person or entity, including the Participant, as the owner of the Policy.  If the Participant designates any person (other than the Participant) or any entity as owner of the Policy, (i) the Bonus payments, if any, made under this Agreement shall be made on behalf of the Participant in accordance with Section 3.1, (ii) any Tax Bonus payments shall be made directly to the Participant in accordance with Section 3.2, and (iii) no Employer shall owe any obligation to such person or entity.

2.3Company Authority.  With respect to each Policy, the Company:

(a)Shall have the authority, in its sole discretion to select the Policy and Insurer;

(b)Shall have the authority to verify with the Insurer that the Policy remains in force.  The Participant shall cooperate with the Company with respect to any actions required by the Insurer to grant to the Company such power;

(c)May, at any time prior to the Participant’s Termination of Employment, increase or decrease the amount of coverage provided under the Policy by action of the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Participant agrees to cooperate in applying for and obtaining any additional coverage under the Policy; and

(d)Shall have the sole and absolute right to invest and reallocate the Policy’s cash surrender value as the Company determines in its sole discretion until such time as the Participant’s Employer ceases making Bonus payments to the Participant pursuant to Section 3.4.  Except as otherwise determined by the Company, the default investment option for the Policy’s cash surrender value shall be the declared fixed rate account for the Policy.  The Participant shall cooperate with the Company with respect to any actions required by the Insurer to grant to the Company such power.  The Company shall not have any liability associated with such investment authority and discretion, provided that the Company makes all payments required under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

Bonus Payments and Tax Bonus Payments

3.1Bonus Payments.  As the Participant’s Bonus, the Participant’s Employer shall pay to the Insurer, on behalf of the Participant, any required premiums due on the Policy in each Plan Year.  The amount of such premium payments are intended, but shall not be required, to be sufficient to provide for a death benefit under the Policy equal to (a) the Participant’s Base Annual Salary, multiplied by 200%, at all times prior to the Participant’s Retirement; and (b) the Participant’s Base Annual Salary, multiplied by 100%, at all times on or after the Participant’s Retirement.  Upon Retirement, the Employer shall make a final Bonus payment that is estimated to provide for the targeted death benefit under the Policy described in the preceding sentence.

All premium payments shall be treated as compensation to the Participant, provided, however, that such payments shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the Participant’s eligible compensation under any of the Company’s benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Washington Group International Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan, the Washington Group International Restoration Plan and the Washington Group International 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan.  All premium

payments under this Agreement shall be paid at a time selected by the Committee in its sole discretion but in no event later than seventy-five (75) days after the end of the Plan Year to which the premiums relate.

3.2Tax Bonus.  In addition to the Bonus payments made in accordance with Section 3.1 above, the Participant’s Employer shall pay a Tax Bonus directly to the Participant.  The amount of the Tax Bonus will be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  It is anticipated that the sum of the Tax Bonus and the Bonus payment shall provide the Participant with after-tax compensation that approximates the premiums due on the Policy in each Plan Year.

The Tax Bonus shall be paid at a time selected by the Committee in its sole discretion but in no event later than seventy-five (75) days after the end of the Plan Year to which the Bonus relates.

3.3Tax Withholding.  The Participant’s Employer shall withhold from the Participant’s compensation all required federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes, in connection with the Company’s payment of the Bonus and the Tax Bonus, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the sole discretion of the Employer.

3.4Cessation of Bonus Payments and Tax Bonus Payments; Termination of Participation.

(a)The Participant’s Employer shall cease making the Bonus payments described in Section 3.1 and the Tax Bonus payments described in Section 3.2 upon the first to occur of the following:

(i)The Participant borrows against or withdraws all or a portion of the Policy’s cash value;

(ii)The Participant experiences a Termination of Employment; however, if the Participant Retires then a final Bonus payment shall be paid as provided in Section 3.1;

(iii)The Policy is no longer in force; or

(iv)The Employer terminates the Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1.

(b)If the Participant’s Employer ceases making payments pursuant to this Section 3.4, all Employers and the Committee shall be fully and completely discharged from all further obligations under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate.

3.5Loss of Policy Benefits.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no benefits shall be payable under this Agreement if the terms of any Policy are violated in any manner that results in denial of benefits otherwise payable under such Policy.

ARTICLE 4

Beneficiary Designation

4.1Beneficiary.  The Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Policy to a beneficiary upon the death of the Participant.  The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other plan of an Employer in which the Participant participates; provided, however, that the Participant may not designate the Company or an Employer as his or her Beneficiary.

ARTICLE 5

Termination and Amendment

5.1Termination.  The Board reserves the right to terminate this Agreement at any time.  At least sixty (60) days prior to any such termination under this Section 5.1, the Company shall provide the Participant written notice of the Board’s intention to terminate the Agreement.

5.2Amendment.  The Board may, in its sole discretion and at any time, amend or modify the Agreement in whole or in part.

ARTICLE 6

Administration

6.1Committee Duties.  This Agreement shall be administered by a Committee, which shall consist of the Board, or such committee as the Board shall appoint.  The Committee shall have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.  The Committee shall not have the authority to terminate or amend the Agreement.  If the Participant is serving on the Committee, the Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself.  When making a determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Company.

6.2Agents.  In the administration of this Agreement, the Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to any Employer.

6.3Binding Effect of Decisions.  The decision or action of the Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Agreement.

6.4Indemnity of Committee.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee and any Employee to whom the duties of the Committee may be delegated against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Committee, any of its members or any such Employee.

6.5Company Information.  To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Company and each Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the retirement, death or other termination of employment of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Committee may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 7

Other Benefits and Agreements

7.1Coordination with Other Benefits.  The benefits provided for the Participant under this Agreement are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of an Employer.  The Agreement shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.

ARTICLE 8

Claims Procedures

8.1Presentation of Claim.  The Participant (“Claimant”) may deliver to the Committee a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant under this Agreement.  If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after the Claimant received such notice.  All other claims must be made within 180 days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred.  The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.

8.2Notification of Decision.  The Committee shall consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time, but no later than ninety (90) days after receiving the claim.  If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial ninety (90) day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of the initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination.  The Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing:

(a)that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or,

(b)that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and such notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

(i)the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;

(ii)specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Agreement upon which such denial was based;

(iii)a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(iv)an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 8.3 below; and,

(v)a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

8.3Review of a Denied Claim.  On or before sixty (60) days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim.  The Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):

(a)may, upon request and free of charge, have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim for benefits;

(b)may submit written comments or other documents; and/or

(c)may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.

8.4Decision on Review.  The Committee shall render its decision on review promptly, and no later than sixty (60) days after the Committee receives the Claimant’s written request for a review of the denial of the claim.  If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60) day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of the initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination.  In rendering its decision, the Committee shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.  The decision must be written in a manner calculated to

be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain:

(a)specific reasons for the decision;

(b)specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions of this Agreement upon which the decision was based;

(c)a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and

(d)a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

8.5Legal Action.  A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 8 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 9

Miscellaneous

9.1Status of Agreement.  This Agreement is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing welfare benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of DOL Regulation Section 2520.104-24.  This Agreement shall be administered and interpreted to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.

9.2Unsecured General Creditor.  The Participant and his or her Beneficiary, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of an Employer.  For purposes of the payment of benefits under this Agreement, any and all of an Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged unrestricted assets of such Employer.  An Employer’s obligation under this Agreement shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.

9.3Company’s Liability.  This Agreement shall exclusively determine the Company’s liability for the payment of benefits under this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement should be construed as tax advice on the part of the Company.  The Company is not responsible for the tax effects of the receipt of any Policy proceeds by the Participant, a Beneficiary, or any other party.

9.4Nonassignability.  Neither the Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly

declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable.  No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by the Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of the Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.

9.5Not a Contract of Employment.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between any Employer and the Participant.  Such employment is hereby acknowledged to be an “at will” employment relationship that can be terminated at any time for any reason, or no reason, with or without cause, and with or without notice, unless expressly provided in a written employment agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to give the Participant the right to be retained in the service of any Employer, as an Employee, or to interfere with the right of any Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

9.6Furnishing Information.  The Participant or his or her Beneficiary will cooperate with the Committee by furnishing any and all information requested by the Committee and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of this Agreement and the payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to taking such physical examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.

9.7Terms.  Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.

9.8Captions.  The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

9.9Governing Law.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Idaho without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

9.10Notice.  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

Washington Group International, Inc.

Attn: Larry L. Myers

Senior Vice President – Human Resources

720 Park Blvd.

Boise, ID 83729

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Participant under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.

9.11Successors.  The provisions of this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary.

9.12Spouse’s Interest.  The interest in the benefits hereunder of a spouse of the Participant who has predeceased the Participant shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable by such spouse in any manner, including but not limited to such spouse’s will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.

9.13Validity.  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

9.14Incompetent.  If the Committee determines in its discretion that a benefit under this Agreement is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person.  The Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit.  Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under this Agreement for such payment amount.

9.15Court Order.  The Committee is authorized to make any payments directed by court order in any action in which the Committee has been named as a party.  In addition, if a court determines that a spouse or former spouse of the Participant has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under this Agreement in connection with a property settlement or otherwise, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to immediately distribute the spouse’s or former spouse’s interest in the Participant’s benefits under this Agreement to that spouse or former spouse.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has signed and the Company has accepted this, on its behalf and on behalf of the Participant’s Employer, as of December 8, 2005.

“Company”		“Participant”
Washington Group International, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By:	/s/ Larry L. Myers	/s/ Stephen G. Hanks
	Larry L. Myers	Stephen G. Hanks
	Senior Vice President – Human Resources

EX-10.32

EXHIBIT 10.32

Washington Group International, Inc.

Executive Life Insurance Agreement

Effective January 1, 2005

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE 1	Definitions	1
ARTICLE 2	Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility	2
2.1	Selection by Committee	2
2.2	Policy Terms	2
2.3	Company Authority	3
ARTICLE 3	Bonus Payments and Tax Bonus Payments	3
3.1	Bonus Payments	3
3.2	Tax Bonus	4
3.3	Tax Withholding	4
3.4	Cessation of Bonus Payments and Tax Bonus Payments; Termination of Participation.	4
3.5	Loss of Policy Benefits	4
ARTICLE 4	Beneficiary Designation	5
4.1	Beneficiary	5
ARTICLE 5	Termination and Amendment	5
5.1	Termination	5
5.2	Amendment	5
ARTICLE 6	Administration	5
6.1	Committee Duties	5
6.2	Agents	5
6.3	Binding Effect of Decisions	5
6.4	Indemnity of Committee	6
6.5	Company Information	6
ARTICLE 7	Other Benefits and Agreements	6
7.1	Coordination with Other Benefits	6
ARTICLE 8	Claims Procedures	6
8.1	Presentation of Claim	6
8.2	Notification of Decision	6
8.3	Review of a Denied Claim	7
8.4	Decision on Review	7
8.5	Legal Action	8
ARTICLE 9	Miscellaneous	8

9.1	Status of Agreement	8
9.2	Unsecured General Creditor	8
9.3	Company’s Liability	8
9.4	Nonassignability	8
9.5	Not a Contract of Employment	9
9.6	Furnishing Information	9
9.7	Terms	9
9.8	Captions	9
9.9	Governing Law	9
9.10	Notice	9
9.11	Successors	10
9.12	Spouse’s Interest	10
9.13	Validity	10
9.14	Incompetent	10
9.15	Court Order	10

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

EXECUTIVE LIFE INSURANCE AGREEMENT

Effective January 1, 2005

Purpose

The purpose of this Agreement is to provide an annual bonus to Thomas H. Zarges (the “Participant”), subject to the terms and conditions contained herein.

ARTICLE 1
Definitions

Whenever capitalized in this document, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below unless otherwise expressly provided:

1.17“Agreement” shall mean the Washington Group International, Inc. Executive Life Insurance Agreement evidenced by this instrument, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.18“Base Annual Salary” shall mean an amount of cash compensation, measured and annualized as of March 31 of each Plan Year, relating to services performed during the related calendar year, excluding certain items, such as (but not limited to) bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, stock options, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, director fees and other fees, and automobile and other allowances paid to the Participant for employment services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the Employee’s gross income).  Base Annual Salary shall be calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to all qualified or nonqualified plans of any Employer and shall be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included in the Participant’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) pursuant to plans established by any Employer; provided, however, that all such amounts will be included in compensation only to the extent that had there been no such plan, the amount would have been payable in cash to the Employee.

1.19“Beneficiary” shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with Article 4, that are entitled to receive a benefit under a Policy upon the death of the Participant.

1.20“Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company and to the extent of any delegation by the Board to a committee of directors, such committee.

1.21“Bonus” shall mean all of the payments made by the Participant’s Employer in any one Plan Year, on behalf of the Participant to an Insurer in accordance with Section 3.1.

1.22“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.23“Committee” shall mean the committee described in Article 6.

1.24“Company” shall mean Washington Group International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto, including any corporation that is a successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business.

1.25“Employer(s)” shall mean the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries (now in existence or hereafter formed or acquired).

1.26“Insurer” means the life insurance company(ies), selected at the sole discretion of the Committee, that issues the Policy.

1.27“Plan Year” shall mean a period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31^st of such calendar year during which this Agreement is in effect and has not been terminated.

1.28“Policy” shall mean the life insurance policy or policies owned by the Participant in accordance with Article 2 that is the subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.29“Retirement” or “Retired” shall mean the Participant’s separation from service with all Employers for any reason on or after the attainment of (a) age 65, (b) age 55 with at least 10 Years of Service, or (c) 30 Years of Service.

1.30“Tax Bonus”shall mean all of the payments made by the Participant’s Employer to the Participant in any one Plan Year in accordance with Section 3.2.

1.31“Termination of Employment” shall mean separation from service with all Employers voluntarily or involuntarily for any reason other than Retirement.

1.32Year of Service” shall mean a year of service as defined pursuant to the Washington Group International, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (or any successor plan thereto) for vesting purposes.

ARTICLE 2
Selection, Enrollment, and Eligibility

2.4Selection by Committee.  The Company has entered into this Agreement with the Participant, who the Committee has determined is a member of a select group of management or a highly compensated Employee.

2.5Policy Terms. The Participant may designate any person or entity, including the Participant, as the owner of the Policy.  If the Participant designates any person (other than the Participant) or any entity as owner of the Policy, (i) the Bonus payments, if any, made under this Agreement shall be made on behalf of the Participant in accordance with Section 3.1, (ii) any Tax Bonus payments shall be made directly to the Participant in accordance with Section 3.2, and (iii) no Employer shall owe any obligation to such

person or entity.

2.6Company Authority.  With respect to each Policy, the Company:

(e)Shall have the authority, in its sole discretion to select the Policy and Insurer;

(f)Shall have the authority to verify with the Insurer that the Policy remains in force.  The Participant shall cooperate with the Company with respect to any actions required by the Insurer to grant to the Company such power;

(g)May, at any time prior to the Participant’s Termination of Employment, increase or decrease the amount of coverage provided under the Policy by action of the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Participant agrees to cooperate in applying for and obtaining any additional coverage under the Policy; and

(h)Shall have the sole and absolute right to invest and reallocate the Policy’s cash surrender value as the Company determines in its sole discretion until such time as the Participant’s Employer ceases making Bonus payments to the Participant pursuant to Section 3.4.  Except as otherwise determined by the Company, the default investment option for the Policy’s cash surrender value shall be the declared fixed rate account for the Policy.  The Participant shall cooperate with the Company with respect to any actions required by the Insurer to grant to the Company such power.  The Company shall not have any liability associated with such investment authority and discretion, provided that the Company makes all payments required under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3
Bonus Payments and Tax Bonus Payments

3.5Bonus Payments.  As the Participant’s Bonus, the Participant’s Employer shall pay to the Insurer, on behalf of the Participant, any required premiums due on the Policy in each Plan Year.  The amount of such premium payments are intended, but shall not be required, to be sufficient to provide for a death benefit under the Policy equal to (a) the Participant’s Base Annual Salary, multiplied by 200%, at all times prior to the Participant’s Retirement; and (b) the Participant’s Base Annual Salary, multiplied by 100%, at all times on or after the Participant’s Retirement.  Upon Retirement, the Employer shall make a final Bonus payment that is estimated to provide for the targeted death benefit under the Policy described in the preceding sentence.

All premium payments shall be treated as compensation to the Participant, provided, however, that such payments shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the Participant’s eligible compensation under any of the Company’s benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Washington Group International Voluntary Deferred

Compensation Plan, the Washington Group International Restoration Plan and the Washington Group International 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan.  All premium payments under this Agreement shall be paid at a time selected by the Committee in its sole discretion but in no event later than seventy-five (75) days after the end of the Plan Year to which the premiums relate.

3.6Tax Bonus.  In addition to the Bonus payments made in accordance with Section 3.1 above, the Participant’s Employer shall pay a Tax Bonus directly to the Participant.  The amount of the Tax Bonus will be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  It is anticipated that the sum of the Tax Bonus and the Bonus payment shall provide the Participant with after-tax compensation that approximates the premiums due on the Policy in each Plan Year.

The Tax Bonus shall be paid at a time selected by the Committee in its sole discretion but in no event later than seventy-five (75) days after the end of the Plan Year to which the Bonus relates.

3.7Tax Withholding.  The Participant’s Employer shall withhold from the Participant’s compensation all required federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes, in connection with the Company’s payment of the Bonus and the Tax Bonus, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the sole discretion of the Employer.

3.8Cessation of Bonus Payments and Tax Bonus Payments; Termination of Participation.

(a)The Participant’s Employer shall cease making the Bonus payments described in Section 3.1 and the Tax Bonus payments described in Section 3.2 upon the first to occur of the following:

(i)The Participant borrows against or withdraws all or a portion of the Policy’s cash value;

(ii)The Participant experiences a Termination of Employment; however, if the Participant Retires then a final Bonus payment shall be paid as provided in Section 3.1;

(iii)The Policy is no longer in force; or

(iv)The Employer terminates the Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1.

(b)If the Participant’s Employer ceases making payments pursuant to this Section 3.4, all Employers and the Committee shall be fully and completely discharged from all further obligations under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate.

3.6Loss of Policy Benefits.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no benefits shall be payable under this Agreement if the terms of any Policy are violated in any manner that results in denial of benefits otherwise payable under such Policy.

ARTICLE 4
Beneficiary Designation

4.2Beneficiary.  The Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Policy to a beneficiary upon the death of the Participant.  The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other plan of an Employer in which the Participant participates; provided, however, that the Participant may not designate the Company or an Employer as his or her Beneficiary.

ARTICLE 5
Termination and Amendment

5.3Termination.  The Board reserves the right to terminate this Agreement at any time.  At least sixty (60) days prior to any such termination under this Section 5.1, the Company shall provide the Participant written notice of the Board’s intention to terminate the Agreement.

5.4Amendment.  The Board may, in its sole discretion and at any time, amend or modify the Agreement in whole or in part.

ARTICLE 6
Administration

6.6Committee Duties.  This Agreement shall be administered by a Committee, which shall consist of the Board, or such committee as the Board shall appoint.  The Committee shall have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.  The Committee shall not have the authority to terminate or amend the Agreement.  If the Participant is serving on the Committee, the Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself.  When making a determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Company.

6.7Agents.  In the administration of this Agreement, the Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to any Employer.

6.8Binding Effect of Decisions.  The decision or action of the Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Agreement.

6.9Indemnity of Committee.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee and any Employee to whom the duties of the Committee may be delegated against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Committee, any of its members or any such Employee.

6.10Company Information.  To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Company and each Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the retirement, death or other termination of employment of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Committee may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 7
Other Benefits and Agreements

7.2Coordination with Other Benefits.  The benefits provided for the Participant under this Agreement are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of an Employer.  The Agreement shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.

ARTICLE 8
Claims Procedures

8.3Presentation of Claim.  The Participant (“Claimant”) may deliver to the Committee a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant under this Agreement.  If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after the Claimant received such notice.  All other claims must be made within 180 days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred.  The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.

8.4Notification of Decision.  The Committee shall consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time, but no later than ninety (90) days after receiving the claim.  If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial ninety (90) day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of the initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination.  The Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing:

(c)that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or,

(d)that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and such notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

(i)the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;

(ii)specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Agreement upon which such denial was based;

(iii)a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(iv)an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 8.3 below; and,

(v)a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

8.5Review of a Denied Claim.  On or before sixty (60) days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim.  The Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):

(d)may, upon request and free of charge, have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim for benefits;

(e)may submit written comments or other documents; and/or

(f)may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.

8.6Decision on Review.  The Committee shall render its decision on review promptly, and no later than sixty (60) days after the Committee receives the Claimant’s written request for a review of the denial of the claim.  If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60) day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of the initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination.  In rendering its decision, the Committee shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.  The decision must be written in a manner calculated to

be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain:

(e)specific reasons for the decision;

(f)specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions of this Agreement upon which the decision was based;

(g)a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and

(h)a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

8.6Legal Action.  A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 8 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 9
Miscellaneous

9.8Status of Agreement.  This Agreement is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing welfare benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of DOL Regulation Section 2520.104-24.  This Agreement shall be administered and interpreted to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.

9.9Unsecured General Creditor.  The Participant and his or her Beneficiary, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of an Employer.  For purposes of the payment of benefits under this Agreement, any and all of an Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged unrestricted assets of such Employer.  An Employer’s obligation under this Agreement shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.

9.10Company’s Liability.  This Agreement shall exclusively determine the Company’s liability for the payment of benefits under this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement should be construed as tax advice on the part of the Company.  The Company is not responsible for the tax effects of the receipt of any Policy proceeds by the Participant, a Beneficiary, or any other party.

9.11Nonassignability.  Neither the Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly

declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable.  No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by the Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of the Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.

9.12Not a Contract of Employment.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between any Employer and the Participant.  Such employment is hereby acknowledged to be an “at will” employment relationship that can be terminated at any time for any reason, or no reason, with or without cause, and with or without notice, unless expressly provided in a written employment agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to give the Participant the right to be retained in the service of any Employer, as an Employee, or to interfere with the right of any Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

9.13Furnishing Information.  The Participant or his or her Beneficiary will cooperate with the Committee by furnishing any and all information requested by the Committee and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of this Agreement and the payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to taking such physical examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.

9.14Terms.  Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.

9.11Captions.  The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

9.12Governing Law.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Idaho without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

9.13Notice.  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

Washington Group International, Inc.

Attn: Larry L. Myers

Senior Vice President – Human Resources

720 Park Blvd.

Boise, ID 83729

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Participant under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.

9.16Successors.  The provisions of this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary.

9.17Spouse’s Interest.  The interest in the benefits hereunder of a spouse of the Participant who has predeceased the Participant shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable by such spouse in any manner, including but not limited to such spouse’s will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.

9.18Validity.  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

9.19Incompetent.  If the Committee determines in its discretion that a benefit under this Agreement is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person.  The Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit.  Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under this Agreement for such payment amount.

9.20Court Order.  The Committee is authorized to make any payments directed by court order in any action in which the Committee has been named as a party.  In addition, if a court determines that a spouse or former spouse of the Participant has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under this Agreement in connection with a property settlement or otherwise, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to immediately distribute the spouse’s or former spouse’s interest in the Participant’s benefits under this Agreement to that spouse or former spouse.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has signed and the Company has accepted this, on its behalf and on behalf of the Participant’s Employer, as of December 8, 2005.

“Company”		“Participant”
Washington Group International, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By:	/s/ Larry L. Myers	/s/ Thomas H. Zarges
	Larry L. Myers	Thomas H. Zarges
	Senior Vice President – Human Resources

EX-21

EXHIBIT 21

Washington Group International, Inc. Subsidiaries

Company Name	Jurisdiction
21st Century Rail Corporation	Delaware
Badger Energy Inc.	Delaware
Badger Middle East, Inc.	Delaware
Badger-SMAS Ltd.	Saudi Arabia
Broadway Insurance Company, Ltd.	Bermuda
CH2M-WG Idaho, LLC	Idaho
Catalytic Servicios C.A.	Venezuela
Constructora MK de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
Cosa-United C.A.	Venezuela
Dulles Transit Partners, LLC	Virginia
Ebasco International Corporation	Delaware
Energy Overseas International Inc.	Delaware
FD/MK Limited Liability Company	Delaware
GIBSIN Engineers, Ltd	Taiwan, R.O.C.
Global Energy Services LLC	Delaware
Hampton Roads Public-Private Development, LLC	Virginia
Harbert-Yeargin Inc	Delaware
Johnson Controls Northern New Mexico, LLC	New Mexico
Leasing Corporation (The)	Nevada
Los Alamos National Security, LLC	Delaware
MK Aviation Services, Inc.	Nevada
MK Engineers and Contractors, S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
MK Nevada LLC	Nevada
MKF Facilities Management Ltd.	Ireland
MKK Leasing General Partnership	Nevada
Mibrag B.V.	Netherlands
Middle East Holdings Limited	Colorado
Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH	Germany
Morrison Knudsen Engenharia S.A.	Brazil
Morrison Knudsen Fort Knox Project Limited, L.L.C.	Ohio
Morrison Knudsen MISR LLC, a Limited Liability Company	Egypt
Morrison Knudsen Peru Services S.A.	Peru
Morrison Knudsen Peru Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada	Peru
Morrison Knudsen Umwelt GmbH	Germany
Morrison Knudsen Venezuela, S.A.	Venezuela
National Projects, Inc.	Nevada
PT Morrison Knudsen Indonesia	Indonesia
PT Power Jawa Barat	Indonesia

Company Name	Jurisdiction
Parkway Group LLC	Georgia
Platte River Constructors, Ltd.	Ohio
Pomeroy Corporation	California
Ralph Tyler Services, Ltd.	Ohio
Raytheon Engineers & Constructors Germany GmbH	Germany
Raytheon Engineers & Constructors Italy S.r.L.	Italy
Raytheon-Ebasco Overseas Ltd.	Delaware
Rocky Mountain Remediation Services LLC	Colorado
Rust Constructors Inc.	Delaware
Rust Constructors Puerto Rico, Inc.	Nevada
Safe Sites of Colorado L.L.C.	Delaware
Shanghai EBASCO/ECEPDI Engineering Corporation	China
Steam Generating Team LLC, (The)	Ohio
THOR Treatment Technologies, LLC	Delaware
Targhee Overseas Services LLC	Delaware
United Engineers Far East, Ltd.	Delaware
United Engineers International, Inc.	Pennsylvania
United Mid East Saudi Arabia	Saudi Arabia
United Mid-East, Inc.	Delaware
W.Z.S. Limited	England
WGCI, Inc.	Delaware
WGI Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.	Singapore
WGI Asia, Inc.	Delaware
WGI Global Inc.	Nevada
WGI Industrial Services, Ltd.	Ohio
WGI Middle East (UK) Ltd.	United Kingdom
WGI Middle East Inc.	Nevada
WGI Netherlands B.V.	Netherlands
WSMS Mid-America LLC	Delaware
WSMS-MK LLC	Tennessee
Washington ACE LLP	United Kingdom
Washington Architects, LLC	Delaware
Washington Closure Company LLC	Washington
Washington Closure Hanford LLC	Delaware
Washington Construction Corporation	Montana
Washington Demilitarization Company, LLC	Delaware
Washington E & C Limited	United Kingdom
Washington E&C Romania S.R.L.	Romania
Washington Earth Tech Disposal Cell (WEDC) LLC	Tennessee
Washington Electrical, Inc.	Nevada
Washington Engineering Quality Services Corporation	Delaware
Washington Engineers LLP	Puerto Rico
Washington Engineers PSC	Puerto Rico

Company Name	Jurisdiction
Washington Enterprises Emirates LLC	United Arab Emirates
Washington Group (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd	Malaysia
Washington Group Argentina, Inc.	Nevada
Washington Group BWXT Operating Services, LLC	Delaware
Washington Group Bolivia S.R.L.	Bolivia
Washington Group Deutschland GmbH	Germany
Washington Group Engineering Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.	China
Washington Group Industrial GmbH	Germany
Washington Group International Hungary Kft	Hungary
Washington Group International Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.	China
Washington Group International do Brasil Ltda.	Brazil
Washington Group International, Inc. (an Ohio corporation)	Ohio
Washington Group Ireland Ltd.	Delaware
Washington Group Latin America, Inc.	Delaware
Washington Group NTS LLC	Delaware
Washington Group Northern Ltd.	Canada
Washington Group Polska Sp. z o.o.	Poland
Washington Group Romania S.R.L.	Romania
Washington Infrastructure Corporation	New York
Washington Infrastructure Services, Inc.	Colorado
Washington International B.V.	Netherlands
Washington International Holding Limited	United Kingdom
Washington International, Inc.	Nevada
Washington International, LLC	Delaware
Washington Midwest LLC	Ohio
Washington Ohio Services LLC	Nevada
Washington Quality Inspection Company	Delaware
Washington Quality Programs Company	Delaware
Washington Safety Management Solutions LLC	Delaware
Washington Savannah River Company LLC	Delaware
Washington Senggara Sdn Bhd	Malaysia
Washington Services (Thailand) Ltd.	Thailand
Washington TRU Solutions LLC	New Mexico
Washington Zander Global Services GmbH	Germany
Washington-Catalytic, Inc.	Delaware
Washington-Framatome ANP DE&S Decontamination & Decommissioning, LLC	New Mexico
West Valley Nuclear Services Company LLC	Delaware
Westinghouse Government Environmental Services Company LLC	Delaware
Westmoreland Resources, Inc.	Delaware
Wisconsin Power Constructors, LLC	Wisconsin

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-108941 and 333-123881 on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 28, 2006, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Washington Group International, Inc. and subsidiaries, and management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Washington Group International, Inc. for the year ended December 30, 2005.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

March 1, 2006

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-108941 and 333-123881 of Washington Group International, Inc. on Form S-8 of our report dated February 6, 2006 relating to the audit of the consolidated balance sheets of Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH, Theissen (Germany) and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005 appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Washington Group International, Inc. for the year ended December 30, 2005. In the report, we express the opinion that the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH, Theissen (Germany), and the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Germany. The effect of applying accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America on the results of operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005 and on shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, audited by us, is fairly presented in Note C to the consolidated financial statements.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE GMBH

Deloitte & Touche GmbH

Leipzig, Germany

March 2, 2006

EX-24

EXHIBIT 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, the undersigned,  a Director of Washington Group International, Inc.,  do hereby constitute and appoint George H. Juetten,  Richard D. Parry, and Craig G. Taylor,  or any of them acting alone, my true and lawful attorneys or attorney,  to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all instruments which said attorneys or attorney may deem necessary or advisable to enable Washington Group International, Inc.  to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and all rules,  regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof,  in connection with the filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, including specifically,  but without limitation thereof, power and authority to sign my name as Director of Washington Group International, Inc ., to the Annual Reports on Form 10-K required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended 2005 and for all subsequent years until revoked by me, otherwise cancelled,  or replaced by a new Power of Attorney and to any instruments or documents filed as a part of or in connection therewith; and I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys or attorney shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness my hand this 1st day of March, 2006.

 /s/ John R. Alm

John R. Alm

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, the undersigned, a Director of Washington Group International, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint George H. Juetten, Richard D. Parry, and Craig G. Taylor, or any of them acting alone, my true and lawful attorneys or attorney, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all instruments which said attorneys or attorney may deem necessary or advisable to enable Washington Group International, Inc. to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, including specifically, but without limitation thereof, power and authority to sign my name as Director of Washington Group International, Inc., to the Annual Reports on Form 10-K required to be fi led with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended 2005 and for all subsequent years until revoked by me, otherwise cancelled, or replaced by a new Power of Attorney and to any instruments or documents filed as a part of or in connection therewith; and I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys or attorney shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness my hand this 18th day of November, 2005.

  /s/ D. H. Batchelder

David H. Batchelder

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, the undersigned, a Director of Washington Group International, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint George H. Juetten, Richard D. Parry, and Craig G. Taylor, or any of them acting alone, my true and lawful attorneys or attorney, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all instruments which said attorneys or attorney may deem necessary or advisable to enable Washington Group International, Inc. to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, including specifically, but without limitation thereof, power and authority to sign my name as Director of Washington Group International, Inc., to the Annual Reports on Form 10-K required to be fi led with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended 2005 and for all subsequent years until revoked by me, otherwise cancelled, or replaced by a new Power of Attorney and to any instruments or documents filed as a part of or in connection therewith; and I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys or attorney shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness my hand this 18th day of November, 2005.

  /s/ Michael R. D’Appolonia

Michael R. D’Appolonia

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, the undersigned, a Director of Washington Group International, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint George H. Juetten, Richard D. Parry, and Craig G. Taylor, or any of them acting alone, my true and lawful attorneys or attorney, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all instruments which said attorneys or attorney may deem necessary or advisable to enable Washington Group International, Inc. to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, including specifically, but without limitation thereof, power and authority to sign my name as Director of Washington Group International, Inc., to the Annual Reports on Form 10-K required to be fi led with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended 2005 and for all subsequent years until revoked by me, otherwise cancelled, or replaced by a new Power of Attorney and to any instruments or documents filed as a part of or in connection therewith; and I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys or attorney shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness my hand this 18th day of November, 2005.

  /s/ C. Scott Greer

C. Scott Greer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, the undersigned, a Director of Washington Group International, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint George H. Juetten, Richard D. Parry, and Craig G. Taylor, or any of them acting alone, my true and lawful attorneys or attorney, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all instruments which said attorneys or attorney may deem necessary or advisable to enable Washington Group International, Inc. to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, including specifically, but without limitation thereof, power and authority to sign my name as Director of Washington Group International, Inc., to the Annual Reports on Form 10-K required to be fi led with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended 2005 and for all subsequent years until revoked by me, otherwise cancelled, or replaced by a new Power of Attorney and to any instruments or documents filed as a part of or in connection therewith; and I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys or attorney shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness my hand this 18th day of November, 2005.

  /s/ Gail E. Hamilton

Gail E. Hamilton

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, the undersigned, a Director of Washington Group International, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint George H. Juetten, Richard D. Parry, and Craig G. Taylor, or any of them acting alone, my true and lawful attorneys or attorney, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all instruments which said attorneys or attorney may deem necessary or advisable to enable Washington Group International, Inc. to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, including specifically, but without limitation thereof, power and authority to sign my name as Director of Washington Group International, Inc., to the Annual Reports on Form 10-K required to be fi led with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended 2005 and for all subsequent years until revoked by me, otherwise cancelled, or replaced by a new Power of Attorney and to any instruments or documents filed as a part of or in connection therewith; and I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys or attorney shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness my hand this 18th day of November, 2005.

  /s/ William H. Mallender

William H. Mallender

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, the undersigned, a Director of Washington Group International, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint George H. Juetten, Richard D. Parry, and Craig G. Taylor, or any of them acting alone, my true and lawful attorneys or attorney, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all instruments which said attorneys or attorney may deem necessary or advisable to enable Washington Group International, Inc. to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, including specifically, but without limitation thereof, power and authority to sign my name as Director of Washington Group International, Inc., to the Annual Reports on Form 10-K required to be fi led with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended 2005 and for all subsequent years until revoked by me, otherwise cancelled, or replaced by a new Power of Attorney and to any instruments or documents filed as a part of or in connection therewith; and I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys or attorney shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness my hand this 18th day of November, 2005.

  /s/ Michael P. Monaco

Michael P. Monaco

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, the undersigned, a Director of Washington Group International, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint George H. Juetten, Richard D. Parry, and Craig G. Taylor, or any of them acting alone, my true and lawful attorneys or attorney, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all instruments which said attorneys or attorney may deem necessary or advisable to enable Washington Group International, Inc. to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, including specifically, but without limitation thereof, power and authority to sign my name as Director of Washington Group International, Inc., to the Annual Reports on Form 10-K required to be fi led with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended 2005 and for all subsequent years until revoked by me, otherwise cancelled, or replaced by a new Power of Attorney and to any instruments or documents filed as a part of or in connection therewith; and I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys or attorney shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness my hand this 18th day of November, 2005.

  /s/ Cordell Reed

Cordell Reed

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, the undersigned, a Director of Washington Group International, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint George H. Juetten, Richard D. Parry, and Craig G. Taylor, or any of them acting alone, my true and lawful attorneys or attorney, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all instruments which said attorneys or attorney may deem necessary or advisable to enable Washington Group International, Inc. to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, including specifically, but without limitation thereof, power and authority to sign my name as Director of Washington Group International, Inc., to the Annual Reports on Form 10-K required to be fi led with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended 2005 and for all subsequent years until revoked by me, otherwise cancelled, or replaced by a new Power of Attorney and to any instruments or documents filed as a part of or in connection therewith; and I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys or attorney shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness my hand this 18th day of November, 2005.

  /s/ Dennis R. Washington

Dennis R. Washington

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, the undersigned, a Director of Washington Group International, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint George H. Juetten, Richard D. Parry, and Craig G. Taylor, or any of them acting alone, my true and lawful attorneys or attorney, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all instruments which said attorneys or attorney may deem necessary or advisable to enable Washington Group International, Inc. to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, including specifically, but without limitation thereof, power and authority to sign my name as Director of Washington Group International, Inc., to the Annual Reports on Form 10-K required to be fi led with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended 2005 and for all subsequent years until revoked by me, otherwise cancelled, or replaced by a new Power of Attorney and to any instruments or documents filed as a part of or in connection therewith; and I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys or attorney shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness my hand this 18th day of November, 2005.

  /s/ Dennis K. Williams

Dennis K. Williams

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S CERTIFICATIONS

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Stephen G. Hanks, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Washington Group International, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

a)  designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b)  designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)  evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)  disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and

b)  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

March 2, 2006
	/s/ Stephen G. Hanks
	Stephen G. Hanks
	President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER’S CERTIFICATIONS

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, George H. Juetten certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Washington Group International, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

a)  designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b)  designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)  evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)  disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and

b)  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

March 2, 2006
	/s/ George H. Juetten
	George H. Juetten
	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Washington Group International, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 2005, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to such officer’s knowledge:

(1)The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods presented in the Report.

March 2, 2006

/s/ Stephen G. Hanks

Stephen G. Hanks

President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ George H. Juetten

George H. Juetten

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

Mitteldeutsche Braun-
kohlengesellschaft mbH,
Theissen

Report on the audit of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with German GAAP and of the US GAAP reconciliations as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2005

Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Shareholders of

MIBRAG mbH

Theissen, Germany

                We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH and its subsidiaries (MIBRAG or Group) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

                We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in Germany and the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

                In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of MIBRAG as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Germany.

1

                Generally accepted accounting principles in Germany vary in certain significant respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. We have audited the effect of applying accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America on the results of operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005 and on shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. In our opinion, the effect of applying accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America on the results of operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005 and shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 is fairly presented in Note C to the consolidated financial statements.

Deloitte & Touche GmbH

Wirtschaftspruefungsgesellschaft

Leipzig, Germany

February 6, 2006

2

Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH

Consolidated Statements of Income

in thousands of Euro (TEUR)

	Year ended December 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Sales revenue	291,108		293,564		303,856
Changes in inventories	5,838		(1,133	)	5,372
Own costs capitalized	11,668		12,913		1,467
Other operating income	40,007		38,402		42,719
Total performance	348,621		343,746		353,414
Cost of materials	82,729		82,469		90,829
Personnel expenses	101,573		103,535		99,992
Depreciation on intangible and tangible fixed assets	69,747		66,594		69,582
Other operating expenses	45,072		44,859		50,158
Total operating expenses	299,121		297,457		310,561
Operating result	49,500		46,289		42,853
Income from associated company and from companies in which participations are held	208		178		920
Income from financial assets	1,266		1,565		1,848
Depreciation on financial assets and short term investments	0		(1	)	(390	)
Interest income	1,726		2,754		3,461
Interest expense	(10,510	)	(9,324	)	(10,435	)
Net income from ordinary activities	42,190		41,461		38,257
Income taxes	2,705		3,263		47
Other taxes	5,724		5,584		5,150
Net income	33,761		32,614		33,060

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,

3

Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH

Consolidated Balance Sheets

in thousands of Euro (TEUR)

	At December 31,
	2005	2004
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Concessions, trade marks, patents and licenses	248,460	256,148
Property, plant and equipment
1. Land and mining property	150,485	158,377
2. Buildings	45,148	46,180
3. Strip mines	55,694	47,210
4. Technical equipment and machinery	195,345	187,609
5. Factory and office equipment	24,894	23,853
6. Payments on account and assets under construction	19,658	20,672
	491,224	483,901
Financial assets
1. Participations (including associated company)	12,594	12,398
2. Loan receivable from participation	4,549	4,924
3. Other loan receivables	10,626	15,288
	27,769	32,610
Total non-current assets	767,453	772,659
Overburden	156,033	149,813
Current assets
Inventories
1. Raw materials and supplies	5,303	5,956
2. Finished goods	1,095	1,477
	6,398	7,433
Receivables and other assets
1. Trade receivables	34,780	31,151
2. Receivables from enterprises in which participations are held	577	521
3. Other assets	13,502	13,372
	48,859	45,044
Investments
Other investments	36,534	36,537
Cash and cash equivalents	2,774	19,248
Total current assets	94,565	108,262
Prepaid expenses	7,792	7,511
TOTAL ASSETS	1,025,843	1,038,245

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4

Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH

Consolidated Balance Sheets

in thousands of Euro (TEUR)

	At December 31,
	2005		2004
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Shareholders’ Equity
Subscribed capital	30,700		30,700
Capital reserve	293,191		293,191
Balance Sheet Profit:                 TEUR 43,544; 2004: TEUR 35,296
Less: Interim dividend paid:    TEUR 22,000; 2004: TEUR 12,500	21,544		22,796
Minority interest	(35,002	)	(37,850	)
thereof net income for the year:
TEUR 13,013 (2004: TEUR 11,500)
Total Shareholders’ Equity	310,433		308,837
Special item for investment subsidies and incentives	308,430		330,158
Provisions
1. Accruals for pensions and similar obligations	10,601		11,391
2. Taxation accruals	1,259		3,531
3. Environmental and mining provisions	197,441		192,500
4. Other accruals	20,128		22,606
	229,429		230,028
Liabilities
1. Liabilities to banks	147,584		140,078
2. Payments received	59		88
3. Trade payables	15,075		14,555
4. Payables to participations	2,613		2,253
5. Other payables	12,205		12,231
	177,536		169,205
Deferred income	15		17
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND LIABILITIES	1,025,843		1,038,245

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

5

Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

in thousands of Euro (TEUR)

	Year ended December 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Net income for the year	33,761		32,614		33,060
Depreciation on tangible, intangible andfinancial assets	69,747		66,594		69,582
Write-up of tangible assets	0		0		(3,976	)
Increase in medium- and long-term accruals	6,094		7,949		5,803
Other non-cash income and expenses	(21,923	)	(21,663	)	(22,334	)
Cash earnings according to DVFA/SG	87,679		85,494		82,135
Increase/decrease in overburden	(6,220	)	1,014		(5,520	)
Gains/losses from disposal of assets	(268	)	198		(571	)
Increase/decrease in inventories, trade receivables and other assets	(3,058	)	11,827		57,988
Increase in trade payables and other liabilities	(6,147	)	(16,955	)	(48,741	)
Cash flow from operating activities	71,986		81,578		85,291
Capital expenditures on fixed assets	(69,845	)	(47,603	)	(58,041	)
Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets	731		367		471
Acquisition of securities	(1	)	(364	)	(2	)
Proceeds from disposals of securities	5,037		5,120		3,954
Cash flow used by investing activities	(64,078	)	(42,480	)	(53,618	)
Disbursements to minority shareholders	(10,165	)	(9,623	)	(9,356	)
Disbursements to shareholders (dividends anddistributions)	(22,000	)	(12,500	)	(10,500	)
Cash inflow from borrowing	71,000		0		0
Cash outflow from repayment of bank loans	(63,217	)	(21,956	)	(17,490	)
Cash flow used by financing activities	(24,382	)	(44,079	)	(37,346	)
Change in cash and cash equivalents	(16,474	)	(4,981	)	(5,673	)
Opening balance of cash and cash equivalents	19,248		24,229		29,902
Closing balance of cash and cash equivalents	2,774		19,248		24,229
Supplemental information:
Income taxes paid	4,931		67		23
Interest paid	10,786		9,109		9,730

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

6

Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

in thousands of Euro (TEUR)

	Subscribed capital	Capital increase	Capital reserve		Balance sheet profit/ net profit		Minority Interest		Total
Balance as of January 1, 2003			293,221		3,790		(42,569	)	285,142
Net income 2003					20,862		12,198		33,060
Transfer to capital reserve			(30	)	30
Distributions					(10,500	)			(10,500	)
Disbursements to minority shareholders							(9,356	)	(9,356	)
Balance as of December 31, 2003	30,700	0	293,191		14,182		(39,727	)	298,346
Net income 2004					21,114		11,500		32,614
Transfer from capital reserve
Distributions					(12,500	)			(12,500	)
Disbursements to minority shareholders							(9,623	)	(9,623	)
Balance as of December 31, 2004	30,700	0	293,191		22,796		(37,850	)	308,837
Net income 2005					20,748		13,013		33,761
Transfer from capital reserve
Distributions					(22,000	)			(22,000	)
Disbursements to minority shareholders							(10,165	)	(10,165	)
Balance as of December 31, 2005	30,700	0	293,191		21,544		(35,002	)	310,433

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

7

NOTE A                 ORIGINATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

ORIGINATION: For decades, raw brown coal is being mined in the Mid-German area by Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH (“MIBRAG” or “MIBRAG mbH” or “Company”) and its predecessors. The current MIBRAG mbH was created from the split-up of MIBRAG AG, which had been previously owned by the Treuhandanstalt (the German government privatization agency), into three separate entities. Effective January 1, 1994 a consortium comprising of NRG Energy, Inc. (“NRG”), Washington Group International Inc. (formerly Morrison Knudsen Corporation) (“Washington Group”) and PowerGen plc. (“PowerGen”) jointly acquired 99 % of the active mining, power generation and related assets and liabilities from the Treuhandanstalt through its Dutch holding company, MIBRAG B.V. The remaining 1 % was transferred on December 18, 1996 from the German government privatization agency to Lambique Beheer B.V., Amsterdam, a subsidiary of NRG, WGI Netherlands B.V. (formerly Morrison Knudsen B.V.), Amsterdam, and PowerGen Netherlands B.V., Amsterdam, in equal portions (1/3 %) for each partner. In April 2001 Washington Group and NRG performed a share buyback of PowerGen’s 33,33 % interest in MIBRAG; thus, resulting in Washington Group and NRG each owning 50 % of MIBRAG.

NATURE OF BUSINESS: The operations of MIBRAG mbH include two open-cast brown coal mines in Profen and Schleenhain and rights on future mining reserves. Operations also include over 200 mega watts of power generation. A significant portion of the sales of MIBRAG is made pursuant to long-term coal and energy supply contracts.

NOTE B                 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION: The consolidated financial statements of MIBRAG mbH and subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with the German Commercial Code, which represents accounting principles generally accepted in Germany (“German GAAP”). German GAAP varies in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). Application of US GAAP would have affected the results of operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005 and shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 to the extent summarized in note C to the consolidated financial statements.

The figures shown in the following notes are stated in thousand of Euros (TEUR).

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION: All material companies in which MIBRAG has legal or effective control are fully consolidated. In 2005, MIBRAG consolidated 6 (2004: 6, 2003: 6) domestic subsidiaries.

8

One significant investment, the Mitteldeutsche Umwelt- und Entsorgungs GmbH, Braunsbedra (“MUEG”), in which MIBRAG has an ownership interest of 50 %, is accounted for in accordance with the equity method. This investment is referred to as an associated company in these financial statements.

All other investments are included at cost and are referred to as participations in these financial statements.

All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

USE OF ESTIMATES: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles necessarily requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

TOTAL COST METHOD: The income statement has been presented according to the total cost (or type of expenditure) format as commonly used in Germany. According to this format, production and all other expenses incurred during the period are classified by type of expenses.

REVENUE RECOGNITION: The Company recognizes revenues from sales of products at the time persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price to the customer is fixed, and collection is reasonably assured. When these four conditions are met, the Company recognizes revenues as it considers that revenues are realizable or realized and earned. Service revenue consists primarily of training, maintenance, and installation services and is recognized as the services are provided.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS: Intangible assets are valued at acquisition cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective useful lives (3 to 20 years).

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT: Property, plant and equipment acquired is recorded on the basis of acquisition or manufacturing cost, including capitalized mine development costs, and subsequently reduced by scheduled depreciation charges over the assets’ useful lives as follows: buildings 3 to 50 years, technical facilities and machinery 4 to 25 years and facilities, factory and office equipment 5 to 10 years. The line item land and land rights refers to plots of land and buildings as well as mining properties. Land is principally accounted for at acquisition costs. If, after utilization in mining, the value of a piece of land is expected to be permanently impaired, it is written down to the lower value.

9

Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed principally by the straight-line method. The strip mines (exploration and mine development costs) are amortized using the unit-of-production costs (amortization period equals the life of the mines). Low value items are expensed in the year of acquisition. Opportunities for special tax deductible depreciation were utilized for both book and tax purposes in 1998 and prior years. This resulted in lower depreciation charges for German GAAP purposes over the remaining useful life of the prospective assets.

Impairment tests of long-term assets are made when conditions indicate a possible loss. If an impairment is indicated, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value. If, at a later date, the conditions leading to impairment no longer exist, the impairment loss is reversed up to the value of such assets, if the asset had not been impaired.

INVESTMENTS: The long-term loans and investments are recorded at cost.

OVERBURDEN: Overburden represents the costs of removing the surface above a coal field subsequent to the initial opening of the field to the extent that the removal exceeds what is needed for the current year’s coal extraction. These are costs incurred in advance in respect of future coal production. The overburden is valued on an average cost basis.

INVENTORIES: Inventories are carried at the lower of average or market cost. Obsolescence provisions are made to the extent that inventory risks are determinable.

SECURITIES: Securities held as fixed assets as well as marketable securities are valued individually at cost or at lower quoted or market values.

RECEIVABLES AND OTHER ASSETS: All receivables are valued at cost, reduced for appropriate valuation allowances.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: Cash and cash equivalents include short-term, highly-liquid investments with remaining maturity dates of three months or less at the time of purchase.

SPECIAL ITEM FOR INVESTMENT SUBSIDIES AND INCENTIVES: To support the acquisition of certain tangible assets, investment allowances and subsidies were granted by the German federal government and the states of Saxony and Saxony-Anhalt. The application, conditions and payments of investment grants are governed by German law and regulations. Investment allowances and subsidies received and formally claimed are credited to the special item account. The special item is amortized into income over the normal operating useful lives of the underlying assets to which the allowances and subsidies relate.

10

As of January 1, 2002 MIBRAG acquired rights to transportation services of a railway company (TEUR 251,710) by partially waiving rights for future payments from the privatization agreement against the former shareholder Treuhandanstalt and debt of TEUR 8,963. The waiver of claims is presented on the balance sheet as deferred income in the line item special item for investment subsidies and incentives.

ACCRUALS FOR PENSION OBLIGATIONS: This accrual refers to one-time payments to non-tariff employees to which MIBRAG is committed on one side and to the compensation for lost pension credits to which MIBRAG is obliged if employees agree to take part in the Company’s early retirement program on the other side. The valuation is based on the net present value of the liability, assuming an interest rate of 6 % per annum. Insurance policies were entered into to cover MIBRAG’s obligation in the case that MIBRAG will not be solvent at the due dates of the payment.

ENVIRONMENTAL AND MINING PROVISIONS: Accruals for environmental and mining-related matters are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. These accruals are adjusted periodically as assessment and utilization progress or as additional technical or legal information becomes available.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS: The fair value of cash, accounts payable and receivable as well as short-term borrowings approximates book value because of the short maturity period and interest rates approximating market rates. The Company has determined the estimated fair value of long-term debt by using available market information and generally accepted valuation methodologies. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

LIABILITIES: Liabilities are shown at their repayment amounts.

PER SHARE AMOUNTS: Per share amounts are not disclosed in the financial statements. MIBRAG is a nonpublic enterprise.

NOTE C                 SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GERMAN AND UNITED

                                STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

The MIBRAG consolidated financial statements comply with German GAAP, which differs in certain respects from US GAAP. The significant differences that affect consolidated net income and shareholders’ equity of MIBRAG are set out below.

11

I. Application of the purchase method of accounting

The German GAAP financial statements include the historical cost book values of assets transferred from a predecessor company.

The acquisition of 99 % of the shares in MIBRAG mbH on January 1, 1994 by MIBRAG B.V. was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The purchase price adjustments to the historical cost basis have been pushed down to MIBRAG mbH for purposes of the reconciliation to US GAAP. The excess (TEUR 387,183) of the fair value of the net assets acquired over the purchase price was proportionally allocated to reduce the value assigned to non-current assets, excluding long-term investments.

12

Reconciliation to US GAAP

The following is a summary of the significant adjustments to net income for 2005, 2004 and 2003 and to shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, which would be required if US GAAP had been applied instead of German GAAP.

			Year ended December 31,
	Note		2005		2004		2003
			TEUR		TEUR		TEUR
Net income as reported in the consolidated
income statement under German GAAP			33,761		32,614		33,060
Adjustments required to conform with
US GAAP:
Fixed assets	(1	)	(5,967	)	(6,332	)	(3,542	)
Relocation accruals	(2	)	1,413		(372	)	(669	)
Investment in power plants	(3	)	(2,066	)	(2,356	)	(2,635	)
Interest capitalization	(4	)	(435	)	(435	)	(435	)
Receivable/payables at
non-market interest rates	(5	)	0		0		0
Overburden	(6	)	4,775		7,884		11,702
Environmental and mining provisions	(7	)	4,103		(1,491	)	18,869
Pension obligations	(8	)	(1,355	)	682		(1,067	)
Other	(9	)	1,511		1,475		610
Realized gains and losses on securities	(10	)	(596	)	84		(389	)
Net income in accordance with US GAAP			35,144		31,753		55,504
thereof:
Income from continuing operations			35,144		31,753		35,577
Cumulative effect of a change in accoun­ting principle			0		0		19,927

13

		Year ended December 31,
	Note	2005		2004
		TEUR		TEUR
Shareholders’ equity as reported
in the consolidated balance
sheet under German GAAP		310,433		308,837
Adjustments required to conform with
US GAAP:
Fixed assets	(1)	84,752		90,719
Relocation accruals	(2)	24,325		22,912
Investments in power plants	(3)	(44,698	)	(52,799	)
Interest capitalization	(4)	3,408		3,844
Overburden	(6)	(10,122	)	(14,897	)
Environmental and mining provisions	(7)	4,717		614
Pension obligations	(8)	(1,120	)	235
Other	(9)	(3,513	)	(4,990	)
Shareholders’ equity in accordance
with US GAAP		368,182		354,475

14

Reporting of statement of shareholders’ equity

Comprehensive income in accordance with SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income”, includes the impact of other comprehensive income. These are revenues, gains, expenses and losses that under US GAAP are not included in net income.

	Year ended December 31,
	2005		2004		2003
	TEUR		TEUR		TEUR
Net income in accordance with US GAAP	35,144		31,753		55,504
Other comprehensive income/unrealized gains on marketable securities
Reclassification adjustments for gains realized in net income	596		(84	)	0
Unrealized holding gains/(losses) on securities	(33	)	165		389
Comprehensive income	35,707		31,834		55,893

Statement of shareholders’ equity:

	Year ended December 31,
	2005	2004	2003
	TEUR	TEUR	TEUR
Stockholders’ equity according to US GAAP
before accumulated other comprehensive income	367,149	354,005	334,734
Accumulated other comprehensive income:
Unrealized holding gains/(losses) on securities	1,033	470	389
Total stockholders’ equity according to US
GAAP including comprehensive income	368,182	354,475	335,123

15

II. Notes to significant US GAAP adjustments

1. Fixed assets

The differences relate primarily to the following:

•In the US GAAP balance sheet as of January 1, 1994, fixed asset balances, other than financial assets, were adjusted to their fair market values, then reduced by the allocation of the difference between the net acquisition costs for the MIBRAG shares and the fair market value of MIBRAG’s net assets.

•The depreciation period of long term assets are based upon periods acceptable for German tax purposes, which differ from the economic useful lives for US accounting purposes.

•Special accelerated depreciation for tax purposes is recorded in the German financial statements for 1998 and prior years. This resulted in lower depreciation charges for German GAAP purposes over the remaining useful life of the prospective assets.

Upon disposal, the above differences also resulted in differing gains or losses on disposition.

Financial investment in MUEG

For German GAAP purposes, MIBRAG accounted for the investment in MUEG as of January 1, 1994 using the cost method. Under US GAAP the book value was increased to account for the equity earnings that were not distributed to MIBRAG as of that date.

2. Relocation accruals

As of January 1, 1994 for US GAAP purposes, liabilities and deferred costs of TEUR 45,357 were recognized to relocate three villages. The deferred costs are amortized in accordance with quantities of coal extracted. In accordance with German accounting principles, accruals for the relocation of villages can not be accrued earlier than two years prior to the relocation, and certain relocation costs must be expensed as incurred.

16

3. Investment in power plants

In 1995 and 1996, third party investors loaned TEUR 110,624 to a MIBRAG subsidiary, MIBRAG Industriekraftwerke GmbH & Co. KG (“MI”), which operates three lignite-fired power plants. The investment is structured such that the third party investors obtain accelerated tax depreciation while retaining a put option to sell their investments back to MIBRAG at predetermined prices at approximately TEUR 15,600. The third party investments were considered additions to equity as minority interests for German GAAP, while these arrangements are accounted for as a third-party loan in accordance with US GAAP.

4. Interest capitalization

Interest is expensed in the German financial statements. Interest expense related to qualified assets, however, is capitalized and depreciated for US GAAP purposes. The effect in 2005,   2004 and 2003 reflects the depreciation of amounts previously capitalized.

5. Receivables/payables at non-market interest rates

Certain accounts receivable or loans payable are recorded in the German GAAP financial statements at their nominal values. As they carry non-market interest rates, these receivables and payables were adjusted to their market values for US GAAP purposes.

6. Overburden

Overburden in the German financial statements includes depreciation on fixed assets (equipment) which are used for the waste removal. Because of the purchase accounting adjustments, a different amount of depreciation is included in overburden in the US GAAP financial statements. Additionally, overburden as of January 1, 1994 was written down to fair value.

17

7. Environmental and mining provisions

Certain accrued mining reclamation provisions are accrued ratably in the German financial statements. For US GAAP purposes, MIBRAG implemented SFAS 143 on January 1, 2003 and performed a complete new calculation of the asset retirement obligation (ARO) in accordance with this pronouncement at that date. In the year of adopting this new standard, MIBRAG disclosed the difference between the previous method of recognition of the endlake reserves as of December 31, 2002 (TEUR 168,532) and the new calculation of the ARO liability as of January 1, 2003 (TEUR 148,605) as a cumulative effect of initially applying SFAS 143 (cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle) in the income statement (TEUR 19,927).

8. Pension obligations

The company grants post-retirement benefits to a few employees. For US GAAP purposes the valuation and carrying amounts of pension commitments and the expenses required to cover these commitments are based on the projected unit credit method according to SFAS 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions”. The method used for the valuation of pension obligations under German GAAP differs in various respects from the projected unit credit method.

9. Other

Certain costs and income in the German financial statements are capitalized or deferred for US GAAP purposes, respectively.

10. Realized/Unrealized holding gains and losses

For US GAAP purposes available-for-sale securities are accounted for according to the cost adjusted for fair value (mark-to-market) method, under which the carrying amount is adjusted at financial statement date for changes in fair value (i.e., they are carried at market value). Unrealized gains and losses for a period are excluded from earnings and reported as other comprehensive income. For German GAAP purposes these securities are accounted for at cost. If the market value is below cost, a loss is recognized for German GAAP purposes.

18

11. Deferred taxes

The differences noted above result in temporary differences which, when combined with tax loss carry-forwards, would result in a net deferred tax asset of TEUR 87,150 and TEUR 90,313 at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. Because of available negative evidence, a 100 % valuation allowance would have been recorded at each year-end. Because no net deferred taxes were recorded for German or US GAAP purposes, no adjustment to net income or shareholders equity is listed in the preceding reconciliation.

12. U.S. GAAP Accounting Pronouncements

Adoption of accounting standards

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity”. SFAS amends the accounting and classification for certain financial instruments, such as those used in most stock buy-back programs, that previously were accounted for and classified as equity. SFAS No. 150 requires that certain types of freestanding financial instruments that have characteristics of both liabilities and equity be classified as liabilities with generally recognition of changes in fair value in the income statement.

This Statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, except for mandatory redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities. For nonpublic entities, mandatory redeemable financial instruments are subject to the provisions of this Statement for the first fiscal period beginning after December 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

19

Recently issued accounting standards

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets — An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29.” APB Opinion No. 29 provided an exception to the basic measurement principle (fair value) for exchanges of similar productive assets. That exception required that some non-monetary exchanges, although commercially substantive, be recorded on a carryover basis. SFAS No. 153 eliminates the exception to fair value for exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchange transactions that do not have commercial substance — that is, transactions that are not expected to result in significant changes in the cash flows of the reporting entity. SFAS No. 153 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 153 will have a significant impact on the result of operations or cash flows.

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections — a replacement of APB No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3. This Statement changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. It applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle, error corrections and required changes due to new accounting pronouncements which do not specify a certain transition method. The Statement generally requires retrospective application to prior period’s financial statements for changes in accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to determine either the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. In addition, this Statement requires that retrospective application of a change in accounting principle be limited to the direct effects of the change. It also requires that a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method for long-lived, nonfinancial assets be accounted for on a prospective basis. SFAS No. 154 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. MIBRAG plans to implement SFAS No. 154 on January 1, 2006. The Company expects that the adoption of SFAS No. 154 will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2005, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143 (“FIN No. 47”). FIN No. 47 clarifies the term conditional asset retirement obligation as used in SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, and requires a liability to be recorded if the fair value of the obligation can be reasonably estimated. The types of asset retirement obligations that are covered by FIN No. 47 are those for which an entity has a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity, even though the timing and method of settling the obligation are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. FIN No. 47 also clarifies when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. FIN No. 47 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company plans to implement FIN No. 47 on January 1, 2006 but does not expected

20

that the adoption of FIN No. 47 has a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In the mining industry, companies may be required to remove overburden and waste materials to access mineral deposits. The costs of removing overburden and waste materials are referred to as “stripping costs.” The Company incurs significant stripping costs in its lignite coal mining operations. In March 2005, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on Issue No. 04-6, Accounting for Stripping Costs Incurred during Production in the Mining Industry. The EITF concluded that stripping costs incurred during the production phase of a mine are variable production costs that should be included in the cost of inventory produced during the period the stripping costs are incurred. EITF No. 04-6 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company plans to implement EITF No. 04-6 on January 1, 2006.

Based upon MIBRAG’s deferred stripping costs recorded as of December 31, 2005, we estimate the adoption of EITF No. 04-6 will result in a significant write-down of capitalized overburden costs and an equivalent reduction of total stockholders’ equity. EITF No. 04-6 requires any adjustment from adoption to be recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption or by retrospective adjustment of our financial statements.

The Company’s mines are open pit lignite coal mines, which cover several square miles and have an estimated remaining life of 40 or more years. Because of the mining procedures used, the Company generally does not maintain any significant inventory of mined coal. Accordingly, under EITF No. 04-6, costs of removing overburden will be expensed in the period incurred. The execution of the mine plan may result in fiscal periods during which costs incurred for the removal of overburden will not bear a direct relationship to the revenue derived from the sale of coal. This may result in a degree of variability in the future reported earnings of the Company.

In June 2005, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 05-5, Accounting for Early Retirement or Postemployment Programs with Specific Features (such as Terms Specified in Altersteilzeit Early Retirement Arrangements). Altersteilzeit (ATZ) in Germany is incentive and benefit program towards early retirement. Companies are required to recognize the salary ratably over the active service period. Accruals for Company-granted bonuses shall be recorded ratably from the date the individual employee enrolls in the ATZ arrangements to the end of the active service period. EITF No. 05-5 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. MIBRAG plans to implement EITF No. 05-5 on January 1, 2006. The Company expects that the adoption of EITF No. 05-5 will lead to a decrease in the accruals and an increase in the shareholders’ equity in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

21

NOTE D                 CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK AND LONG-TERM COAL

                                SALES AGREEMENT

MIBRAG mbH markets its coal principally to electric utilities in Germany. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004 accounts receivable from electric utilities totaled TEUR 27,684 and TEUR 24,677, respectively. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition. Credit losses are provided for in the financial statements and consistently have been minimal.

MIBRAG mbH is committed under several long-term contracts to supply raw brown coal and whirl fine coal to the Schkopau power station and the Lippendorf power station. Under the terms of the Schkopau Agreement, MIBRAG mbH may deliver annually up to 5.8 million tons of coal. The agreement is in effect until 2010, with an option for the purchaser to extend the agreement for another 10 years. The price to be paid by the Schkopau power station is a fixed price adjusted by an annual escalation rate.

The Lippendorf Agreements provide for deliveries of up to 10 million tons of raw brown coal per year from 1999 through 2040 with an option for the customers to extend for an additional 3-year period. These Agreements were closed with Vereinigte Energiewerke AG (VEAG), Berlin, E.ON Kraftwerke GmbH, Hanover, and EnBW Lippendorf Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH, Stuttgart. The price to be paid by the Lippendorf power station is a base-price with escalation and adjustment based on quality of the coal delivered. The first bloc of the new Lippendorf power station went into full operation in October 1999 and the second bloc went into effect in May 2000.

A substantial portion of the Company’s coal reserves is dedicated to the production of coal for such agreements.

22

NOTE E                 BVS SETTLEMENT 2002

In the fourth quarter of 2002, MIBRAG mbH successfully negotiated with Bundesanstalt fuer vereinigungsbedingte Sonderaufgaben (“BvS”) amendments to the original agreement on transportation credit matters that had been entered into with the German government in 1993. The amendments were effective as of January 1, 2002. As a result of those negotiations, a settlement agreement was concluded replacing annual payments to be received by MIBRAG mbH over 18.75 years from the German government with a one-time, up-front payment totaling TEUR 383,225, which was recorded as deferred income (special item for investment subsidies and incentives). MIBRAG mbH also capitalized TEUR 251,710 for coal transportation rights (intangible assets) and TEUR 140,478 for mining rights (land and mining property) acquired through the settlement agreement. Both the deferred revenue and the rights will be amortized straight-line over the term of the contract of 18.75 years. As of December 31, 2005, the book values for coal transportation rights amounts to TEUR 198,012 (2004: TEUR 211,436) and for the mining rights TEUR 110,509 (2004: TEUR 118,002).

NOTE F                 INTANGIBLE ASSETS

	December 31, 2005		December 31, 2004
	TEUR		TEUR
Concessions, trade marks, patents and licenses cost	312,614		304,448
Less: accumulated amortization	(64,154	)	(48,300	)
Net book value	248,460		256,148

The aggregate amortization expense for amounted to TEUR 16,835 (2005), TEUR 14,096 (2004) and TEUR 14,099 (2003). For each of the following years the aggregate amortization expense is estimated to be:

TEUR
2006:	16,908
2007:	16,900
2008:	16,823
2009:	16,803
2010:	16,659

23

NOTE G                 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The major categories of fixed assets are the following:

	December 31, 2005		December 31, 2004
	TEUR		TEUR
Property, plant and equipment cost
- land and land rights	189,238		187,36
- buildings	139,385		137,801
- strip mines	66,943		57,372
- technical equipment and machinery	835,661		809,094
- factory and office equipment	115,168		111,388
- payments on account and assets under construction	19,658		20,672
Total cost	1,366,053		1,323,690
Less: accumulated depreciation	(874,829	)	(839,789	)
Net book value	491,224		483,901

The line item strip mines includes the reconstruction cost incurred up to July 1, 1990 in respect of the mining pits of Profen and Schleenhain. Depreciation has been provided according to actual extraction of coal from the mine in relation to the total coal volume in the mine. The construction cost of strip mines include the cost for the removal of ground cover up to the coal banks as well as the removal of rock banks until the installation of production equipment and the commencement of raw brown coal production is possible. In 2004, a new mining field (Schwerzau) within the mine Profen was opened leading to additions to the strip mines. In the fiscal year 2005 further additions to the strip mines amounted to TEUR 9,571.

Total depreciation charges are as follows: TEUR 52,912 (2005), TEUR 52,498 (2004), and TEUR 55,483 (2003), including normal depreciation and unplanned depreciation.

NOTE H                 PARTICIPATIONS (INCLUDING ASSOCIATED COMPANY)

MIBRAG’s investment in MUEG is accounted for using the equity method. MUEG was founded in 1990 and coordinates the waste disposal activities in the Central German brown coal area. The equity value is TEUR 6,952 and TEUR 6,757 as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively and the cost basis is TEUR 6,740 and TEUR 6,740 at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

Investments in three other companies are accounted for at cost.

24

NOTE I                  LOAN RECEIVABLE FROM PARTICIPATIONS

In 1995, MIBRAG sold its district heating network assets to a company in which it holds a participation. The sales price is being repaid in equal installments of TEUR 375 over a period of 25 years. The interest rate is currently 5.0 percent.

The fair market value of the loan approximates the book value, which amounted to TEUR 4,549 and TEUR 4,924 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

NOTE J                 OTHER LOAN RECEIVABLES

The other loans were granted to the third party investors in a subsidiary of MIBRAG mbH. These loans were financed by a borrowing from KfW (Kreditanstalt fuer Wiederaufbau). KfW granted MIBRAG mbH a loan of TEUR 52,663 due on December 30, 2005 at interest rates between 6.26% and 6.82%. The loan was repaid by the Company at the end of 2005. The balance of the loan to the investors as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 amounted to TEUR 10,626 and TEUR 15,288, which approximates the fair value as of these dates. The loans to the third party investors of the subsidiary of MIBRAG mbH were granted at the same conditions as those applicable to the loan between MIBRAG mbH and KfW.

NOTE K                 OVERBURDEN

The reconciliation of the overburden costs is as follows:

	December 31, 2005		December 31, 2004
		Value		Value
	Million tons	TEUR	Million tons	TEUR
Profen	21.3	80,539	20.7	77,223
Schleenhain	24.1	75,494	22.1	72,590
	45.4	156,033	42.8	149,813

The basis for the determination of the overburden is the total quantity of partially exposed raw brown coal.

25

NOTE L                 TRADE RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables were disclosed in the balance sheet, net of allowances, as follows:

	December 31, 2005 TEUR		December 31, 2004 TEUR
Trade receivables	35,056		31,402
Less allowances	(276	)	(251	)
	34,780		31,151

NOTE M                OTHER INVESTMENTS

Other investments totaled TEUR 36,534 and TEUR 36,537 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The balance consists of investment funds of MI (TEUR 35,938 and TEUR 35,938 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively), which were specially set up to reinvest the additional liquidity resulting from the entry of new investors into a subsidiary of MIBRAG and to short-term investments (TEUR 0 and TEUR 539) at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Interest on other investments of TEUR 1,279, TEUR 1,995, and TEUR 2,195 were disclosed in interest income in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

NOTE N                 ACCRUALS FOR PENSIONS AND SIMILAR OBLIGATIONS

The provision relates primarily to briquette benefit claims of active and retired employees on the basis of the collective bargaining agreement of November 9, 1993 in respect to briquette benefit claims. Individuals entitled must be employees of the Company at the date of retirement. The right does not vest and lapses with early termination of the working relationship or upon receipt of social plan benefits.

The calculation is based on an actuarial valuation, which takes into account the right to the redemption value of EUR 95.00 per metric ton of briquettes as specified in the collective bargaining agreement, the employees entitled to benefits as of December 31, 2005, and official mortality tables. In 2005 there has been made an update of the mortality table of Germany according to a more realistic living expectation and changes in generations.

Due to an amendment to this collective bargaining agreement in 2004, these future payments to the employees were changed into a one-time payment to the employees resulting in a reduction of the liability.

26

In addition, pension obligations for early retirement benefits were accrued. These amounts have also been calculated on the basis of actuarial valuations.

NOTE O                TAXATION ACCRUALS

MIBRAG accrued TEUR 289 (2004: TEUR 330) for property taxes.

In 2005, three subsidiaries of MIBRAG had to pay municipal trade taxes. As of December 31, 2005 accruals for municipal trade taxes had to be accrued for this purpose in the subsidiaries MI KG (TEUR 931), MBEG (TEUR 6) and GALA (TEUR 20). These subsidiaries do not have any tax loss carry forwards for municipal trade taxes anymore.

The income taxes paid in 2005 amounting to TEUR 144 (2004: TEUR 67; 2003: TEUR 23). In the current year, the parent company (TEUR 102) and other consolidated companies (MBEG TEUR 8 and GALA TEUR 34) had to pay corporate income taxes. The German income tax rate applicable to MIBRAG (corporate income tax, solidarity surcharge, municipal trade tax) is 36.26% in 2005 (2004: 35.98%, 2003: 35.98%). For this purpose accruals for outstanding balances were posted in the following subsidiaries: MBEG (TEUR 4) and GALA (TEUR 9). In 2004 and 2003, MIBRAG did not provide accruals for income taxes under German GAAP because of tax losses brought forward from prior years for all consolidated companies.

Due to tax loss carry forwards the Company has an effective tax rate of 8.01% (2004: 7.87%, 2003: 0%)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities have not been recorded because there are no significant differences between the German GAAP financial statement and the tax bases of the assets and liabilities. The recording of a deferred tax benefit for net loss carry-forwards is prohibited under German GAAP.

At December 31, 2005 the Company had approximately TEUR 249.456 net operating loss carry-forwards for corporate income tax purposes and TEUR 326.704 for municipal trade tax purposes, which do not expire and may be applied against future taxable income.

27

NOTE P                 ENVIRONMENTAL AND MINING PROVISIONS

The following is a summary of environmental and mining provisions:

	December 31, 2005 TEUR	December 31, 2004 TEUR
1) Mining reclamation provisions	165,926	162,233
2) Provision for environmental measures	5,040	5,040
3) Landscaping	4,341	4,285
4) Planting	1,884	1,001
5) Relocation of villages	17,219	19,941
6) Other accruals for mining and landscaping	3,031	0
	197,441	192,500

1) Mining reclamation provisions

MIBRAG is responsible for reclaiming the mines Profen and Schleenhain. The mining field reclaimation of the Profen and Schleenhain mines after the ceasing of production is planned for 2029 to 2046 and 2041 to 2073, respectively. A legally binding closure plan laying down the principles for action plans in accordance with the Federal Mining Law (Bundesberggesetz) is normally approved by the relevant mining authorities two years in advance to the commencement of production. The liability to reclaim the area exists from the start of mining activities. In each year of coal extraction the reclaimation costs are accrued ratably using the relation of the coal mined to the total coal mine volume.

The calculation of the total cost for reclaiming mining fields has been made on the basis of a third party opinion and estimations on the basis of current prices. These costs consist mainly of costs for reconstruction, bank reinforcement, dewatering and watering.

For the future reclamation of the Schleenhain mine, a new opinion was made in 2004 indicating that the estimated total redevelopment expenses would not significantly change.

In 2002, a new opinion for the future reclamation of the Profen mine was made indicating increased total redevelopment expenses. Therefore an additional amount of TEUR 2,733 was accrued as of January 1, 2002.

28

2) Provision for environmental measures

The provision for the environmental measures is determined in respect to disposal sites and old locations of MIBRAG mbH in refinement and mining areas on which waste deposits can be found. The accrued amount is derived from article 19.3 of the purchase and sales agreement. Qualifying costs that exceed the provision are to be reimbursed by the Bundesanstalt fuer ver­einigungsbedingte Sonderaufgaben (BvS).

3) Landscaping

This provision includes costs for reclaiming disposal areas and leveling the area outside the embankments. These costs relate solely to continuous landscaping, while costs for closing down landscaping are included in certain mining provisions.

4) Planting

Provision is made for costs in connection with temporary planting as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004.

5) Relocation of villages

The provision for the relocation of villages is in respect to the relocation of municipalities, which is necessary for the expansion of the Profen and Schleenhain mines. The calculation of the provision is based on a method that takes into account the cost for project planning, infrastructural development, cemetery relocation, demolition and landmark preservation. The provision is accrued in equal annual amounts, commencing two years before the relocation starts and ending in the middle of the relocation year.

6) Other accruals for mining and landscaping

In 2005, a reclassification of accruals for coal-mining subsidence damages (TEUR 2,531) was made from other accruals to environmental and mining provisions. Additionally, accruals for landscaping and planting at the area of the former briquette factory were newly formed in 2005 amounting to TEUR 500.

29

NOTE Q                OTHER ACCRUALS

Accrued liabilities are as follows:

	December 31, 2005 TEUR	December 31, 2004 TEUR
1) Severance payments	10,043	11,211
2) Personnel expenses
— Employment anniversaries	1,162	1,134
— Vacation and other compensated absences	490	434
— Other	1,372	1,347
	3,024	2,915
3) Remaining accruals	7,061	8,480
	20,128	22,606

1) Severance payments

Bases for the provisions are signed social plan framework agreements in which the measures for the personnel adjustments are defined. The employees are entitled to a one-time severance payment if the company initiates termination or in case of retrenchments. The severance payments are limited to TEUR 26 per person. Employees participating in early retirement programs are entitled to additional compensation, mainly for the reduction in statutory pension payments due to early retirement.

2) Personnel expenses

MIBRAG mbH grants awards in recognition of long service in the Company, based on the collective bargaining agreement dated January 1, 1992 and the Company agreement dated October 1, 1995. The employees are entitled to financial awards, which increase in proportion to their employment periods. The valuations of the benefits were based on actuarial valuations.

The liability for vacation and other compensated absences arises from the days and shifts outstanding at balance sheet dates, which have been determined for each employee.

The accrual for profit sharing is calculated based on the actual net income of the MIBRAG Group excluding extraordinary items and based on the achievement of goals in working safety.

30

3) Remaining accruals

Composition:

	December 31, 2005 TEUR	December 31, 2004 TEUR
Outstanding invoices	3,072	3,125
Mine damages	0	2,240
Water usage fees	194	484
Professional service and litigation	1,688	1,226
Others	2,107	1,405
	7,061	8,480

NOTE R                 LIABILITIES TO BANKS

Liabilities to banks consist of the following:

	December 31, 2005	December 31, 2004
	TEUR	TEUR
a) Loan to finance the power stations
— build up the power station of Waehlitz	42,712	46,272
— modernization of the power stations in Deuben and Mumsdorf	23,598	28,318
— finance the additional paid-in capital by the investors of MI	0	15,288
b) Loan to finance the Schleenhain mine investments	8,482	47,894
c) Loan for home construction	1,630	1,867
d) Commerzbank Refinancing credit facility	42,000	0
Commerzbank Revolver credit facility	29,000	0
e) Deferred interest	162	439
	147,584	140,078

Liabilities to banks rose by TEUR 7,506 at December 31, 2005 in comparison to December 31, 2004.

31

a) Loan to finance the power stations

These liabilities refer to three loans from the Kreditanstalt fuer Wiederaufbau, Frankfurt/Main.

The first loan was granted December 9, 1992 for the construction of a raw brown coal powered industrial power station in Waehlitz of TEUR 71,187. The interest rate is currently at 5% per annum. The loan period is 25 years. The repayments are due in 40 equal amounts commencing from June 30, 1998.

On April 3, 1995 two additional loan agreements were closed with Kreditanstalt fuer Wiederaufbau (KfW). One of these contracts was closed for partially financing the modernization and reshaping of both industrial power plants in Deuben and Mumsdorf (TEUR 61,355). The redemption period is 13 years starting on December 31, 1998. Interest has to be paid between 6.04% and 6.80% for the respective tranches.

The other loan at the amount of TEUR 52,663 was granted to partially finance the limited partner capital contribution of investors. The redemption period is 13 years. In 1996, the loan proceeds were received by MIBRAG (TEUR 52,663). In 2002, MIBRAG made principal payments of TEUR 4,602. The interest rates are between 6.26% and 6.82%. In the fiscal year MIBRAG paid back the remaining amount of the loan. In this connection MIBRAG has borrowed new loans. We would like to refer to point d).

b) Loan to finance the Schleenhain mine investments

In 1997 and 1998, loan contracts were entered into with four banks to finance the capital expenditures at the Schleenhain mine, especially the construction of the blending yard and environmental measures for the conveyor belts. In 1998 TEUR 61,355 and in 1999 TEUR 10,226 were borrowed at interest rates between 3.5% and 5.4% per annum, which are adjusted in the years after. In the fiscal year MIBRAG paid back a main part of the loans. In this connection MIBRAG has borrowed new loans. We would like to refer to point d).

Interest expense for the loans to point a) and b) amounted to TEUR 7,773, TEUR 8,755 and TEUR 8,571 in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

c) Loan for home construction

The loans for home construction were granted by the Deutsche Bank AG and the Nord LB for relocation-related home construction purposes in Hohenmoelsen.

32

For the loan granted by Deutsche Bank AG amounting to TEUR 1,333, an interest rate of 5.6% was set for a period ending 2007. For the two loans granted by Nord LB at the amounts of TEUR 624 and TEUR 861 there are no interest payments due until 2007 and 2010, respectively. Thereafter, the rate is fixed at 8% per annum.

d) Commerzbank Refinancing and Revolver credit facilities

In the fiscal year, MIBRAG signed a loan agreement for a total of TEUR 105,000 with a consortium of banks led by the Commerzbank. Until December 31, 2005 MIBRAG called TEUR 71,000 of that loan, thereof TEUR 42,000 are for refinancing (first tranche of TEUR 15,000 had a fixed rate of interest of 4.191% p. a. and the second tranche of TEUR 27,000 had a fixed rate of interest of 4.317% p. a.) and additional TEUR 29,000 were used for a short-term financing at a variable interest rate between 3.513 and 3.533% p. a.

NOTE S                 OTHER PAYABLES

The other payables refer to:

	December 31, 2005 TEUR	December 31, 2004 TEUR
Tax authorities	4,001	3,865
Wages and salaries	3,317	3,302
Social security contributions	2,525	2,479
Tax lease	928	1,237
Others	1,434	1,348
	12,205	12,231

33

NOTE T                 MATURITY PERIODS OF LIABILITIES

The maturity periods of liabilities (in TEUR) are as follows:

		Liabilities to banks *)	Payments  received	Trade payables	Payables to participations	Other payables	Total
Balance as of December 31, 2005		147,584	59	15,075	2,613	12,205	177,536
thereof:	maturity period
	— up to 1 year	40,276	59	14,882	2,613	11,369	69,199
	— 1-5 years	60,461	0	193	0	836	61,490
	— more than 5 years	46,847	0	0	0	0	46,847

*) Liabilities to banks are collateralized by mortgages at an amount of TEUR 67,940.

Annual maturities of liabilities to banks are as follows:

Year of maturity	Amount in TEUR
2006		40,276
2007	16,238
2008	15,923
2009	14,649
2010	13,651
		60,461
Thereafter		46,847
Total		147,584

The estimated fair value of the Company’s liabilities to banks approximates the carrying value.

34

NOTE U                 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

From time to time, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. At December 31, 2005 the Company was not aware of any legal proceedings or claims that the Company believes will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, or results of operations.

	December 31,	December 31,
	2005	2004
	TEUR	TEUR
Guarantees for indebtedness of others	13,256	13,256
Other contractual obligations	87,700	80,400

The other contractual obligations refer to long-term investment projects in the mines Profen and Schleenhain.

MIBRAG leases office equipment, railway-carriages and vehicles as well as vending machines, expiring at various dates. Rental and lease expenses amounted to TEUR 612, TEUR 684 and TEUR 819 in the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 respectively.

With the operators of the Lippendorf power plant a long-term raw brown coal supply contract was concluded which obliges MIBRAG to guarantee the annual delivery of 10 million tons of raw brown coal to the power plant over a period of 40 years. This contract was closed assuming the relocation of the Heuersdorf village. Some of the inhabitants of that village try to remain the village in its current place resulting in legal disputes with the Company and legal proceedings. It is planned that the excavators will be mining through the Heuersdorf area in 2009. Management of MIBRAG believes that the plan will be realized. However, substantial delay or the mining around that village may have a material impact on the future earnings situation of the Company.

35

NOTE V                 SEGMENT INFORMATION

MIBRAG operates as one segment. Sales were exclusively achieved in Germany, and all long-lived assets are located in Germany. Sales were almost completely limited to the new German Federal States, mainly to Saxony-Anhalt, Thuringia and Saxony.

Net sales by product and service:

	2005	2004	2003
	TEUR	TEUR	TEUR
Raw brown coal and coal products	236,890	239,232	249,229
Electrical power, heating and steam	30,382	28,814	28,074
Other products and services	1,818	2,414	3,853
Further charging of transport services, ash disposal
and others	22,018	23,104	22,700
	291,108	293,564	303,856

Several major customers account for 10% or more of MIBRAG’s revenues. As a percentage of total sales such customers accounted for 27%, 23%, 12% and 10% in 2005; 24%, 24% and 12% in 2004 and 23%, 23% and 12% in 2003.

NOTE W               RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Agreements for consulting and management services were closed in respect to the mining operations and the refinement facilities between MIBRAG and two subsidiaries of the common parent companies. These contracts determine certain consulting services to be provided by the two subsidiaries Washington Group Deutschland GmbH (WGD) (former: Morrison Knudsen Deutschland GmbH) and Saale Energie Services GmbH (SES) to MIBRAG or its subsidiaries. MIBRAG is obliged to determine and pay the cost-related remuneration for these services. Expenditures for MIBRAG amount to TEUR 8,755, 8,755, and TEUR 8,755 for 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, MIBRAG still had liabilities amounting to TEUR 84 and TEUR 84, respectively towards WGD and SES for the provision of these services.

36

Part of the lignite deliveries from 2002 to 2005 to the Schkopau power plant were sales to Saale Energie GmbH (SEG), which is a subsidiary of the 50% shareholder of MIBRAG - NRG Energy Inc. SEG is operating two blocs of the Schkopau power station with 400 mega watts. Sales to SEG amounted to TEUR 33,174, TEUR 31,066, and TEUR 34,025 in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. The conditions of delivery are the same as to the other (third party) operator of the Schkopau power plant. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, MIBRAG disclosed receivables of TEUR 3,960 and TEUR 3,634 respectively from SEG.

37